Nokia 3570 User Manual
Nokia 357 0 User Guide What information is needed? Numbers Where is the num ber? My number Wireless service provider V oice mail number Wireless service provider Wirel ess prov iderâÂÂs numbe r Wireless service provider Provi derâÂÂs c ustome r care Wireless service provider Model number Nokia 3570 See âÂÂAbout your phoneâ on page 12. Phon e type GMLNPD- 1FW Back of title page Electronic serial number (ESN) See âÂÂHav e the ri ght information availableâ on page 1 0. En3570.book Page 1 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL INFORMATI ON Part No.9354813, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2002 Nokia. All rights reser ved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 357 0, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos, Snake II, Kart Racing, Space Impact II, and Bumper are trademarks or r egistered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 8/2002 US P atent No 5818437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999-2002. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information in this user guide was written for the Nokia 3570 phone. Nokia operates a policy of on-going development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA B E RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DATA OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIA L, INCIDENTAL, AND CO NSEQUENTIAL OR IN DIRECT DAMAGE S HOW SOEVE R CAUSE D. THE CONTENTS OF THI S DOCUMENT ARE PRO VIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND , EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED T O, T HE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCHA NTABILI TY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE M ADE IN RE LATION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIABILIT Y OR CONTENTS OF THIS DO CUMENT . NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIM E WITHOU T PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is sub ject t o the condit ion that th is d evice does not ca use h armf ul int erfe rence . The term âÂÂIC:â before the certification/registration number only s ignifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. En3570.book Page 2 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ i ] T able of contents 1 For your saf ety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand wireless networ k serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Learn about accessibilit y solution s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Contac t Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Register y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 E-newslett ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Contac t your servic e provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About the antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 About the batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Switch y our phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Check the St art scr een . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Learn about the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Make an d answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Review phone symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Memory use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Use the sele ction key s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 View your phoneâÂÂs he lp system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 En3570.book Page i Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ ii ] Browse phone me nus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Menu and menu shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 4 Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Learn about y our headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Enter letter s and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Write using ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Write with pre dictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Tips for predictive t ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Saving names an d numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Recall names a nd num bers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Add a number t o a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Delete store d names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Add other infor mation to a phone book entry . . . . . 5 1 Use caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Check memor y status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 7 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Check missed, re ceive d, or dialed c alls . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 En3570.book Page ii Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ iii ] Turn on a current call time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Clear call timer s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Data timer s (Da ta/fa x and M inibr owse r) . . . . . . . . . . 58 8 V oic e mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Listen to your v oice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 9 Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Write a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use message templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Learn about e- mail tex t messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Receive text messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Respond to a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Delete message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Organize text me ssages using folders . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 1 0 P e rsonalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4 Learn about pr ofiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Select a diff erent pr ofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Customize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Rename prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Set the displa y language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 En3570.book Page iii Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ iv ] Set the cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Customize the Welcome screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Learn about voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 1 1 Advanced f eatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 View in-c all options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Use call forw arding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Make a conferenc e call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Use automat ic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 V oic e dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 1-touch dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Learn about C aller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Use Touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Link phone boo k entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 Learn about Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 12 Security and Sy stem setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Lock ke ypad (Keyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Securit y code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Call restric tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Automatic updat e of serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Learn about sy stem selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 En3570.book Page iv Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ v ] 13 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Use the alar m clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Calenda r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13 Calcula tor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 14) Applica tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Launching an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Other options available for applications . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Download a new appli cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 15. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 16 Y our phone and other de vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 PC Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 17 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Understand browsing sessions and indicators . . . . 127 Launching th e minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Minibrowser me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Navigate in the minibr owser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Bookma rks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Receive message s via the minibr owser . . . . . . . . . . 132 End the minibrowser session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Disable minibrowse r confir mations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 18 Refere nce inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 En3570.book Page v Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ vi ] Use accessori es safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Important safety info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Certific ation infor mation (SA R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Care an d maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 Accessorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Battery informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Chargers and ot her accessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Nokia Xpress-on⢠color covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Frequently Asked Questions (F AQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Technical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1 19 Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Appendix A Message from t he CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Appendix B Message from t he FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 En3570.book Page vi Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelin es. Breaking the rules ma y be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manu al. SWIT CH OFF WHERE PROHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone us e is prohibited or wh en it may caus e interferen ce or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-held ph one while driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, wh ich could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any regulations or rules. Sw itch the phone off near medical equipment. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices ca n cause interference in aircraft . SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWITCH O FF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the n ormal position. Don't touch the antenna unnece ssa rily . En3570.book Page 1 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipm ent. ACCESSORIES AND BA TTERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. WA TER-RESISTANC E Y ou r wireless phone is not water-resistant. Keep it dry . BACKUP CO PIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNEC TIN G TO OTHER D EVICE S When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , includin g the area code, then press . To end a call, press . To answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in serv ice. Press as many times as needed (for example, to ex it a call, to exit a menu ) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number, then press . Give your location. Do not end the call u ntil told to do so. En3570.book Page 2 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 3 ] For your safety ⢠QUI CK GUIDE Make a call Enter phone num ber , pre ss Ans wer a ca ll Press Answer a call with call waiti ng Press or Answer End a call Press Ignore a call Press Silen ce when y our phone rings Redial Press twice Adjust ca ll volu me Press or Use the in-call menu While in a call, press to select O ptions Use 1 -t ouch dia lin g Press and h old any key 2 through 9 Save a name and number Enter a number , press to se le ct Option s , select Save. Enter a name and press OK Recall a name/number Press Names , select Search . Enter first character of name and press Se arch Recall a name/number during a call Press Opti o ns , scroll Ne w c al l , pre ss Sele ct , press Se arch , enter the first le tter of the name to find Check v oice mai l Press and hold OR dial your voice mailbox num ber Send a t ext message Press M enu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs phone number , then press Op t io ns . Scroll to En ter text, then press Sele ct . Enter the me ssage text , then pr ess Options and select Send . Send an e- mai l me ssa ge Press M enu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, then press Opt ion s . Scrol l to Ente r text, then press Select . Enter the me ssage text , then pr ess Options and select Send . Read ne w message Press Show , t he n pres s Se le ct. Reply to a me ssage Press Opt i on s , select Reply , then select a reply option. Writ e th e rep ly, press Op t i ons and select Send . Repl y to an e-ma il mes sage Press Opt i ons , select Re ply , t hen select a re ply option. Writ e th e rep ly, press Op t i ons and select Send . Send a business card (SMS) Rec all a name from the ph one book. Press Deta ils , then press Opti o ns , select Send bus . ca rd , sel ect Via te xt msg. Enter the recipientâ s number or press Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK . En3570.book Page 3 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS 1 MESSAGES Te xt me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . 01- 1 W rite m essage . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Inbo x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 2 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 3 Arc hive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-4 T emp lates . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 M y folde rs . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Dele te m essages . . . . . 0 1-1-7 M essag e setting s . . . . . 0 1-1- 8 V oice me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Min ibrow ser me ssage s . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Miss ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Rece ived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed num bers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delet e recen t call list s . . . . . 2-4 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Data /fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Min ibrow ser ca lls . . . . . . . . . 2- 7 3 PROF ILES Norm al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2 Me eting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ag er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5 4 SETTING S Call sett ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phon e settin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Acce ssory setting s. . . . . . . . . 4- 4 Secu rity se ttings . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Netw ork services . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Rest ore f act ory settin gs . . . . 4- 7 5 SYSTEM Roa min g optio ns . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Mo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 6 GAME S Selec t game . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Sna ke II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 1 K art Rac ing . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Sp ace Im pac t II . . . . . . . 6-1 - 3 Bu mpe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Settin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OICE V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice com mand s . . . . . . . . . 7- 2 Prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 1 V oice m ailbox . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 Ca ll log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-4 Reco rder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Rec ordin gs list . . . . . . . . 7-3- 2 8 MINIBRO WSER 9 ORGANIZ ER Alarm clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Calen dar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2 Calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3 Stopw atc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 1 0 APPL ICAT IONS Selec t app. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2 En3570.book Page 4 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 5 ] Welcome 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phone - a new tool for th e mobile information society . Nokia recommends that you read th is chapter b efore you u se your new pho ne. Y ou will find usef ul information about: ⢠How to use this gui de ⢠How to understand network services ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT O F THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you use this guide efficiently as you learn to use your phone. Understand the terms This guide uses cer tain terms for certain actions. ⢠Press means to br iefly press then release a key . For example, Press means âÂÂPr ess the ze ro key .â â¢ Press Menu means to press the selection key that is below the wor d Menu on the phoneâÂÂs screen. ⢠Press and hol d means to press and hold a key for two to three seconds (depending on the feat ure youâÂÂr e using), then relea se the ke y . â¢U s e t h e select ion k eys and to choose an option on a menu. ⢠Highlig hted means that an option you see on the screen is enclosed in a dark ba r . Choices you make with the two selection keys act on the highlighted option. En3570.book Page 5 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 6 ] Observe text conv entions This user guide p rovides text clues to help make in structions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called conventions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons (graphic clues) to aler t you to important information. Tip: Provides information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feature or poin ts out an im portant concept. Impor tant : Aler ts you to in formation critical to u sing a feature correctly . Caution! Warns you when you may lose information. Wa r n in g ! Helps you avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Conv enti on What it me ans bold Indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the ph oneâÂÂs screen . ⢠Special text such as Notes and Wa r n i n g s . bold a nd blue Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide Web . blue and italic A definition for the word or phrase appears in the terms list (glossary) near the end of the u ser guide. italic Italics indicate emphasis. Pay close attention to any information in italics. En3570.book Page 6 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 ] Welcome Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this us er guide to reflect ch anges or corrections. The latest ve rsion can be found in the US market section of the Nokia W eb site: http://www .nokia.c om ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y ou r service providerâÂÂs wir eless network may be equipped to provide special f eatures or functions for use w ith you r Nokia phone. These featu res are called network s ervice s , and may include so me of the following: ⢠V oice mail an d voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Text messages ⢠Ability to block or s end your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet access services Sign up with a service provider Before you can take adva ntage of your service prov iderâÂÂs network services, you must sign up with a wireless service pr ovider and subscribe to these services. You r service provider will make available descriptions of i ts services and instructions for us ing them. Note differences among se rvice providers Wireless service providers may differ f rom each other in certain ways. For exam ple, some networ ks may not sup port s pecial la ngua ge-depen dent ch arac ter s. Contact your service pr ovider regarding your service needs. En3570.book Page 7 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 8 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is com mitted to making mob ile phones e asy to u se for all individ uals, including those with disabilities. Nokia maintains a W eb si te that is dedicated to accessibi lity solut ions. For more infor mation abo u t ph o ne features, accessories, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, please visit the f ollowing Web site: www . nokiaaccessi bility .com Alternate format user guides This user guide i s available in alternate formats, includin g: ⢠Braille ⢠Large print ⢠Audiocassette ⢠E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, in Microsoft Word or WordPerfect for mat) . To r equest any of the above formats, please contact Nokia Customer Care. Please see âÂÂCon tact Nokiaâ on page 9 for more information. Accessible features Y ou r phone has many accessible f eatures, including the following: ⢠Tac tile feedback when a you press a key ⢠Adjustable display brightness ⢠Ability to send and receive short text m essages ⢠Convenience of 1-touch dialing ⢠Vibrating alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠Flashing lights alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠TTY/TDD device compatibility using the 2.5mm accessory jack En3570.book Page 8 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 9 ] Welcome T ext Telephone (TTY) and Teletype Device for the Deaf (TDD) device compatibility Y ou r Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2.5mm accessory jack that can be used to connect an y â cellular readyâ or âÂÂcellular compatibleâ TTY/ TDD deviceâÂÂs cable to your p hone. Impor tant : O nce your TTY/TDD device is c onnected to your phone, you must use th e phon eâÂÂs me nu ( Menu - Setti ngs - Accessory settin gs - TTY ) to en able the TTY/TDD mode. LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset The LPS-4 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make the 3500 series phone more accessible to hearing-aid user s. The Nokia Loopset gives hearing-impaired wireless customers clear access to digital telephony . With the loopset, peop le who use a T-coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls with out noise interference. Note: The LPS-4 is sold separately a s an accessory . Once you connect the LPS-4 to your phone, u se the phoneâÂÂs menu ( Menu - Setti ngs - Acc ess ory se tti ngs - Lo opset ) to en able loopset mode. For more information, see âÂÂLearn about your headsetâ on page 35. ⢠CONTACT NOKIA When you need help, the Nokia Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the table on the following page for more information on how to contact Nokia. En3570.book Page 9 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 0 ] If you ever need to call Nokia Cu stomer Care , Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless se rvice provider , you will need to provide specific information about your phone. T his information is provided on the phoneâÂÂs label. Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label is inside the back cover of your phone (under the battery). It contains important information about your phone, including the model and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you note this information on the title page of this guide. Please do not remove or deface the label. Have the right information available We r ecommend that you have the following information available before you contact the Nokia Customer Service department: ⢠the phoneâÂÂs model number ⢠electronic serial number (ESN) ⢠your ZIP code Custome r Care C enter , USA Customer Interaction Ce ntre, Canad a Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodlan d Center Blvd., Suite #150 Tampa, Florida 336 14 Tel: 1-88 8-NOKI A-2U (1- 888-6 65-4 228) Fax: 1-813-249- 9619 TTY /TDD Us ers On ly: 1-800- 24-N OKIA (1-800- 246 -6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 601 W e stney Roa d South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1-88 8-22 -NOKIA (1-888 -226 -6542 ) Fa x : 1- 9 0 5 - 4 2 7 - 1070 En3570.book Page 10 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 1 ] Welcome Have the phone or accessory available Whether youâÂÂre calling about your phone or an accessory , have the equipment available when you call. A Nokia representative may ask a specific question about your phone or accessory , so please have the device available for quick r eference. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register you r phone at www .war ranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888- NOKIA -2U ( 1-888 -665 -422 8) so t hat we can ser ve you r nee ds better if you should call th e Nokia Customer Care Cen ter or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you can sign u p for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections if you would like. You will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, accessory information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YOUR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers have pr eprogrammed their customer support number into the phone . Pressing and holding the key (or the key that your s ervice provider instructs you to use) for two seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This feature can be helpful if you âÂÂre having difficulties dialing a n umber , especially when traveling outside you r home area. If your service pr ovider determines that the pr oblem is Nokia-related, the providerâÂÂs representative will direct you to the Nokia C ustomer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer I nteraction Centre (Canada). Note: This one-key f eature may not be available on al l systems. Contact your s ervice provider for availability . En3570.book Page 11 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 12 ] 3 About yo ur phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provides you with quick steps for making, answering, and managing your calls. The r est of this guide user provides complete details on ph one use. Pow e r k ey Select ion key Talk ke y Star key Microphone Disp lay sc reen 4-way scrol l ke y s End ke y P ound key Select ion key Number keys 2.5 mm headset jack Earpiece En3570.book Page 12 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠ABOUT THE ANTENNAS Y ou r phone is equipped wi th two antennas. The intern al antenna is always active. The whip anten na is activated when the whip antenna is fully extended. As with any other radio transm itting device, do not tou ch either of the two antennas unnecessarily wh en the phone is switched on. Contact with th e antenna affects call quality and may cau se the phone to operate at a higher power level th an otherwis e nee ded. Not touchin g the a ntenna area during a phone call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk time of your phone. While in a call, hold the phone to your ear , placing your finger tips on the Nokia badge at the mid-center of the back cover (located below the antenna area on the back of y our phone). Whip antenn a Intern al antenn a En3570.book Page 13 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 14 ] ⢠ABOUT THE BATTERY Install the battery Warn in g! Use on ly the BLC-2 battery in this Nokia phone. If your dealer has already installed the battery , please see âÂÂC harge the batteryâ on page 15. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone by pressing and holding the release button while sliding the cover upward tow ard the top of the phone. Set the back cover aside. 2 Place the battery in the compartment with the label side facin g up and the metal contacts aligned with the contact prongs. Snap the battery into place. 3 Replace the cover by slidin g it carefully over the whip antenna downward until you hear a click. En3570.book Page 14 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 15 ] About your phone Charge the battery Follow these guidelines to char ge the battery . 1 Connect the charger to an A C wall outlet. 2 With your phone on or off, connect the lead f rom the charger to the charging port located on the bottom of the phone. The batter y indicator bar appears on th e screen and starts to scroll up an d down after a few seconds. With the phone off, only th e battery indicator ba r will appear . 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the battery is fully charged. After the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery is almost fully charged, and is fully charged after an additional hour (approximately). The message Battery Full is displayed. Note: For best performance, charge the batter y for 24 h ours before you use the phone. The ch arging time depends on the charger and battery you use. For example, the charging time for the BLC-2 battery with th e ACP-7U charger is a pproximately 4 hours. Impor tant : Do not leave the battery connected to a charger f or more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. En3570.book Page 15 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 16 ] Remove the battery Wa r n in g ! Use only your hands to remove th e battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may dam age the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . Y ou will need to remove the existing batter y if you want to install a new battery or if y ouâÂÂve purchased a spar e battery . Make sure the phone has been tu rned off for te n sec onds . 1 Remove the back cover of th e phone as shown in step 1 on page 14. 2 Place your index finger in th e space at the bottom of th e battery , and press toward the top of the phone. 3 Tak e out the battery . Important battery information ⢠Recharge your battery only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls wh ile the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, the message Battery fu ll is displayed momentarily . ⢠Chargin g time depen ds on the charge r and battery used. Pl ease see âÂÂBattery informationâ on page 1 42, for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely empty , you may need to recharge it for a few minutes be fore you can make or receive calls. En3570.book Page 16 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 ] About your phone Prolong battery life A battery la sts longer and performs better if you fully disc harge it from time to time. To discharge your battery , leave your phone switched on until the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the battery completely discharge. Impor tant : Do n ot attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF To switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for two seconds. War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN The Start screen refers to the phone âÂÂs display when no calls are in progress, and th ere are currently no menu or ph one book entri es displayed. Y ou can easily return to the Start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were entering at the time will be lost, and your work will not be saved. Pow e r k e y En3570.book Page 17 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 18 ] The following table describes the status indicators and icons found on the Start screen: ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The table on the f ollowing page contains a s ummary of how the various keys on your phone work. Element Descri ptio n Home Y ou r service providerâÂÂs name may appear h ere. Shows the signal strength of the wireless network where you are. The high er the bar , the stro nger the sig nal . Shows the battery charge level. The higher the bar , th e higher the power level in the battery . Menu The entry point for your phoneâÂÂs menu. Pre ss (left selection key) to v iew the menu options. Names The entry point for the phone book menu. Press (right selection key) to view the phone book menu options. Icon appears in upper lef t corner of screen , indicating that you ar e in a digital network. En3570.book Page 18 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 19 ] About your phone Key Descri ptio n Po w e r : Press and h old to switch the ph one on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles that can be selected. Power key also displays menu while using Minibrow ser . Sele ction: Press to choose the option shown by the word above the key (for e xample, Me nu or Names ). Scroll keys: Press to scroll u p or down through a menu list of options. Tal k : Press to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pr essing this key when not in a cal l (or when not in the men u or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. End: Press to end a call, to silenc e the ring from an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Use d as Back key in Minibrowser . thro ugh Number: Use key s 1 thr ough 9 t o ente r numb ers and letters. Press and hold to dial you r voice mailbox. Press and hold to launch the Minibrowser . # key: Use # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text in put. * key: Use * key to enter special characters (example: punctuation) or access special characters menu. Left scr oll key: Press left scroll key to decrease volume or to go directly to the Write message men u. Right scr oll key: Press right scroll key to increase volume or to go directly to the Ca lendar menu. En3570.book Page 19 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 20 ] ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference for making and answering calls: Tas k Inst ruct ions Make a call 1 Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press 3 Hold the phone as you would any other telephone, with the ear piece over your ear and the microphone near your mouth. Answ er a call When your phone rings, press End a call Press to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press when you don âÂÂt want to answer a call, but still want to silenc e the ringer . Ke yguard To avoid accidental calls, press (for Menu) then (within three seconds) to lock your keypad. This activates the Keyguard featu re. Unlock keypad When the keypad is locked, press Menu then (within three secon ds). This deactivates the K eyguard featu re . En3570.book Page 20 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 2 1 ] About your phone ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBO LS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may see on your phone. Symbol Descri ptio n A call is in progress. Y ou have sele cted the Si lent profile (silencing you r phoneâÂÂs ring er , keypad tone s, warnin g tones, etc.) Ke yguard is active Y ou have one or m ore voice messages waiting. Y ou have one or m ore unread text messages waiting. Digital service is available. Letters you enter appear as upper case (ALL CAPS). Letters you enter appear in lowercase. Letters you enter appear in sentence case (first word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in ph one book). Chara cters you enter appear as nu mbers. Predictive text mode is active. Predictive text f eature available for Calendar a nd for text messa ges. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first word in sentence capitalized). Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters. En3570.book Page 21 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 22 ] â¢M E M O R Y U S E In your phone, Cal endar No tes and Java A pplic ation s share a comm on pool of memory (storage capacity). When e ither of these features are used, there is less available me mory for the other feature w hich is also dependent on shared memory . This is e specially true with heavy use of some featu res. If your use of a feature takes all of the sha red memory , your phone may display a message saying Memor y full . To proceed, you would need to delete some of the infor mation or entries from these features to make additional memory space available. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters. Insert symbol mode, used to enter special characters such as punctu ation mar ks. The alarm clock is set. Indicates tha t a remin der has e xpired. Indicates you are roaming. Indicates call over a secure connection. Indicates that a headset is connected (either via the 2.5mm jack or to th e accessory connector located at the bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in h andsfree car kit Indicates a connection to data network. Indicates you have a minibrowser message. Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active Symbol Descri ptio n En3570.book Page 22 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 23 ] About your phone For example, entering 250 calendar notes may consume significant shared memory . Consequently, if you attempt to download a Java midlet into your phone, a message saying Memor y Full may appear . To proceed, you would need to delete some of the item s/information occupying the memor y . ⢠USE THE SELECTION KEYS Note the two selection keys beneath the scree n. The fu nction of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. For example, press ing the left selection key when th e word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Y ou scroll through the menus using th e and keys. Likewise, pressing the righ t selection key when Nam es appears above it displays the phone book menu. ⢠VIEW YOUR PHONEâÂÂS HELP SYSTEM Y our phon e provide s brief de scripti ons of all me nu optio ns. To vi ew an y of the help texts: 1 Scroll to a menu or submenu option. 2 Wa it about 15 seconds. A short message appears, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use and as needed to scroll down through longer descriptions. Left selection key Right selection key En3570.book Page 23 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 24 ] ENABLE/DISAB LE HELP SYSTEM Pre ss M enu 4-2- 4 ( Setting s > Pho ne sett ings > Help text ac tivati on ) to turn the phoneâÂÂs help system on or of f. ⢠BROWSE PHONE MENUS Y ou r phoneâÂÂs menu system display s choices you can make to change settings on your phone or gives you access to various phone features. Y our phone has 1 0 menus, plu s the phone book menu ( Names ). Each m enu can contain several levels of submenus. Y ou can use m enus and submenus two ways: by scr olling or by using a sho rtc ut . Check the menu nu mber , header line, and scroll bar A header line ap pe ars at t he top of your screen when in the phone book or while naviga ting t he men us. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminde r of the menu or submenu w ith which you are working. A scro ll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll through the main menu. A tab on th e bar gives you a visual indication of your relative position in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of th e scroll bar . Menu items Scroll bar with tab Header line En3570.book Page 24 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 25 ] About your phone Scroll through menus 1 At the Star t screen, press Menu , then scroll through the menus using the and keys. 2 Press Op tions , Sel ect , or OK , pressing the selection key for the option you want . 3 Use the scroll and selection keys to navigate the su bmenus; press the key to return to the Start screen. SCROLLI NG TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll up as well as down to find some of the most f requently used submenu options. ⢠Y ou can return to the pre vious menu level by pressing Back . ⢠To exit a menu and return to the Sta rt screen, pres s . If you leave a menu by pressing , you cancel any changes you made. ⢠Some menus may not appear . Ask your service prov ider for details. ⢠Y ou r phone has 4-way scr olling ability . This feature is u sed in the Games, Text messag ing , Mini browser and Calendar menus. Learn about menu shortcuts Menus and options ar e numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. USE A SHORT CUT Example: To turn on Automatic redi al: 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 4- 1-2-1 ( Se ttin gs > Call sett ings > Automatic redial > On ). En3570.book Page 25 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 26 ] ⢠MENU AND MENU SHORTCUTS M ESS AGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 T ext me ssag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01- 1 W rite m essage (Text /Num eri c P age) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Ad d e-m ail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -1-1 Ad d num be r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -1-2 Ad d list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 3 Ente r text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1- 4 List recipien ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 5 Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 6 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-1 Rep ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-2 Save mess age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2-3 Use num ber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 4 Use W eb link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2- 5 Save addre ss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 6 Forw ard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-7 M ove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-8 Rena me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 9 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3 Arch ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T emp lates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 M y folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Dele te m essag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7 All read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1- 7-2 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-3 Arch ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-4 M essage setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-8 Send ing op tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-8-1 Othe r setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-8- 2 V oice messages 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Listen to voice m essages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2- 1 1 Menu option may vary , based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. En3570.book Page 26 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 27 ] About your phone View deta ils of last vo ice ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-2 V oice ma ilbox n um ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-3 Clea r voice ma il icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2- 4 M inibrow ser m essag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 CA LL LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Mi s s e d c al l s 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Call tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1 Send me ssage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2 View num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 3 Use num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Ad d to nam e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 6 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 7 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Rec eived c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed num bers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clea r call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 M issed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4- 2 Rec eived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4- 3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 Call Tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Dura tion of la st call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1 Sho w ca ll time on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 -1-1 Dura tion of d ialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5- 2 Dura tion of rec eived calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 Dura tion of a ll calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 5-4 Life time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5- 5 Clea r timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6 Da ta/fax ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 Last rec eived dat a/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 All sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3 All rece ived d ata/fa x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 4 Dura tion of la st data /fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5 1 Options for the Received calls and Dialed calls lists are identical to Missed calls list of options. En3570.book Page 27 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 28 ] Dura tion of a ll data/fa x calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 6 Clea r all data/fa x logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 7 M inibrow ser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Last sent browse r data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 1 Last rec eived bro wser d ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 2 All sent brows er data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 3 All rece ived b rows er data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -7-4 Last bro wse r session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 All bro wse r sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 6 Clea r all brow ser logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 7 PRO FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 No rma l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Selec t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1- 1 Customi ze 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1- 2 Ring ing op tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 1 Ring ing ton e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 2 Ring ing volu m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 3 Vibrat ing alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-4 M essage alert ton e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 5 K eypad ton es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-6 W arning ton es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-7 Acce pted caller gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-8 Profi le n ame 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 9 Tim ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -1-3 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2 M eeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5 SE TTIN GS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Call set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Any key an swe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-1 Aut oma tic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-2 1 Customize options for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager profiles are identical to those of the Normal profile 2 Normal profile cannot be renamed. En3570.book Page 28 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 29 ] About your phone 1-to uch d ialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 Aut o-u pdate o f se rvice 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4 M inibrow ser confirm ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 1-5 No ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -5-1 On conne ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 2 On exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 3 Bot h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 4 Callin g card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 No ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -6-1 Card A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -6-2 Card B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1- 6-3 Card C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1- 6-4 Card D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-5 Pho ne sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Lang uage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2- 1 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 M anua l touch to nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 -2-1 T ouch tone len gth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 -2-2 W elcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2- 3 Help text ac tivatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-4 Lights 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5- 1 Aut oma tic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5- 2 Displa y brigh tness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-6 Res tore fact ory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-7 Tim e setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Sho w (H ide) clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3- 1-1 Set th e tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -1-2 Tim e forma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -1-3 Da te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 Aut o upd ate of da te & tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-3 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-3- 1 Con firm first. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3-3- 2 1 Menu option may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 Appears when in Handsfree mode. En3570.book Page 29 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 30 ] Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -3-3 Acc essory s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Han dsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4- 1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-1 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-2 Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 -1-3 Hea dset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -4-2 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-1 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 Use loopse t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-2 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 Use TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4- 1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-2 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-3 Sec urity setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Call restric tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5-1 Res trict outg oing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 -1-1 Res trict incom i ng ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1- 2 Acce ss cod es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5- 2 Pho ne lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 1 Allo wed num ber wh en p hon e locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 2 Ch ange lock co de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-3 Ch ange security c ode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 4 Net wo r k s er vi ce s 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 V oice priva cy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -6-1 Call fo rward ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2 Forw ard all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 1 Forw ard if busy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-2 Forw ard if not a nsw ered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 3 Forw ard if out of re ach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 4 Forw ard all dat a calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 5 Can cel all ca ll forward ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 6 1 Network serv ices menu options are visib le onl y after entering t he corre ct servi ces code . En3570.book Page 30 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 3 1 ] About your phone Call w aiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 Send ow n ca ller ID whe n calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6- 4 Y es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 -4-1 No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 -4-2 Net wor k featu re setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 Ow n numb er selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-6 Res tore fact ory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 SYSTEM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Roa ming optio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 M ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 GA MES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Selec t gam e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Sna ke II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 K art racin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 2 Spac e im pact II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 3 Bu mpe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Gam e sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-1 Gam e lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2-2 Sha kes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-3 V OICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V oice tag s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Add voice tag 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1- 1 Playb ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1-1- 1 Ch ange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1- 3 V oice com m ands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profile s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 No rma l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1- 1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 1-2 M eeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 -1-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1- 5 1 Menu options may vary , depending on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 V oice command options for Profiles, Voice mailbox, and Call log same as Voice tag options. En3570.book Page 31 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 32 ] V oice ma ilbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-2 Call v oice m ailbo x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2- 1 Rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3- 1 Call lo g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 4 M issed ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4- 1 Rec eived c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4- 2 Rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -3-1 Rec ording s list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3- 2 Playb ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-1 Edit title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2- 3 Alarm /Ad d alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2- 4 M INIB ROW SER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 OR GAN IZE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Cale ndar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 View day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-1 M ake a n ote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 4 M ove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 5 Rep eat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-6 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 7 Send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 8 Cop y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-9 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-1-1 0 M ake n ote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2- 2 M eeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -2-1 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2- 2 Birthd ay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -2-3 M emo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2- 4 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2- 3 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-4 En3570.book Page 32 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 33 ] About your phone Set th e dat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-4- 1 Set th e tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-2 Da te format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2-4- 3 Tim e forma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-4 W eek starts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-4- 5 Aut o delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-6 Calcu l ator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3 Sto pwat ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Con tinue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-1 Sho w las t time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-2 Split tim ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-3 Lap timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4- 4 View tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-5 Dele te time s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-6 AP PLICAT ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Impor tant : Som e menu shortcuts m ay not be available. T his list serves as a more detailed list of your phoneâÂÂs menu structure, as well as a list of shortcuts. En3570.book Page 33 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 34 ] ⢠PHONE B OOK MENU From the Start screen, press Names . The following phone book option s are available (see table on followin g page): Menu Menu (cont âÂÂd. ) Search Add new Edit name Dele te One by one Del e t e a ll Add n umber Opti ons Scr olling view Nam e l i s t Nam e nu mbe r Me mor y st a t u s 1-to uc h di al i ng View number Change Del e t e Vo i ce t a g s Playback Change Del e t e Ow n number Cal le r gr oup s Fa mily a Rename group Group rin ging ton e Group logo Group members Remove name Add nam e VIP Friends Busi nes s Other a. Menu options for VIP, Friends, Business, and Other are identical to Family opt ions. En3570.book Page 34 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 35 ] Phone setup 4 Phone setup Now that youâÂÂve had a chance to lear n about some of th e basic functions and features of your phone, you may want to explor e a few option s to improve the way you use your phone. ⢠LEARN ABOUT YOUR HEADSET Y ou r sales package m ay include the HDB-4 h eadset. Using the headset offers you convenient handsfr ee communications with your phone. Connect the headset Before using th e headset: 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Wrap the device around your ear . Use the headset Y ou can make, answer, and end calls as usual with the headset conne cted. The headset fits over your e ar and the microphone hangs at th e side of your head. When using this headset you can speak at a normal volume. Y ou can use the HDB-4âÂÂs button to answer or end a call, as well as activate voice dialing or voice commands. Y ou can also use the or to answer and end calls. Adjust the volume Y ou can change you r phoneâÂÂs ear piece volume, making the callerâÂÂs voice sound lou der or softer . En3570.book Page 35 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 36 ] Adjustments to the ear pie ce volume can only be made during a call by pressing to increase volu me or to decrease volume. Adjust screen brightness Y ou can change the brightness on your phoneâÂÂs screen, making the scr een brighter or darker . 1 Press Menu 4-2-6 ( Setting s > Pho ne setti ngs > Display brigh tness) . Y ou r phone displays the current setting. 2 Press or to increase or decrease brightness. 3 Press OK to confirm yo ur chang es. En3570.book Page 36 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 37 ] Text entry 5 T ext entry War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letters, numbers, and special characters via th e phoneâÂÂs keypad when working with the phone book, calendar , te xt messaging, or while browsing the Internet. This section provides detailed instructions for th e two text entry methods: traditional text entry , and predictive text input. ⢠ENT ER LETTERS AND NU MBERS Y ou have four modes available for entering information, based on t he type of data youâÂÂre entering (phone book, or ganizer notes or text messages): Mode T he phon e shows Use for ABC - sentence cas e or title case (first letter capitalized) - all uppercase letters - all lowercase letters Enteri ng name s, numbe rs or addresses in phone book Entering notes in Calendar Writing a text message 123 - number entry . Enterin g numbers Special characters - special c haracters list Entering punctuation or special characters Predictive text - in com bination with ABC mode indicators. Writing SMS text messages or c alendar notes En3570.book Page 37 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 38 ] ⢠WRIT E USING ABC AN D 123 MODES A status in dicator in the upper left cor ner of your screen indicates what mode you âÂÂre in whenever you are entering information into your phone (phone book, calendar , or text messaging). Enter letters The following table contains a list of t he characters displayed when entering text and numbers from your keypad: Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that keyâÂÂs options. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key repeatedly until the desired letter appears. Continue this process until the word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word youâÂÂre entering is on the same key , wait two to three s econds for the cu rsor to adv ance, then enter the new letter , or press to adva nce the cursor . Ke y Characters Ke y Characters . , âÂÂ?!âÂÂ1 P Q R S 7 A B C 2 T U V 8 D E F 3 W X Y Z 9 G H I 4 Space, 0, return J K L 5 Special character s menu M N O 6 Chang es lett er case or mode. En3570.book Page 38 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 39 ] Text entry Impor tant : Your phoneâÂÂs language settings may affect the characters associated with your phoneâÂÂs keypad. For example: to enter the na me âÂÂAlbertâ : Press A Press l Press b Press e Press r Press t Note: Default m ode is senten ce case whe re firs t letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case - each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTION S ⢠Delete m istakes - If you make a mistake , press Cle ar to delete one character to the left. Press and h old the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space - When youâ ve completed enter ing a word or name, press to en ter a space before the next w ord. ⢠Change letter c ase - Press to s witch between the various text entry modes or from u ppercase and low ercase letters. ⢠To start a new line - P ress three times. En3570.book Page 39 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 40 ] Enter numbers Y ou r phone automatically switches to 1 23 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using any of the following m ethods: ⢠Press and hold the key for two seconds to switch to 123 mode, then press the desired number keys. Pr ess and hold again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired n umber key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears. Enter punctuati on/other characters Y ou can enter punctuation, specials characters, and symbols while wr iting text messages, entering notes in th e Organizer , creating phone book entries, or br owsing the In ternet. The illustration to the right shows a sample of the available ch aracters. ENTER PUNCT UATION OR SPECIAL CHA RACTERS Depending on the type of text youâÂÂre entering, you can add punctuation or special characters by doing any of the following: ⢠Press repeatedly while in ABC mode to cycle through some of the most common punctuation marks and special characters. ⢠Press to activate the special ch aracters list. A screen appears displaying the available special characters. ⢠Use the scroll keys t o highlight the desired ch aracter , then press Select . Note: For faster scrolling when viewing the special characters list, you can use the (up), (down), (left) and (right) keys. Press to Se lect your choice. En3570.book Page 40 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 4 1 ] Text entry Impor tant : Som e networks may not support all language- dependent characters. Use special characters in phone numbers Y ou can enter cer tain special characters as a part of the phone numbers you save to the phone book. Pressing repeatedly cycles through the four special characters available when saving a ph one number . * This character sends command strings to t he network. Contact your service provider for more information . This character is used to link a 1-touch dialing location to the number currently being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs when the phone dials a number . Numbers entered to the right of this special charac ter are auto matic all y sent as touch t ones af ter a 2. 5-se cond p ause . w This character causes the phone to w ait for you to press Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Y ou r phone offers a quick way to enter text called predictive text input. Predictive text uses a highly compressed da tabase (or "dictionary") of common words a nd tries to anticipate the word you a re enterin g. Y ou can use predi ctive text inpu t when you: ⢠Write or reply to a text message ⢠Creat e a note in the calendar ⢠Enter text wh ile using the Minibrowser Wa tching predictive text guess a word can be confusing, so you should disregard the screen until all characters have bee n entered. En3570.book Page 41 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 42 ] Exam ple : To write âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ: What you press What you see Press - N O Press - o On Press - k Onl Press - i Onli Press - a No kia En3570.book Page 42 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 43 ] Text entry K EYS AND TOOLS FOR PREDI CTIVE TEXT Key Descri ptio n - Use for text entry . Press each key only on ce per letter . Press and hold the ke y to enter the num ber . If the underlined word is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and s pecial characters. Spell If the wor d entered isnâÂÂt r ecognized, Spell appears above the left selection key . Press Sp ell , enter the desired word, then press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to delete char acters faster . Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to enter a z ero. Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , the n press and hold again to return to predictive text. Press once to add a period. Press repeatedly to view o ther punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuation mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text. En3570.book Page 43 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 44 ] T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu wh ile writing a text message. O nce enabled, predictive text is available to all features that support it. in the screenâÂÂs upper left corner indicates predictive text is active. ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (QUIC K METHOD) While creating a new tex t message or calendar note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The messa ge T9 pred iction on is displayed and the English language dictionary is enabled (or the most recently selected dictionary). ENABLE PREDICTI VE TEXT (AND SELECT DICTI ONARY) While c reat ing a new text mess age: 1 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Predictive tex t, and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to the dictionary you want (for example, Eng lish ), then press Select. The messa ge T9 p redi ction on is displayed. The dictionary in th e language youâÂÂve selected is enabled. T urn off predictive text input While creating a new tex t message, press and hold the Op tions key for two seconds, -OR - 1 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Predictive tex t and press Select . 2 Scroll to Pred icti on off , then press Selec t . ⢠TIPS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT Check a word When youâÂÂve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown: En3570.book Page 44 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 45 ] Text entry ⢠Press to confirm the word an d enter a space. Continue by writing the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation ma rk, then press for a new sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press repeatedly until the word you want appears, then press to confirm your choice and continue. -OR- â¢P r e s s Optio ns , scroll to Matches , then press Select . Scroll to the correc t w ord an d pr ess Use . Press to confirm the word and enter a space. Tip: When you enter pun ctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next wor d automatically appears in uppercase. ADD A WORD TO THE DICTI ONARY When the word you intended to write is not in the dictionary , the left selection key becomes Spell . 1 Select Spell and en ter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Save to insert the correct word (an d to save it to th e dictionary). INSERT NUMBE RS AND SYMBOLS The procedure for e ntering numbers with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEn ter nu mbersâ on page 40. The procedure for entering symbols with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Ple ase see â Enter pun ctuation/ other chara ctersâ on page 40. WRITE COMPOUND WO RDS 1 Write the first part of the compound w ord, then press to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press to enter the word. En3570.book Page 45 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 46 ] 6 Phone book War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can sa ve up to 500 entries (nam es and associated numbers) in your phone book. The phoneâÂÂs memory is capable of storing multiple numbers for ea ch name (home, bu siness , mobile, etc.), as well as tex t info rm ati on ( pos tal address, e-mail address, or note). Note: The amount of detail stor ed for each entry may affect the total number of entries available. ⢠SAVING NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to save names and numbers in your phone book. Instructions for the two most common wa ys are listed below . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (USING PHONE BO OK MENU) 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Sele ct . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code (as necessary) and phone numb er , th en press OK . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (QUICK SAVE) 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad. 2 Press the left s election key twice ( Option s - Save ). 3 Enter a na me and press OK . Press Done to return to the Start screen. Tip: Pressing and holdi ng the Optio ns selection ke y for two seconds af ter entering the numb er store s the nu mber only. En3570.book Page 46 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 47 ] Phone book ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to r ecall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can pe rform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to th e selected phone book entry , or delete the e ntry . From the Star t screen, recall a phone book en try as follows: ⢠Press or to display the list of phone book e ntries. Press repeatedly to scroll through th e list of names. Tip: When viewing the list of names, enter the first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book automatically jumps to that section of the phone book. â¢P r e s s Names , se lec t Search , e nter the first few letters of the entry , then press Se arch . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has several m enu options from which you can choose. These options appear when you press Names . Use the sc roll keys to move to the option you want to use. Option Description of function Search Allows you to sear ch for a specific ph one book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit name Allows you to edit the name of a ph one book entry Delete Allows you to delete phone book entries one by one or all at once Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact En3570.book Page 47 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 48 ] Displaying the phone book Y ou r phone bookâÂÂs information can be displayed in two different ways: ⢠Name l ist - Entries displayed as a list of names. ⢠Name number - Name and default number displayed When viewing th e phone book, us e or to scroll through the phone book entries. Change phone book view 1 Press Names , scroll to Options , then press Select . 2 Select Scro llin g view , then scroll to the vie w option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phone book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. Options Displays a list of phone book options, i ncluding phone book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dial ing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t ag s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialing Own number Displays your phone number(s) Caller groups Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories an d assign special r inging tones and graphics to the group Option Description of function En3570.book Page 48 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 49 ] Phone book 2 Press Details , then pr ess Op tio ns . 3 Scroll to Edi t name or E dit number and press Select . 4 Edit the n ame or numbe r , then pres s OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE B OOK ENTR Y There are several ways to add addition al numbers to an ex isting phone book entry . Y ou r phoneâÂÂs memory book can s tore up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Work , or Fa x . From the phone book 1 Press Names , scroll to Add number , then pr ess Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , then press Add n o. 3 Scroll to the type of number you are adding ( Ge ner al , Mo bile , Home , Work , or Fax ,) , then press Selec t . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the Start scre en 1 Enter the phone nu mber using the keypad, then press Op tions . 2 Scroll to Add to nam e , then pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , then press Add no. 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Selec t . By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Deta ils , then pre ss Opt ions again. 3 Scroll to Add number , then pre ss Sel ect . En3570.book Page 49 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 50 ] 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Selec t . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type Every time you create a new phone book entry, your phone automatically assigns the Gene ral numbe r ty pe to the new nu mber . Y ou c an us e a ph one book entryâÂÂs Opt ions menu to change the number type for any of the phone numb ers. (For exampl e, change a number âÂÂs type fr om General to Home .) 1 Recall the name from the ph one book. 2 Press Detai ls , then scroll to highlight the number you want to modify . 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Change type , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would l ike, then pr ess Sel ect . Impor tant : I f you plan on using Nokia PC Suite to synchronize your phone book and your PCâÂÂs PIM (P ersonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct numb er type. PC Syn c uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book en try contains multiple n umbers, the number e ntered when the phone book entry was created is designated as the prima ry number . When you h ighlight a phone book en try and press , your phone dials the primary number . Consider designating the nu mber you dial most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary number . CHANGE PR IMARY NUMBER Any phone number can be designated the prim ary number . 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to set as the primary En3570.book Page 50 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 5 1 ] Phone book number . 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to As p rim ar y no . , then pr ess Se lect . ⢠DELETE STORED NAMES AND NUMBERS Y ou can delete a number f rom a phone book entry , delete all details of a contact, or delete the entire contents of your phone book. Once you delete information, it cannot be re covered. DELETE A NU MBER 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Deta ils , then scroll to the number you want to delete. 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Delete number , then pr ess Se lect , then OK . DELETE ENTIRE P HONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry y ou want to delete, then press Detai ls . 2 Press Opt ion s . Scroll to Delete , then press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book e ntry (including all details). DELETE TH E ENTIRE PHONE BO OK 1 Press Names , scroll to Delet e, then press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to Del ete all and press Select . 3 When you s ee the m essage Are yo u sur e? , press OK . 4 Enter your secur ity code, then pr ess OK . For more information on the security code, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 1 05. ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK EN TRY Once you have created a contact, you can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. En3570.book Page 51 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 52 ] Note: Text information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a n ew contact with only an e -mail address. 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Deta ils , then pre ss Opt ions again. 3 Scroll to Add d etails , t hen pres s Selec t . 4 Scroll to the type of information you would like to add ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.) , then press Selec t . 5 Enter the information, then press OK . 6 Press to return to the Start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou r phone allows you to group phone book entries with similar attributes into c aller gr oups . The five default caller groups are Fami ly , VIP , Friends, Business , and Other . Each group has two attributes which can be defined by th e user : Group Name and Group T one . Assign phone number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phon e book entry , then press Details . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller g roups , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Family ), then pr ess Select . Edit caller group options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RINGI NG TONE AND GRAP HIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller g roups and press Select . En3570.book Page 52 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 53 ] Phone book 3 Scroll to one of th e c aller groups and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to one of th e following functions and press Select. ⢠Rename group - Enter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringi ng tone - Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone sele cted for the curre ntly selected profile. ⢠Group logo - Choose to turn the grou p logo on or off f or the selected caller group. ⢠Group members - Pr ess Se lect to view group members. To add or remov e a member, pres s Optio ns , then select Add name or Remove name . Note: If you selected Send graphic , enter th e recipientâÂÂs phone number or recall it from phone book and pres s OK . Check with your service provider for availa bility of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STATUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phoneâÂÂs memory which is dedicated to the phone book, th at is in use and th e percentage that rema ins available. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Options , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memo ry sta tus a nd press Select . En3570.book Page 53 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 54 ] 7 Call log War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou r phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including phone numbers and c all times. The call log keep s track of: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Received calls ⢠Dialed calls ⢠Time spent on calls ⢠Time spent on digital data/fax or minibrow ser calls ⢠Amount of data transferred during data/fax or minib rowser calls REQUIREMENTS Before your phone can log missed or re ceived calls properly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service. 2 Y ou r phone must be tu rned on and in a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/her caller ID. 4 Y ou r phoneâÂÂs time and date m ust be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in th e call log. I f you try to view the call log, the messag e No n ew numbers is displayed. En3570.book Page 54 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 55 ] Call log ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALLS Y ou r phone records information abo ut the 60 most recently mi ssed, received, and dialed calls (20 entries for each type of call ). To view call log entries: 1 Press Menu 2 ( Call lo g ), then scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , o r Dialed numbers ), then press Select . 2 Use and to view the list of m issed, received, or dialed calls. Scroll to the de sired call log entry , then press Optio ns. Note: If the phone number r ecorded by the call log matche s a number stored i n your phone book, the name of the ph one book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list of options available for all call log entries. Option Des criptio n Call time Shows the time when the ca ll was missed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and sen d a text message to numbers listed in t he call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a number found in your ph one book Use number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry Delete Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number En3570.book Page 55 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 56 ] Use call log shortcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss a call(s), the message Missed calls ap pears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with the number of calls missed. Impor tant : You are notified of missed calls only if your phone was turned on and you a re in a digital ser vice area. Note : If you cho se t he Forwar d if not answer ed option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these fo rwarded calls a s mis sed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to access the Call log menu. From the Start screen: 1 Press . The most recently dialed c all is displayed. 2 Use or to view the other call log entrie s. 3 Press again to redial the number displayed, or press Op tions to work with the selecte d call log entry . Tip: To redial the last n umber , press twice. ⢠CLE AR CALL LI STS Y ou r phoneâÂÂs Call log us es call list s to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Cle ar call lis ts menu to delete the log of phone numbers dialed, received, or missed. The Al l option clears all numbers in all l ists, whereas the other opti o ns clear only the numbers assoc iated with that list. Caution! This oper ation cannot be u ndone. Clearing th e Dialed numbers call list clears the list of dialed calls accessed by pressing . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call lo g > Clear call lists ). En3570.book Page 56 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 57 ] Call log 2 Use or to highlight the desired option: All , Missed, Dial ed or Received. 3 Press Sele ct to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y ou r phone uses cal l timers to track the amount of time you spend on each call. Y ou can review phon e use by checking the phoneâÂÂs call timers. Impor tant : T he actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , de pending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so f orth. ACCESS T HE VARI OUS CALL TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Call timer s ). 2 Use or to scroll through the options described in the following list: Option De scrip tion Durati on of last call Displays elapsed t ime of the last c all you made Durati on of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls Durati on of dialed c alls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Durati on of all calls Displays sum total for all incoming and outgoing calls Life tim er Shows the time used for all calls for the life of your phone. This option cannot be r eset. Clea r time rs Clears (de letes) all call tim ers except Life time r En3570.book Page 57 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 58 ] ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CA LL TIMER Y ou r phone can display a call timer showing elapsed t ime of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call l ength. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1-1 ( Ca ll log > Call ti mers > Duration of l ast ca ll > Show call time on display ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . Tip: After a call has ended, press any key on your phone to clear the current ca ll time from th e screen. ⢠CLE AR CALL TI MER S 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call log > Call timers > C lear timers ). 2 The Security code field appears. 3 Enter your security code and press OK . Caution! This action cannot be undone. Tip: If using call timers to log the amount of time spent on calls, you may want to record th e information from the call tim ers before you clear them. ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/ FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displays the length of digital data/fax calls, as well as meters the amount of data transferred during data/fa x calls. The call log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access th e wireless Internet. Access data-related call timer ⢠Access data/f ax call timers: Press Menu 2-6 ( Ca ll log > Data/f ax call s ) ⢠Access minibrowser call timers: Press Me nu 2-7 ( Call log > En3570.book Page 58 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 59 ] Call log Minib row ser cal ls ) Data-related call time r options The following call timer option s are available for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received) data /fax - amount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received) data/f ax - amount of data displayed in KB ⢠Durat ion of last data /fax cal l - length of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duratio n of a ll da ta/fax call s - running total of a ll calls. ⢠Clea r all data /fax log s - clears a ll timers and dat a logs. Minibrowser timer options The available options for the m inibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax calls. En3570.book Page 59 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 60 ] 8 V oice mai lbox War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enable s those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunction with you r service providerâÂÂs voice mail sy stem, you can retrieve your message s at any time. Note: Dualband/triband is a networ k dependent feature. Check with your local service provider to subscribe to and use this featu re . ⢠STO RE YO UR V OICE MA ILBOX NUMB ER Before you can retrieve any voice m essages, you need to stor e your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 01-2-3 ( Messa ges > V oice me ssages > V o ice mail box number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , then press OK . Y ou r voice mailbox n umber can be u p to 32 digits long . Note: If your phone number changes, you may need to reenter your voice mailbox number . Tip: You can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN number as a part of your voice m ailbox number . For more information, please see âÂÂSave touch tones as a phone book entryâ on page 1 00. En3570.book Page 60 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 6 1 ] V oice mailbox ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different w ireless systems. If you need information about how to record your greeting, contact your service provider . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MES SAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSAGES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone an d New voi ce mess age is displayed, press List en and follow the prompts. If youâ d rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO ME SSAGES LATER ⢠From the Start screen, press and hold for two seconds. -OR- â¢P r e s s Men u 0 1-2 -1 ( Messages > V oice message s > Listen to voice messages ). The messa ge Ca lling v oice m ailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts from the voice mail system to review your m essages. En3570.book Page 61 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 62 ] 9 T ext messages War ni n g! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can u se th e Message s menu (Menu 1) and Short Message Service (SMS) to read, wr ite and send text messages to another phone in your network. Y ou may also be able to use t he MinibrowserâÂÂs e-mail feature to send text messages to pho nes in other networks. Impor tant : W hen sending SMS m essages, your phone may display the words Messa ge Sent (where ser vice is available). This is an indication that the message ha s been sent by you r phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that th e message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with you r service provider . Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or service pr ovider . O nly devices that offer compatible e-mail features can receive and display messages. It may require a separate subscription. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou can use the Messages menu to create and send text messa ges to another mobile phone i n your network, to another m obile phone in another network, or to an e-ma il recipient. You can also save a draft of your message in the Outbo x folder for later use. En3570.book Page 62 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 63 ] Text messages Create and send a text message Impor tant : U se this method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless n etwork. If the recipient has a different service provider , you may need to sen d the message as an e-mail (see âÂÂCreate and send an e-mail m essageâ on page 66). 1 From the Start screen, press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Select Te x t m e s sa g e s , th en select Write message . 3 Select either Te x t (up to 160 characters) or Nume ric page (message consists of phone number only). Note: The ability to send a numerical page may be dependent on your wireless network. Please contact your service provider f or more information on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , then pre ss Sel ect . 5 Enter the phone number of the r ecipient, then pr ess OK . OR Press Searc h , highlight the de sired number stored in your phone book, then press Se lect . 6 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Enter text , then pre ss Sel ect . 7 Enter your messa ge. Tip: Since the network limits the number of characters in a message, a character counter appears in t he upper right-hand corner of your phoneâÂÂs display . This ph one supports 160 character SMS messages. 8 To se nd the message , press Optio ns , then sele ct Send . USE OT HER OPTI ONS Y ou may use the following as a shortcut for sen ding a new text m essage: 1 Enter the recipient âÂÂs phone number , then press Options. 2 Scroll to Send message, then press Select. Continue the creation process as described above. En3570.book Page 63 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 64 ] View message options The table below lists s everal options available while creating a text message. To view these options, pr ess Opt ions at the te xt entry screen. Option Descri ptio n Send Sends the cu rrent text messa ge to the recipi ent(s) List recipient s Allows to you add or remove recipients to the message Setti ngs Allows you to mark a message as urgent, to r equest a delivery receipt or to specify a c allback number Save messa ge Saves the current m essage to the desired folder Clear screen Clears the scr een of all tex t and cha racters Exit edito r Used to return to the M essages menu Insert name Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message Insert number Used to insert a phone book number into the text message Use te mpla te Adds text from a template to the current message Insert word, Edit wor d Allows you to insert a word not found in the dictionary or edit a wo rd then add it to the dictionary Inser t symbo l Used to enter p unctuation or special characters into the curren t text me ssage. Predictive text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select language of dictionary used Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text En3570.book Page 64 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 65 ] Text messages ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES Templates a re short, prewritten messages which can be recalled and inserted into new text messages when youâ re short on time. 1 Create a new text message as described in steps 1 - 6 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 63. 2 Instead of entering your own me ssage, press Opti ons , scroll to Use template , then pr ess Select . 3 Scroll to one of the availabl e templates: 4 Press Sele ct to enter th e text into your new message. 5 Complete the p rocess described earlier to se nd your message. Y ou can also cr eate a new mess age while browsing the Te mplates folder . 1 Press Menu 01-1-5 ( Messa ges > Text m es sa g es > Tem p la te s ). 2 Scroll to the desired t emplate, then press Sele ct . 3 Press Options , then select Edit to modify the message or Use number to select a r ecipient. 4 From the message options list, select Send to send your messa ge. âÂÂPlease callâ âÂÂI am late. I w ill be there atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at home. Please callâ âÂÂSee you inâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at work. Please callâ âÂÂSee you atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later atâ âÂÂSorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this.â âÂÂMeeting is cancel ed.â âÂÂI will be arriving atâ En3570.book Page 65 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 66 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESSAGES Y ou can also u se the Me ssages menu to w rite and sen d text messages to a personâÂÂs Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks . Create and send an e-mail message Use the same pr ocedure for creating and sending e-mail messages as found in the section, âÂÂWrite a text messageâ on page 62. However , select Add e-mai l , then enter the e-m ail address (or pre ss Searc h and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in othe r networks Most service providers now h ave the ability to route e- mail messages to your phone (appearing as t ext messages). The following are just a few examples of how your phoneâÂÂs e- mail address may appear: 2135551234@myserviceprovider.com username@serviceprovider.com 2135551234@mobile.myserviceprovider.co m It can be difficult to send messages to phones outside your service providerâÂÂs network using traditional text messaging. Howe ver , it is possible to send a text message as an e-mail to phones ou tside your service providerâÂÂs network (provided the r ecipientâÂÂs phone is capable of receiving e-mail text messages). Follow the instructions, âÂÂW rite a text messageâ on page 62 but select Add e-mail . Enter the e-mail address associated with the r ecipientâÂÂs phone number (o r press Se arch and recall the e- mail address stored in your phone book). Impor tant : T his feature may require subscription to special services. Please check with your service provider for more information and for the e -mail address assigned to your ph one. En3570.book Page 66 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 67 ] Text messages ⢠RECEIVE TEXT MESSAGES When you receive a text message, the in dicator and the text: (#) Message(s) received appears on the screen (where # is th e numbe r of ne w messages received). 1 Press Show to read the message or press Ex it to view it later . 2 While reading the message, press Options to view the list of message options, then press Select to ch oose the desired option. READ M ESSAGES LATE R 1 Press Menu , then select the Messa ges menu, then Text me ssages . 2 Scroll to In box , th en press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired message, then press Sele ct to read th e message. Note: The icon in front of the m essage header indicates the message ha s not been read. in front of the messa ge header indicates you have already viewed the message. En3570.book Page 67 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 68 ] ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Pressing Op tions displays the following list of choices: Note: Some of these options may not be visible. For example, Use Web link appears only when a URL is present in an SMS message. Option De scrip tion Delete Deletes the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Use number Ca pture s phone n umber in the mes sage (or f rom the message sender) with the option to Save (as new phone book entry), Add to name , Send message , or Cal l Save Saves current message to Archives folder Forward Use to forward curr ent message to another user Rename Used to re name exis ting mess age titl e as seen in the message list Edi t Used to edit message before saving or forwarding Use Web link Captures the URL in the m essage and allows you to go directly to th at site (via the M inibrowser) or to save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address in the message (or the sender of a n e-ma il text messa ge) Move Used to move message to user-defined folder En3570.book Page 68 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 69 ] Text messages ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message either by a traditional text message or by an e-mail message. The or igin of the me ssage or the senderâÂÂs wir eless network affects how you reply to the incoming message. Replying vi a SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Op tio ns . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the f ollowing reply types and press Select : ⢠Empty screen - gives you an empty text buffer ⢠Origina l text - includes original message in the reply message ⢠Tem pl at e - allows you to select a template from the Tem p la te s folder ⢠Stand ard ans wer tem plates (including: See you in , See you at, Sorry , I canâÂÂt hel p you on this., I will be arriving at, Please call, IâÂÂm at home, IâÂÂm at wo rk, IâÂÂm in a meeting.) 4 After you write your reply , press Op tions , then select Send . A copy of all sent messages (up to th e memory limit) rem ain in your Outbox, unless you turn this f eature off in Message settin gs . Press Back to return to the Messages men u, or press to return to the Start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for replying to SMS messages sent from an e-mail address. Note: If the incoming e-mail message is improperly formatted, you may be required to r e-enter the e-mail address. Press Option s , then select Add e-mail to reenter the e-mail address. En3570.book Page 69 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 0 ] ⢠DELETE MESSAGES Y ou have several options for er asing individual messages or erasing the contents of an entire f older . You may need to dele te older or unwanted messages in order to fre e up your phoneâÂÂs memory f or new messages. Learn about delete options The Messages menu has an option that allows you to delete the entire contents of your folders as described below . ⢠All read - deletes all read messages from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox - deletes read messages in this folder (unread messa ges remain intact) ⢠Outbo x - deletes all messages in this folder ⢠Archive - deletes a ll messages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the Start screen, press Menu 0 1-1-7 ( Messag es > Te xt mes sages > Delete message s ). 2 Highlight the folder whose conte nts you want deleted and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if pr ompted) and press OK . Erasing individual text messages 1 From the Inbo x , Ou tbo x , or Arch i ve folde r , highlight the message you wish to delete. 2 Press Optio ns , scroll to Delete and press Sel ec t . 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. En3570.book Page 70 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 1 ] Text messages Forward a message Y o u can forwar d any incoming text messages, wh ether they wer e sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. You can forward a message to a s ingle user or to a list of users. Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple us ers, your recipient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Op tions . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Select . 3 Select Add e -ma il or Add number , th en address the message. For multiple recipients, press Optio ns again, then add additional e - mail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Options, s croll to Send, then press OK . If you want to edit the forwarded message, select Ed it tex t fro m the options menu prior to sending the message. View a messageâÂÂs settings Y ou can assign several settings to the text messages (new me ssages, replies, or forwarded messages). The fo llowing setting s are available from the messa geâÂÂs Optio ns menu: ⢠Urgent - sends the messa ge marked urgent and appears in recipientâÂÂs Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Deliv . note - lets you know when your message h as been delivered ⢠Callback no . - incl udes yo ur num ber (or a nu mber th at you ent er or recall from the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN M ESSAGE OPT IONS 1 After entering text, press Optio ns. Scroll to Set ting s and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired set ting, then press Mar k . 3 Press Done , then pres s Yes to save changes to your messa ge. 4 Scroll to Send , then press Sele ct (or select a different menu option). En3570.book Page 71 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 72 ] Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠In box - stores new mess ages and read mess ages ⢠Ou tbo x - saves copies of all sent messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the even t the network is tem porarily unavailable) ⢠Archive - used to file read me ssages and sen t messages for long- term storage A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is fu ll. Before you can receive, save, or send any new messages, yo u must delete older messages from yo ur Inbox , Outbo x , or the Archi ve folder . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Specify several settings that affect the over all way your phone handles text messaging. Use ( Menu 0 1-1-8 ) to configure the following: ⢠Sending optio ns - used to specify normal or urgent priority , request delivery note, or specify th at a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settings - used to specify the font size in which messages will be displayed. Also used t o configure how your phone automatically handles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are full, an d saving copies of sent messages automatically . ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organizing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox - Text messages you receive remain stored in your Inbox until you delete them or move them to the Archive folder . ⢠Outbox - Messages that canâÂÂt be sent immediately can be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the m essage in the Outbox . En3570.book Page 72 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 73 ] Text messages If you try to send a tex t message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Out box . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAVED IN THE OUT BOX 1 From the Text m essage s menu, scroll to Ou tbox and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired message, then press Sel ect . 3 Press Options , then pr ess Resend (or Edit if the message was a saved draft). From this point, you have seve ral options, including: ⢠Select Edit m essa ge and continue workin g with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e -mail , Ad d number , or Add l ist to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , then press Sele ct to send the message. En3570.book Page 73 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 74 ] 1 0 P ersonalization War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to cust omize the way your ph one wor ks. Y ou can use the existin g profiles or you can customize a profile to suit your own preferences . Some of the items you can customize are: ⢠Ringing options and vibrating alert ⢠Ringing tones and ringing volume ⢠Keypad a nd message alert t ones ⢠Warning ton es Y ou r phone comes w ith five profiles: Nor mal (default settin g), Sile nt , Meeting , Outdoo r , and Pa g e r . ⢠SELECT A DIFFERENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power key briefly . 2 Use and to scroll to the profile you want to us e. 3 Press OK to select a profile. USE PROFILES MENU 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof iles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to use, th en press Select . 3 Press Sele ct again to choose the highlighted profile. En3570.book Page 74 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 75 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof iles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to cu stomize, then press Se lect . 3 Scroll to Customize , th en press Selec t . The following sections describe each of the options you can customize. Set ringing options Y ou can choose the way your phone rings to notify you of incoming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Cus tomize menu , scro ll to R ingi ng opti ons, then press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options desc ribed below , then press Se lect . Set a ringing tone A ringin g to ne is the m elody your phone plays when you receive a call. Y ou can set the ringing ton e to a specific sound effect, or to a melody to personalize how the phone rings. Your phone has two different types of ring tones. It can store 1 0 different MIDI tones and 2 0 different buzzer tones. Option Descri ptio n Ring The phone rings normally . Ascendin g Ringing volume begins softly , then increases in volume if the phone is n ot answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once The phone beeps once to in dicate an incoming call. Silent The phone makes no sound. En3570.book Page 75 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 76 ] Impor tant : The Silent or Bee p once ringing option disables any melody you may chose. T o hear a r inging tone while editing a profile, make su re one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Cus tomize menu , scro ll to R inging tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the ringing tone you want to us e, press Select . About polyphonic sound (MIDI) Y ou r phone is equipped with a pol yphonic tone generator capable of playing up to f our different voices simultaneously . The generator can reproduce over 40 different instrument ton es, including drums, guitar , saxophone, flute, etc. The polyphonic sounds bring a new richness and quality to ringing tones, message alert tones, and background music and sound ef fects u sed in gamin g. Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming voice calls and message alert tones . There are five differen t levels of volume. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Customize menu, scroll to Ringing volume and press Select . 2 Scroll to an option and list en. When you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, press Se lect . Set a vibrating alert Y ou r phone has the ability to vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Silent r inging option causes your phone on ly to vibrate on incoming call. 1 From the selected profileâÂÂs Cust omize menu, scr oll to Vibrating al ert and press Se lect . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . En3570.book Page 76 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 77 ] Pe rsonalization Impor tant : T he phone does not vibrate when it is connected to or placed in any charging device. Set message alert tone Several message alert tone options are available to indicate incoming text messa ges. 1 From the selected profileâÂÂs Custo mize m enu, scroll to Message alert tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the message alert t one you wa nt to use, pre ss Select . Set keypad tones Use the Ke y p a d t on e s option to set the volume of the tones heard when pressing your phoneâÂÂs keys. 1 From the selected profile âÂÂs Custo mize menu, scr oll to Key p a d t on e s and press Se lect . 2 Scroll to one of the le vels and press Select . Impor tant : If you choo se Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silen t profile automatically turns keypad tones off. Set warning and game tones Y ou can customiz e the way your phone p lays warning t ones and the to nes used for the g ames. Wa r n in g t o n e s include the tone s played when there is an error , durin g confirmations, whe n a battery is low , and when you need to recharge the ba ttery . 1 From the selected profile âÂÂs Custo mize menu, scr oll to Warning an d game tones and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If you do not want to use warning or game tones, you can turn them off by scrolling to Off and pressing Se lect . En3570.book Page 77 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 78 ] ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any of the pr ofiles except No rmal . You may wa nt to use your own name f or one of th e profil es. When you se lect thi s profile , your name appears on the S tart screen. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof ile s) . 2 Scroll to the desired pr ofile and press Select . 3 Select Customiz e , scroll to Profile n ame and press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Note: Y ou ca nnot renam e th e Normal profile. Select and customize an accessory profile Note: You must have an accessory (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory settings menu. To select and customize profiles for use with th e headset, handsfree device (carkit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setti ngs > Accessory se ttings ). 2 Scroll to one of the f ollowing Accessory profiles and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HAND SFREE The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Sele ct to enter the optionâÂÂs submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Default p rofi le - Cho ose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected to a ca rkit. ⢠Automat ic answe r - Calls are answered automa tically after 1 ring when connected to a ca r kit. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠H andsf ree ⢠Hea dset ⢠Lo opset ⢠TTY En3570.book Page 78 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 79 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠Lights - Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Automa tic and press Sele ct . IF YOU SELECTED HEADSET The Default p rofi le and Auto matic a nswer options are your ava ilable choices. Please refer to âÂÂIf you selecte d Handsfre eâ for m ore in forma tio n. IF YOU SELECTED LOOPSET The Default p rofi le and Auto matic a nswer options are available. Please refer to â If you selected Handsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is a vailable: ⢠Use l oopset - Enable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED TTY/TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Sele ct to enter the optionâÂÂs submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Use TTY - Enable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Scroll to Yes or No an d press Sele ct . Note: If the loopset is enabled, youâÂÂll be a sked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Pr ess No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGIN G TONE Y ou r phone has 30 predefined ringing tones and can store up to te n new ringing tones (sent from an In ternet Web site as an SMS or created/ downloaded using Nokia PC Suite). The pre defined ringing tones include 20 buzzer ringing tones a nd 1 0 MIDI ringing tones. Note: Buzzer ton es can be sent via SMS, bu t MIDI tones cannot. En3570.book Page 79 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 80 ] Play , save, or delete a ringing tone Once your phone receives a new ringing tone , the phone displays the messa ge Ringing tone received . 1 Press Opt ion s , then choose Play back , Save , or Delet e . 2 Press OK . If you chose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the ringing tone list available to you when you customize a profile (see âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 7 5). Use PC Composer Y ou can use Nokia PC SuiteâÂÂs PC Com poser to create new ringing tones and send them to your phone via the DKU-5 cable (available as an accessory). For more information, please refer to the N okia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Gu ide . Receive ringing tones from Minibrowser Y ou may also re ceive ringing tones from th e Internet wh ile in a Minibrowser session. To save your tone, follow the on-screen prompts. Please see âÂÂM inibrowserâ on page 127, for more information and availability of this service. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display in formation in different languages. Y ou r possible choices are English, French, Spanish and Russian. Note: Some l anguages may vary due to regional differences. All of these languages may not be available in your ph one. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Se ttings > Phone settin gs > Languag e ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to use and press Selec t . En3570.book Page 80 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 8 1 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y ou r phone contains a real-time clock that can be set tw o different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wireless system, or i t can be set m anually . The clock will display the current time and date on the Start screen. You can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer. Please see âÂÂDisplaying or hiding the clockâ on page 82.â Note: Yo ur phone also has an alarm clock. See âÂÂUse the alarm clockâ on page 1 12. for more information. By default, th e clock gets its in formatio n from the wirele ss ne tw or k. If yo u wish to override the n etwork clock, do the f ollowing: Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the ti me , then press Se lect . 3 Enter the current time, then press Select . For example , to enter 7:30, enter 0 73 0. 4 Scroll to am or pm , t hen pr ess Select . Selecting time format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Time format , then pr ess Sel ect . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , the n press Sele ct . Allowing the network t o set the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Settin gs > Tim e sett ings > Auto- upda te of date and ti me ). 2 Scroll to On (or Confirm first ), then press Sel ect . En3570.book Page 81 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 82 ] Impor tant : I f you u se the Auto update of da te and t ime option while outside your digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time manual ly ( see above ). Network time w ill replace t he time and date you set once you re-enter your digital network. Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter you r own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and youâÂÂre still outside of the digital network). Displaying or hiding the cloc k 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time setti ngs > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show cl ock is highlighted. 3 Press Sele ct . ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE W ELCOME SCREEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch on your phone. The message can include your name or a reminder and can be u p to 44 characters long. Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4-2-3 ( Setting s > Pho ne se ttin gs > Welc o me n ot e ). 2 Enter the text of the startup message (using traditional text entry). 3 Press Opt ion s , then select Save . En3570.book Page 82 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 83 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command feature provides h andsfree operation of certain menu options and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voice âÂÂtagâ for th e commands you w ant to use (please r ead â Assign a vo ice tag to a phone number â on page 9 4 for detailed inf ormation on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice commands: Create a voice tag for a menu option Impor tant : Ple ase see âÂÂImportant notes about voice tagsâ on page 94 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then press Selec t . 3 Press Opt ion s , then select Add co mman d . 4 Press Start . After the tone sounds, speak the voice tag clearly in to the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag.The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Option Descript ion Profiles Used to switch betwee n the available profiles ( Normal , Silent, M eeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r ) V oice mailbox Used to access your voice messages Recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log m enu En3570.book Page 83 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 84 ] Use a voice command Wa r n in g ! Do not use voice command in an e mergency situation. In emergen cies, st ress causes changes i n your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. 1 At the S tart screen, press and hold Names fo r one to two seconds. A to n e is heard and Pl ease s peak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, cle arly speak th e voice tag that you reco rded previ ously into the microphone. The only other option for in itiating a voice command is to press the headset button momentarily at the Start screen. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag w ill playback thr ough the headset to confirm your choice. Wo rk with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then press Select . 3 Press Options , scroll to either Playbac k , Change , or De lete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Star t to record again . The new tag that is recorded replaces the old infor mation. En3570.book Page 84 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 85 ] Advanced features 1 1 Advanc ed featu res War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Some i n-call options are network services features. Please contact your s ervice provider for information and availability . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as conference calling, call waiting, and the use of calling cards for calls. Not all the features described here ar e available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou r phone allows you to use a number of features during a call. These feat ure s are kno wn as in-cal l options . Y ou cannot use all these options at all tim es. This section tells you when you can use a certain option. 1 To access an option during a call, press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to one of th e following options, th en press Select : Option Descri ptio n Mute/E nd mute Used to disable or enable the m icrophone. If mute has already been selected, End mute is displayed. These options affect any accessories c onnected to the phone (headset, car kit). New ca ll Used to initiate a n ew call while in a call (call- waiting and three-way calling) End al l call s Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three- way calling) En3570.book Page 85 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 86 ] ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you us e c all forward ing , your network redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this featu re helps to prevent missing important phone calls. Impor tant : Call forwarding is a network-dependent feature a nd may not work the same in all networks. Contact your service provider for availability and for your ne tworkâÂÂs feature codes. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y ou r network requires separate codes for activating and cancelling the various types of call forwarding. Your service provider can provide you wit h the n ecess ary featur e cod es for th ese n etwo rk ser vic es. Once you store these f eature codes in your phon e, they are sen t automatically to the network when you select one of the call forwarding options from your ph oneâÂÂs menu. Touch t ones U sed to manually en ter a touch tone str ing (series of tones) or search for a string in your phone Names Used to view phone book. Press Ba ck to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main men u Option Descri ptio n En3570.book Page 86 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 87 ] Advanced features Y ou r phone can store the following types of feature codes: Store a feature code 1 Press M enu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Netw ork servi ces > Netwo rk feature setti ng ). The Feature cod e field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (ex ample *90 for a cti va ting Forward if busy ), then press OK . 3 Press Sele ct wh en Ca ll for ward ing is displayed. 4 Scroll to the type of forwarding that m atches the feature code you entered ( exampl e: For war d if bu sy ), then press Selec t . 5 Select Act iva te . The Activate feature code is now store d in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature cod e field. Feature code ty pe Descri ptio n Forward all calls Forw ards all incoming calls to the number you specify Forward if busy Forward incoming calls when youâÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming ca lls to another n umber when you a re unable to answer Forward if out of reac h Forwards incoming ca lls to another n umber when youâÂÂre out of the network or when th e phone is switched off Forward all data calls Forwards all incoming data calls to the number you specify Can ce l a ll c all forwarding Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set En3570.book Page 87 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 88 ] Continue entering other fe ature codes (example *900 to cancel Forward if busy ), or press to return to the Start screen. Impor tant : O nce you enter a network feature code successfully the feature become s visible in the Network se rvices menu. Activate/cancel call forwarding After you store th e correct feature codes, you can activate (or cancel) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network s ervic es > Ca ll forwa rding ). 2 Scroll to the desired c all forwarding option, then press Select . 3 Highlight Activate and press Select . 4 Enter the number to wh ich you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a number from the ph one book), and press OK . 5 Press Y our ph one calls the network to activate (or cancel) the feature youâÂÂve requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature has been activated (or cancelled) successfully . ⢠USE CALL WAITING This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. When you receive an incoming call , your phone displays the callerâÂÂs phone number (or the callerâÂÂs entry in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. Answering a waiting call Press the key (or press Answer ) to place the current active call on hold automatically and answer the new call. Switch between the two calls Accepting the waiting call puts the your first caller on hold. To put the second caller on hold and reconnect with the first caller , press . En3570.book Page 88 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 89 ] Advanced features End the active call To end th e active call, simply allow the othe r party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. OR: 1 Press to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials your phone with the call on hold. Answer this as you would a ny normal incoming ca ll. ⢠MAKE A CONF ER ENCE CALL This feature allows you to talk to two people at the same time. Conference calling is a ne twork-dependent feature. Note: Check w ith your service provider to m ake sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to th e first participant as usual. Wh en youâÂÂre ready to place a call to the next party , 2 Press Options, then press New call. 3 Enter the number and press (or pr ess Se arch to recall the number from the phone book). 4 Press again to connect both pa rties. 5 To end the call, press . This action disconnects both parties. End calls To end a conference call ( disconnect with all callers), press . Or you can also press Options , then select End a ll call s . Disconnect second par ty While all three parties are conn ected, pressing the key disconnects the second caller , keeping the first partyâÂÂs call active. En3570.book Page 89 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 90 ] Disconnect first party If you wish to disconnect with the first par ty and remain connected to the second party , have the first par ty terminate the call on his/her end. ⢠SEND OW N CALLER ID WHEN CALLING This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be displayed on their caller ID). This feature may only be effective when calli ng a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature i s available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Impor tant : T his feature works on a call-by-call basis. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sen ding of your own numbe r to the recipientâÂÂs caller ID. Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send o wn call er ID wh en call ing feat ure, you must store the feature codes for activating this feature. Once the code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from you r phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press M enu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Netw ork servi ces > Netwo rk feature setti ng ). The Feature cod e field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (ex ample *67 for a cti va ting Sen d own ca ller I D when calling ), then press OK . 3 Select No to assi gn the activation code. En3570.book Page 90 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 9 1 ] Advanced features Place a call without sending your number 1 Press Menu 4-6-4 ( Set ting s > Netwo rk serv ices > Send ow n ca ller ID when c alling ). 2 Scroll to No , then press Select . 3 Enter the desired phone n umber , then pr ess OK (or press Search to recall a phone num ber from the ph one book). The phone automatically inserts the feature code into the dialing string and dials the phone numbe r . The pe rson youâÂÂre calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID. ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able to place a call (example: due to the high volume of traffic on the wireless network). When the wireless network is busy or unavailable, Automat ic redial instructs your phone to retry the call. ACTIVATE A UTOMATIC RE DIAL 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Se ttings > Call s ettings > Aut oma tic re dial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Sele ct . If the system is bu sy , your phone makes three additional call at tempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process bef ore the last attempt, press . Impor tant : T his feature does not automatically retry a number when the n umber you are calling is busy . ⢠CALLI NG CA RD If you wish to use a calling car d for long distance calls, you must first s ave your calling card informa tion into your phone. Y ou r phone is equipped to handle up to four calling cards. En3570.book Page 91 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 92 ] Saving calling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1- 6 ( Settin gs > Ca ll sett ings > C alling card ). 2 Enter your secu rity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to one of th e four memory locations, then press Options . 4 Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 5 Select Dia ling sequen ce . Scr oll to one of th e three sequence types as described in the followin g table, then press Selec t . 6 Enter the required information ( access number or pr efix and card number) . Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card name , then pre ss Sel ect . Enter the card name, then press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all calling cards. Please look at the back of your calling card or contact your long distance compa ny for m ore info rmat ion. Dialing se quence Use for cards th at requir e you to: Access n umber phone num ber car d num ber Dial 1-8 00 access nu mber , then phone number, then card number ( PIN if required) Access n umber car d num ber phone num ber Dial 1-8 00 access nu mber , then card number ( PIN if required), then phone n umber Prefix phone num ber car d num ber Dial the pref ix (any numbers tha t must pr ecede th e pho ne number) and phone nu mber you want to dia l, t hen card nu mber ( PIN if required) En3570.book Page 92 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 93 ] Advanced features Choosing a calling card to use Use Menu 4- 1-6 ( Setting s > Call setti ngs > Call ing ca rd ) to select a calling card to use. You will be require d to enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling car d information in your phone, you can make a call using you r calling card. 1 Enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Card call . 3 Y our phone displays Wait for t one, then pres s OK . When you hea r the tone or sy stem message, pre ss OK . 4 Y ou r phone displays Wai t for tone, pr ess OK again . When you hear the tone or system message, pr ess OK . â¢V O I C E D I A L I N G Y ou can dial up to 25 of y our phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using t he voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, you must first assign a voice tag to the n umber . Bef ore using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language depe ndent. They are dependent on the spe ake r's vo ice . ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Recor d them and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When recording a voice tag or makin g a call by saying a vo ice tag, hold the phone in th e normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar name s for dif fere nt num bers . En3570.book Page 93 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 94 ] Impor tant : You must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. T his may be difficult in, for example, a n oisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances. Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou must record a voice tag (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENT RY 1 At the Start screen, pr ess or . Scroll to the d esired phone book entry , and press Det ails . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag and pr ess Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Add voice tag and press Selec t . (The phone displays Press Star t, then speak af ter the tone ). 4 Press Start and after the ton e, speak the voice tag clearly into the phoneâÂÂs microphone. Note: Your phone informs you if recording is not successful. Pr es s OK to try again or Bac k to return to phone book. The mes sage Voice tag saved is displayed upon compl etion of the record ing process. The icon next to a phone number den otes that a voice ta g exists f or this n umber . IMPORTANT NO TES ABOUT VOI CE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record tags or use voice dialing in a quiet environmen t. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more a ccurately . Consider using first and last name or f irst name, last name, and n umber type (for example, mobile, home, w ork, etc.) whe n tagging a number . For example, "John Smith, work." ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. En3570.book Page 94 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 95 ] Advanced features ⢠If the voice tag memory is f ull, the phone displays Delet e an ex isting voice ta g? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, th en press Del ete . ⢠Deleting a phone number deletes an y associated voice tags. Wa r n in g ! Do not use a voice tag for dialing em ergency numbers. In emergen cies, st ress causes changes i n your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. Dialing a number using voice dialing Note: You must say the name exactly as you s aid it when you record ed it . 1 At the St art screen, p ress and ho ld Names for two seconds. A t o n e i s heard and Plea se spe ak no w is displayed. 2 After t he tone , clearly speak t he voic e tag tha t you recor ded pre viously into the microphone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displa yed, and yo u ar e retur ned to th e St art screen . 3 When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book en try will be displayed on the screen for three seco nds A ND ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via th e ear piece). After three seconds, the number is dialed. The only other option for in itiating voice dialing is to press the he adset button momentarily at th e Start screen. The alert tones plays t hrough the headset . Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag w ill playback thr ough the headset to confirm your choice. En3570.book Page 95 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 96 ] Wo rk with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), rerecord a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 At the Start screen, press Nam es . Scroll to Vo i c e ta g s , then p ress Select . Note: This option displays a list of only those names/numbers that have been assigned a voice tag. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, the n press Opt ion s . 3 Scroll to either Playb ack , Change , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Star t to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TO UCH DI ALING When a phone number is assigned to one of the 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the ph one number in either of the following ways: ⢠Pre ss the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press . ⢠Press and hold the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call is initiated. is preassigned to dial your voice mailbox nu mber and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-touch dialing If you want t o assign a number to one of the n umber k eys (2 -9), do th e following: 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing a nd press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 th rough 9 ), and press A ssign . En3570.book Page 96 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 97 ] Advanced features Note: If a phone number is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the lef t selection key is Options . 4 Enter the phone number manually , or press Search to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired nam e or entry from the phone book. I f more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired number and press Sele ct . 1-touch dialing options Y ou can change or delete (clear) numbers assigned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key from th e 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing a nd press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , then press Options . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Delet e , then press Se lect . ⢠LEARN ABOUT CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group phone book e ntries using one of th e existing categories ( Family, VIP , Fr iends, B usi ness , and Other ). Each group has its own unique ringing tone and logo. When you receive a call from a n umber assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and th e caller groupâÂÂs logo is displayed on the screen. This feature can help you identify incoming calls more quickly . En3570.book Page 97 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 98 ] ADD A N UMB ER T O A CAL LER G ROU P 1 At the Start screen, pr ess or . Scroll to the d esired phone book entry , and press Det ails . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to u se and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Caller g roups , and press Se lect . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), a nd press Assign . SELECT A RIN GING TONE AND GR APHIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller g roups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of th e c aller groups and press Options . 4 Scroll to one of the f ollowing options and press Se lect : Option Descript ion Rename group U sed to rename the sele cted caller group Group ringing tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing ton es, then press OK Group logo Used to vie w , activate or deactivate gr oup logo Group members Used to assign other phon e book entries to the selected caller group En3570.book Page 98 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 99 ] Advanced features ⢠USE TOUCH TONES Warn in g : If you sen d touch tones while in analog mode, be careful not to send con fidential information. Check your phoneâÂÂs display for the icon, indicating th e presence of a digital network. Touch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) are those tones produced when you pres s the key s on yo ur phone âÂÂs key pad. Y ou can use t ouch to nes for many automated dial-up services such a s banking and airlines, or for entering your voice m ailbox number and password. Touch tone s are sent duri ng an act ive cal l. You can send them manua lly from your phoneâÂÂs keypad, or send them automatically by saving them in your phone. Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need t o custom ize how your ph one sends t he tou ch tone s for optimum performance with the syste m youâÂÂre calling. SET TOUCH TONE TYPE 1 Press M enu 4-2-2-1 ( Sett ings > Ph one set tings > To uch tones > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, then press Se lect : Option Descriptio n Continuous Tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the Touch tone length option. Off Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent when you press a key . En3570.book Page 99 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 00 ] SET FIXED TO UCH TONE LENGTH Y ou ca n als o spe cify touc h to ne leng th w hen u sing t he Fixed option. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( Settings > Phone sett ings > Touch tones > Touch t one length ). 2 Scroll to Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0.5 seconds), then pres s Select . Send touch tone string manually Before you begin, m a ke s ur e th a t Manual touch tones is n ot set to Of f . 1 During a call to the automated service, press Optio ns , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sele ct . 2 Enter the touch tone string from your phoneâÂÂs keypad as required by the service youâÂÂre calling, then press To ne s . Send touch tone string from phone book Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , then recall and send the string usi ng the in-call menu option Touch to nes . SAVE TOUCH TONE S AS A PHONE BOOK ENTR Y Save the touch tone string (including any pause or wait characters that may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving names a nd number to your phone book see âÂÂSaving names an d numbersâ on page 46. RECALL TO UCH TONE STRING FRO M THE PHONE BO OK 1 During a call to the automated service, press Optio ns , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sele ct . 2 Press Searc h , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone book, then press OK . 3 Press Ton es to send the touch tones. En3570.book Page 100 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 101 ] Advanced features Store touch tone string with phone number Y ou can store touch tone strings (for example: voice mailbox number an d PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, i t is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones fr om the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the key to e nter a w or p after the number . ⢠w (wait) - The phone w aits for you to press Send . When you pr ess Send , the phone sends the touch tone string youâÂÂve saved. ⢠p (pause) - The phone pauses for 2.5 seconds, then automatically sends the touc h tone str ing yo uâÂÂve save d. 3 Enter the touch tone s tring after the w or p characters as requir ed by the service. Exam ple : 214-555-1234w1234#p5678# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored w ith the phone number , you can now call the number a nd have the touch ton e strings sent a utomatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES This feature allows you to store a ph one number in one phone book location and link it to another ph one book entry . For example, linking the phone number of an automated service (exa mple: automated banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: account and PI N numbers) automatically recalls and sends the touc h tone str ing when y ou call th e serv ice. En3570.book Page 101 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 02 ] USE LINK ING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string i nto your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the t ouch tones to a 1-touch dialing location (example: location 3 ). For more information on 1- touch dialing, see â 1-touch dialingâ on page 9 6. 3 Edit the automated serviceâÂÂs phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-touch dialin g location). Exam ple : 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated serviceâÂÂs number from your phone book. Your phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call con nects. Impor tant : You may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1234p 3 ). ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RECORD ER Recorder allows you record audio m emos and store them in your phone. Use this feature to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. Tota l time available for all memos is three minutes (up to 180 seconds). Maximum length of a sin gle message is one minute, u p to 60 seconds. The maximum nu mber and length of rem aining memos depends o n how much memory is still available. A countdown tim er is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Record a me mo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo ic e > V oice recorder > Record ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your m emo. 3 When you finish recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice m emo, then pr ess OK . En3570.book Page 102 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 03 ] Advanced features NOTES ⢠Pressing Back instead of entering a subject discards the m emo without saving. ⢠Pressing OK w ithout entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to th e memo. Wo rk wi th recorded memos To view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo ic e > Voice recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, then press Op tions . The following options are available: Notes about voice re corder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playback. When ca ll is complete, the phone returns to the Optio ns menu for the selected voice me mo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo r ecording. The recorded memo is automatically saved with the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers from the keypad during memo playback (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing interrupts voice memo playback and pla ces the call. Option Desc riptio n Playback Plays back the selected me ssage through the earpiece (ph one or he adset ). Edit title Used to edit th e memoâÂÂs subject, or to rena me memo. Delete Deletes selected voice memo. Add alarm/ Alar m Used to add (edit, or remove) a r eminder alarm for the memo. En3570.book Page 103 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 04 ] 12 Security and S ystem settings Warn in g! Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it ma y cause inter ference or danger . Y ou r phone has a variety of s ecurity features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or unintentional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. ⢠LOCK K EYPAD (KEYGUA RD) With keypad lock (Keyguard ) you can te mporarily loc k your phoneâÂÂs ke ypad and prevent the acciden tal placing of calls or pressing of the keypad (for example, when th e phone is in your pocke t or in your pu rse). Activate/deactivate Keyguard Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to a ctivate Keyguard. It is possible to answer a call, even though Keyguard is activated. Press to answer the call. W hen the call ha s ended, the ke ypad remains locked. Impor tant : appears at the top of the display . The lef t softkey is also labeled Unlock . UNLOC K KEYPAD Press Unlock followed by (within three seconds) to deactivate Ke yguard and unlock you r phoneâÂÂs keypad. En3570.book Page 104 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 05 ] Security and System settings Impor tant : W hen the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official e mergency number). ⢠SECURITY CODE Y ou r phone prompts you for a five-digit security code for certain featur es an d co mm an ds. A ccess is granted only after the correct security code has been entered successf ully . Y ou r phoneâÂÂs defau lt security code is 12345 . ItâÂÂs r ecommended that you change this code at once, write it down, an d store it in a safe place away from your phone. Impor tant : W hen entering your secu rity code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code . Correct entry errors Y ou can delete the last entered digit by pre ss ing Cl ear (or by pres sing an d holding Clear to delete all the dig its more quickly). Ent er t he c or re ct c od e or press Ba ck to exit. If you enter an incorrect security code ( Code err or w ill appear) five times in a row , your phone wonâÂÂt accept any entries for the next f ive m inutes . Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2-4 ( Settings > Sec urity setti ngs > Access codes > Cha nge sec urity c ode ) and press Sel ect . 2 Enter existing (or defa ult) security code and press OK . 3 Enter new five-digit secu rity code and press OK . 4 Reenter your new five-digit security code for verifi cation, then pr ess OK . Y ou r phone displays the confirmation message Security code changed . En3570.book Page 105 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 06 ] Impor tant : I f you change your security code and donâÂÂt remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change your security code, the default code is no lon ger valid. ⢠PHONE LOCK This feature protects your phone f rom unauthorized outgoing calls or unauthorized access to information stored in th e phone. When phone lock is activa ted, Phone l ocked is displayed each time you turn your phone on or off. Afte r pr essi ng eit her Name s or Me nu , you m ust enter your lock code. Once your lock code has been accepted, your phone will function normally . Impor tant : Ca ll not allowed is displayed if you attempt to place a call while phone is locked. Impor tant : W hen the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). Learn about the lock code In addition to a security code, your phone also has a loc k code . YouâÂÂll need the lock code to activate and de activate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock code five times in a r ow , your phone will prom pt you for the security code (see page 1 05). En3570.book Page 106 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 0 7 ] Security and System settings CHANGE YOUR LOCK CODE 1 Ente r Menu 4-5-2-3 ( Set tings > Sec urity settin gs > Access codes > Change lock code ) and press Sel ect . 2 Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3 Enter new lock code and press OK . 4 Reenter new lock code for verifi cation, then pre ss OK . Impor tant : W hen you change your lock code , make sure you store it in a safe pl ace, away from your phone. Avoid e ntering access codes similar to emer gency numbers to prevent acciden tal emergency calls. Activating and deactivating phone lock 1 Press Menu 4-5-2- 1 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity s ettings > Access codes > Phone lock ). 2 Enter the lock code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to On or Off , then press Select . 4 Turn your phone off and back on to compl ete the phone lock activation (or deact ivation). Answer a call with phone lock on Press or Answer . Allowed number when phone locked When phone loc k is on, the only ou tgoing calls t hat can be m ade are to t he followi ng n umbers : ⢠The emergency number programmed in to your phone (for example: 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The n umber store d in th e Allowed number when phone locked location. En3570.book Page 107 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 08 ] Store the unlocked phone number 1 Press Menu 4-5-2- 2 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity s ettings > Access codes > Allowed number when phone locked ). 2 Enter lock code and press OK . 3 Enter phone number (or press Se arch and recall the number from the phone book), then press Selec t . Calling the allowed phone number At the Start screen , press or . The number is di splayed. Press to place the call. Impor tant : Ph one lock must be a ctivated to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Yo u can restrict all calls or create a custom list of n umbers to restrict. Learn about restriction options When you select eith er Restric t outg oing ca lls or Restrict incoming calls from t he Se curity set ting s options, your options are: ⢠Select - Used to display a list of all available restricted numbers. Select those numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restri ction - Us ed to create your own list of restricted n umbers Once you have added at least on e restriction to either th e outgoing or incoming calls list, th e following options become visible: ⢠Edit - Us ed to edit an existin g outgoing call restriction ⢠Delete - Used to dele te call restrictions from th e list Impor tant : W hen calls are restricted, c alls may be possible t o the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official e mergency number). En3570.book Page 108 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 09 ] Security and System settings Adding a call restriction Y ou can add up to 10 r estrictions for outgoing calls and 1 5 restrictions for incoming calls. The maximum number of characters you can enter for each re stri ction i s 15. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Settings > Secur ity se ttings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoi ng call s or Restrict incoming calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 21 4, enter 2 1 4. 6 Enter a name to identify this r estriction, or just press OK . Note: When creatin g a new rest riction, tha t restrictio n is automatically selected (en abled) at the time it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Settings > Secu rity settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Res trict outgoi ng ca lls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select. Then, scroll to Se lect and press Select . 4 Scroll to each r estriction you wish to u se and press Mark ; press Unmark to deactivate existing restrict ions. 5 Press Done , then pres s Ye s to save th e changes youâÂÂve made. En3570.book Page 109 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 10 ] Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the na me or number of an en try in the call restrictions list. 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Settings > Secu rity settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to R estrict outg oing cal ls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edi t and press Selec t . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, then press Select . Note: If no name ha s been ente red for a r estriction, th e restricte d number will be displayed. 6 Ed it th e num ber ( as nee ded ), th en pr ess OK . 7 Edit name (as needed), then press OK . Erasing call restrictions Y ou may want to dele te a restriction that is no longer needed. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setting s - Se curi ty setti ngs - Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to R estrict outg oing cal ls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Del ete and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to delete, then press OK . 6 Press OK again to delete restriction. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y ou r phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your ser vice provider . Use Menu 4-1- 4 ( Setti ngs > Ca ll setti ngs > Aut o-upd ate of ser vice ) to turn this feature on or off. En3570.book Page 110 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 111 ] Security and System settings ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SELECTION The System menu (Menu 5 ) allows you to customize the way your phone chooses a syst em in which to operate while you are within or outside of your primary or home system. Y ou r phone is set to search for the most cost-effective system. If your phone canâÂÂt find a preferred system, it sele cts a system automatically based on the option you choose in the Syste m menu. Impor tant : Be fore selecting an item in the System menu, contac t your service provider to find out how your selection will affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service providerâÂÂs network. Their network determines which options actually appear in the phoneâÂÂs menu. The following is a description of the options that may appear in your phone: Option Descript ion Home only Y ou can make and receive calls in your home area only . While roaming, No Servi ce appears and you cannot make or receive calls. Automatic Y our phone automatically selects the best available system. En3570.book Page 111 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 12 ] 13 Organizer Y ou r phone has a calendar , alarm clock, stopwatch , and contac t databaseâÂÂeverything you need i n an organizer or personal digital assistant. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y ou r phoneâÂÂs alarm clock can be set to sound an alarm at a time you specify . The alarm clock uses the clockâÂÂs time format (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displayed on the Start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock will work , regardless if the phone is on or off. Impor tant : T he alarm clock works in conjunction with your phoneâÂÂs clock. Make sure you r phoneâÂÂs time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Organ ize r > Alarm cl ock ), then press Select . 2 Enter the alarm time, then press OK . 3 Select am or pm , then press OK. Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an alert tone, displays an animated message, and flashes itâÂÂs lights. Pressing St op or the key stops the alarm from sounding, and returns you to the Start screen. SNOOZING There are several ways you can enable the Snooze feature: 1 Press the Snoo ze selection key . 2 Press any key (except ). En3570.book Page 112 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 13 ] Organizer 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. Once snooze is enabled, th e alarm will sound again in ten minutes. Alarm when phone power i s off If the alarm time is reache d while the phone is switched off, th e phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you pr ess Sto p , the phone asks whether you wan t to activate the ph one for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. War ni n g! Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it m ay cause interfer ence or danger . Alarm clock notes ⢠The alarm clockâÂÂs volume is determined by the phoneâÂÂs current volume and tone settings. ⢠If you have selected the Silen t or Beep once ringing tone, the alarm clock beeps once. â¢C A L E N D A R War ni n g! Your phone must be switched on to use the Calendar feature. Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs calendar to record " notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone calls, b irthdays, or general reminders. Alarms can also be set to notify you of your appointments or notes. Y ou can also use the DKU-5 cable in conjunction with Nokia PC Suite to synchronize your PIM application âÂÂs calendar with your phoneâÂÂs ca lendar , keeping you up-to-date when youâÂÂre away from you office or PC. En3570.book Page 113 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 14 ] Calendar Options menu The calendarâÂÂs Options m enu displays a list of c alendar options: View da y , Make a not e , Go to da te , and the calendarâÂÂs Setti ngs menu. Learn about Calendar views W EEK LIST From the Organizer menu, scroll to Calendar , and press Sel ect . Use the week list to view you r calendar four weeks a t a glance. When you view the calendar , notice that todayâÂÂs date is highlighted. Use the four-way scroll keys to mov e to a different date. Tip: You phone supports four-way scrolling in the calendar week list: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll right â¢U s e t o Selec t your choice Day vie w From the week list, scroll to the desired day . Press Opt ion s , then select View d ay . The day view allows you to scroll through th e notes made for the sele cted day . The Option s list for day view includes: ⢠View the highlighted note. ⢠Delete , Edit, Mo ve , or Repeat the highlighted note (every da y , every week, biweekly or every year) . En3570.book Page 114 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 15 ] Organizer ⢠Make a not e - used to create a n ew note for the selected day ⢠Go to date - used to jump to a specific date ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the n ote to another day ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the cu rrent note (via SMS. Please check for available in your network) ⢠Setting s - allows you to set the date, time, date fo rmat, time format and week form at for th e calendar. The Auto delete setting allows you to delete old notes after a specified period o f ti me. How ever , repe at not es ( for e xam ple, b irt hday or a nni vers ary notes) will not be deleted. NOTE VIEW From the day view , scroll to the desired note. Press Opt ions , scr oll to View and press Se lect . The details of the selected note are displaye d. The Option s list for note view include: ⢠Delete , Edit, Move, or Repe at the current note (every da y , every w eek, biwee kly or every year). ⢠Make a not e - used to create a n ew note for the sele cted day ⢠Go to date is used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the n ote to another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the cu rrent note (via SMS, or as an SMS text message. Please check for available in your network) . ⢠Setting s - allows you to set the date, time, date fo rmat, time format and week form at for th e calendar. The Auto delete setting allows you to delete old notes after a specified period o f ti me. How ever , repe at not es ( for e xam ple, b irt hday or a nni vers ary notes) will not be deleted. En3570.book Page 115 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 16 ] Add a calendar note Note: Predictive text input is available for Calendar notes. 1 From the day list view , scr oll to the desired day and press Opti ons . 2 Select Make a no te . 3 Scroll to one of th e following note type s and press the roller : ⢠Meeting - Enter the note (or press Sea rc h to recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press Optio ns . ⢠Call - Enter the desired phone number (or press Opti ons then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday - Enter the personâÂÂs name (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Optio ns then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo - Enter the note. Press Option s th en Save . Enter a date for the memo, then press OK . ⢠Reminder - Enter the note. Press Opti ons then Save . Select an alarm option ( Alarm on , Alarm off ). 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, then press Se lect . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALARM SOUNDS FOR A NOTE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. W hen a Call note is display ed, you can call the n umber by pressing . To stop the alarm, press Exit or . ⢠CALCUL ATOR Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs calculator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers a nd convert cu rrencies. En3570.book Page 116 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 17 ] Organizer Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . Use the calculator 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Calculator , and press Selec t . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press for decimal point). 3 To add, press o nce ( a ppears); to subtract, press t wice ( - ); to multiply , press three times ( * ); to divide, press four t ime s ( / ). 4 Yo u c a n a l s o p r e s s Options , scroll to Add , Subt ract , Mu ltip ly , Divid e , Square , or Square root , and press Se lec t . 5 Enter the s econd numbe r . Repeat steps three and four a s many time s as ne cessary . Note: A subtotal is shown a fter you enter th e next o perant ( , - , *, or /). 6 For a tota l, press Options twice. 7 To start a ne w calculation, press a nd hold Clear for two seconds . Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in lon g divisions. ⢠STOP WATCH Y ou can use yo ur phoneâÂÂs Stopwat ch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. T he eventâÂÂs time can be saved, viewed, or deleted. Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . En3570.book Page 117 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 18 ] Impor tant : U sing the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone's operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background wh en performing oth er operations with you r phone. Time an event using spli t timing The split time f unction allows you to me asure the total time for a n event, yet allows you to capture th e elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwa tch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Split timing , then pres s Selec t. 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, you can: ⢠Press Split. The split time is displayed an d the timer continues to display elapsed time. â¢P r e s s Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (using lap or split), you have the option to save the information, reset the stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , then pre ss Options. Sel ect one of the f ollow ing: ⢠Save - used to save the cu rrent timing data. Enter a name, then press OK . ⢠Reset - clears the cu rrent timing data and resets the timer . ⢠Start -restarts the split timer from th e point the timer was stopped. En3570.book Page 118 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 19 ] Organizer Time an event using lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. To measu re lap time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwa tch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Lap timing, then press Sel ect. 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the lap timer has started, your can: â¢P r e s s Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap. The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from ze ro. If you conti nue pr essing Lap , the most recent la p time appears a t the top of the list of lap times. You can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The final lapâÂÂs time is displayed. Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can choose t he following options from the Stop watc h menu. Opti on De script ion Contin ue Used to re-display active timer (example: if you receive a call while the timer is still runn ing). Show last time Allows you to view the last measured time. View times All ows you to view the list of saved times. Delete times Allows you to delete th e saved times. You can delete the saved times one by one or all at once. En3570.book Page 119 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 120 ] Note: If you receive a call while using the Stopwatch, the timer continues running in the background. After e nding the call, you can redisplay the timer by doing the f ollowing: 1 Press Menu 9-5-1 ( Orga nizer > Stopwa tch > Continue ). 2 Press Sele ct . En3570.book Page 120 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 12 1 ] Applications 14) Applications Note: Your phone mu st be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wi reless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This menu allows the m anagement of Java TM applications installed on your phone or downloaded from your PC using Nokia PC Su ite. Y our phone soft ware includes Java applications designed for your Nokia phone. Some service providers offer other applications via mobile In ternet services. Note: This f eature shares m emory sp ace with other f eatures. For mor information, see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 22. ⢠LAUNCHING AN APPLICATION 1 Press Menu 1 0-1 (Appl ica tions - Sel ect a pp. ) and s croll to an application (name depends on the application) and press Opt ions . 2 Scroll to Open and press Selec t . If the selection is a single application it will launch. Oth erwise, a list of application s is displayed corresponding to the selected application set. Scroll to the desir ed application and press Select . The application launches. Tip: If an application uses the whole di splay area, no soft key names are displayed. Press one of the selection keys or to show the options list. Then select on e of the options or press Back to continue with the application. ⢠OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABLE FO R APPLICATIONS ⢠Delete - to dele te the application or application set from the phone. ⢠Chec k vers ion - to check if a new version of t he application is En3570.book Page 121 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 122 ] available for download from the m obile Internet ser vices. ⢠Details - to give additional in formation about the applicat ion. Note: Check version and Internet link may not be available f or all applications. ⢠DOWNLOAD A NEW APPLICAT ION Note: The ability to download applications over the air is dependent on your ser vice provider . To learn more about this function, contact your ser vice provider . Y ou can use the Internet to download Java applications to your PC, then use the Java installer from PC Suite to download the application s in your phone. Note: Nokia does not pr ovide any warranty for non-Nokia applications. If you choose to download and install an application, you should take the same precautions, for security or content, as you would with any Internet site. Check memory status Allows you to view m emory available for Applications 1 Press Menu 1 0-2 (Applications - Memory) . 2 Y ou will see the amount of Free memory and the Tota l me m or y . T his will vary according to the number of applications you have installed. Note: This feature utilizes shared memory . For a detailed explanation on m emory , see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 22. En3570.book Page 122 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 123 ] Games 15. Games Wa r n in g ! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Y ou ca n use your phone not on ly f or communication but also for some serious fun. Y ou r phone offers you four games from which to choose. â¢I n Snake II , you feed the snake with as many goodies as possible. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, th e higher your score is. â¢I n Space Impa ct II , you try to destroy the falling asteroids before they destroy you. â¢I n Bumpe r , you can play an excitin g game of pinball. I ncrease your score by keeping th e ball on the table using the f lippers. â¢I n Ka r t R ac i n g , you must outmaneuver your opponents and be the first to cross the f inish line. Game control Y ou phone supports four-way scrolling while playing the games: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll right En3570.book Page 123 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 124 ] Start a new game 1 Press Menu 6-1 ( Games > Select gam e ), scroll to the desired game and press Se lect . 2 Choose an option and press Select . LEARN ABOUT GAME OPTIONS Use the option Instr uctio ns to learn how to play the game. W ith the option Level you can choose the difficulty level of the g ame. In Snake II you can pause the game by pressing either sele ction key and resume a paused game with Continue option. Use Top sc or e (available in some games) to check the h igh score in your phone. Game settings The following settings are available for all games: Option Des criptio n Game s ound s U sed to turn ga me sound effects On or Off . Game lights U sed to turn screen lights On or Of f during game play only . Shakes Used to turn game vibratin g effects On or Off . En3570.book Page 124 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 125 ] Y our phone and other devices 16 Y o ur phon e and othe r device s Y ou r phone is capable if interacting with, or connecting to a computer using the DKU-5 s erial cable. Y ou r phone can exchange information with other desktop and laptop PCs. Y ou r phone can also function as a wireless modem wh en connected to PCs. Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . ⢠PC CON NEC TIV ITY Y ou can make a serial connection betw een your Nokia phone and compatible PC using th e DKU-5 serial cable. T his cable is available for purchase as an accessory , or may be in cluded in your sales pa ckage. Once your phone and PC are connected , you can access your phoneâÂÂs information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Impor tant : Digital data/fax services (including IS95, IS2000 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent features and may require a subscription to these service s. Please check with your service provider for the ava ilability of digital data/fax services. Nokia PC Suite Once your phone is connecte d to your PC, you can use the various components of Nokia PC Su ite to: ⢠make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content C opier). ⢠edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings via your PC's keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠synchro nize your phon e book and remind ers with Personal Informatio n En3570.book Page 125 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 126 ] Man age r (P IM) appl ic atio ns such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync). Please refer to the docum ent Nokia PC Suite U ser Guide an d PC/PDA Connectivity Guide fo r installatio n and setup instruction s. Modem setup Y ou can use you r Nokia ph one as a modem with your laptop computer o r han dh eld de vic e, giving you access to t he Internet (for e-m ail and W eb br owsi ng ) o r c orpo rat e networks wherever you are. For more information on m odem setup for PCs and handheld devices, pleas e refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Download software PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user gui de, and all related software is provided to you free of charge. These items can be downloaded from the US mobile phone products s ection of: http://www .nokia.c om En3570.book Page 126 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 127 ] Minibrowser 17 Minibrowser Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . Impor tant : T his feature is available only if your service providerâÂÂs network supports mobile internet ac cess. Y our service provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact you r service provider . The Minibrowse r feature allows you to ac cess spe ci al I nte rn et c on tent designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. You can use your phoneâÂÂs minibrowser to view news, get w eather reports, check fligh t times, access financial information, down load new ringing tones or graphics, etc. The browser âÂÂs menu allows you to save addresses of Web sites as bookmar ks, so you can return to your favorite sites quickly and easily . ⢠UNDERSTAND BR OWSING SESSION S AND INDI CATORS When you launch the minibrowser , two icons appear on the scr een : - Minibrowser icon (you are in a minibrowser session) - Active call icon (you are being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects you f rom the net wor k after a period of inactivity . This is normal a nd is designed to minimize y our bill. Y ou may find, howeve r , that you are billed for s everal networ k co nn e cti o ns wi th in a sing le se ssio n. When the minibrowser disconnects f rom the network, only the browser icon remains. While browsing, you can still access pages stored in memory without being con nected to the Internet. En3570.book Page 127 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 128 ] However , if you navigate to a page that is not stored in memory , a ne w connection is established and youâÂÂll be billed accordingly . ⢠LAUNCHING THE MINIBROWSER The first tim e you launch the m inibrowser , you go through a s ecurity setup process that takes three to f ive minutes (follow the on-screen prompts). 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , then press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you may be billed for th e connection time. (You can disable this message. See âÂÂDisable minibrowser confirmationsâ on page 133.) 2 Press Yes . Afte r a few s econ ds, the Home Pa g e appears. (Your men u may vary according to your service provider .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the key from the Start screen. END A BROWSING SESSI ON To end a minibrowser session, press and hold the key . Home P age 1 News 2 Y ahoo 3 Weather 4 Finance En3570.book Page 128 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 129 ] Minibrowser ⢠MINIBRO WSER MENU While browsing, press and release th e key to display the minibrowser menu: ABOUT WEB P AGE CONTENT The following items may appear on web pages: ⢠Menu choices (may appear as a numbered list). ⢠Hyperlinks (appear as underlin ed text ). ⢠Input fi elds (for text or numbers) - appear as [...]. ⢠Stand ard tex t (for reading only-no action required). Opti on Descript ion Reload Reloads information for current page Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks y ouâÂÂve saved. Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. Ve r s i o n Displays infor mation about the minibrowserâÂÂs software version and developers Advanc ed Displays a several advanced br owser options. Downloads Used to view or access downl oaded7 ringing tones Exit browser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. En3570.book Page 129 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 130 ] ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE MINIBROWSE R SCROLL THR OUGH THE MENUS AND CONTENTS OF A PAGE Press or to scroll through menus or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one scr een). To scroll quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Impor tant : T here is no â circular scrollingâ in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, wh en you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of th e list to begin scrolling again. GO BA CK (P REV IOU S PAG E) To go back to a previous page, press . GO TO THE HOME P AGE ⢠Press repeatedly to move back through previously viewed pages until the Home P age appears. OR, ⢠Press to display the minibrowser menu, scroll to Home , then press OK . SELECT OR OPEN AN ITEM (FOR EXAM PLE, A LINK) ⢠Press the appropriate number key on you r phoneâÂÂs keypad (if the item on the page is n umbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, then press the appropriate selection key (for example, to select or open a link). SELECTION KEYS To navigate to different screens or select spec ial functio ns, use the selection keys. The function of each selection key can change with each page and depends on each highlighted item. (Left selection key) - Usually selects the highlighted item, bu t its function may change depending on wh at you are doing. (Right selection key) - Usually selects a secondary option or displays a menu of secondary options. En3570.book Page 130 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 13 1 ] Minibrowser â¢L I N K S Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. Depe nding on its type, when activated, a link will: ⢠Tak e you to another page or site ⢠Make a phone call (Some sites support this feature). When you make the call, the browser connection terminates and the page you were viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, the page you were viewing is displayed again and you can continue browsing. ACTIVATE/ SELECT A LINK 1 Scroll to highlight the desired li nk. 2 Press the appropriate selection key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also press to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a pa ge so that you can quickly return to that page later . (Y ou may also be able to create bookmarks via your personal account at your service pr oviderâÂÂs web site.) BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the key to access the minibrowser me nu. 3 Scroll to Boo kmar k page , then press Se lect . (A message may appear asking you to confirm this action.) GO TO A BOO KMARKED P AGE 1 From the Home Page , scroll to Bookmarks , then pre ss OK . A list of your bookmarks appears. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, then press Selec t . En3570.book Page 131 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 132 ] Tip: The first ten bookmarks are as signed to keys - . Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarked site at any time during a browser session. ⢠RECEIVE MESSAGES VIA THE MINIBROWSER Depending on your service provider , you may be able to receive text me ssa ges via the minibro wser . Unlike SMS text m essages, minibrow ser messa ges a re not sto red in the phon e and mus t be acces sed via the minibrowser âÂÂs homep age. Notification of new minibrowser messages When a new minibrowser mess age is received, the icon appears in the status bar . Depending on the message priority , you may also hear an alert tone and/or see New me ssage f rom: displayed on your screen . ⢠If you receive the me ssage while browsing, press View to r ead the messa ge or Skip , allowing you to view the m essage later . ⢠If you receive the message while phone is idl e, press Connect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the Start screen. Y ou can use t he Minibrowser messages men u ( Menu 01 - 4 ) to read your messages at a late time . Web links in minib rowser messages Y ou can receive minibrowser messages co ntaining We b links. If you receive a message containing a link, select Use Web link from the messa geâÂÂs Op tions menu to open the link a nd go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Selecting Use Web li nk from the me ssag eâÂÂs Opt ions menu launches the min ibrowser and takes you to the linkâÂÂs Web site. En3570.book Page 132 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 133 ] Minibrowser ⢠END THE MINIBROWSER SESSION ⢠Press and hold . OR, ⢠Press , scr oll to Exit Min ibr owser , then press OK . ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CON FIRMATIONS Y ou c an specify w hether or not you w ant your phone to display messages when you begi n or end a bro wser ses sion. To modify minibrowser confirmations settin gs 1 Press Menu 4-1-5 ( Se ttings > Call s ettings > Mini browse r confirmation ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option , then press OK . Tip: To prevent unintentional exiting of the minibr owser session, select either the Both or On exit options. This ensures that a confirmation messa ge appears before exiting. If you press and h old , the minibrowser session e nds without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Opti on Desc ript ion Both Confirmation required before conne cting to the Internet, and be fore you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to con firm your awareness to possible charges incurred for Internet access. On exi t Phone asks you t o confirm your wish to end browsing. En3570.book Page 133 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 134 ] 18 Reference information ⢠USE ACCESSORIES SAFELY This section provides information about the phoneâÂÂs batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the information in thi s section is subject to change as th e batteries, chargers, and accessories change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with pow er from an ACP-7U, ACP-8U, ACP-12U, or LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. War ni n g: When you purcha se batteries, charge rs, and acce ssor ies for your phone, use only bat ter ies, c harg ers, a nd accessories that have received approval from Nokia. The use of any other type may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, chargers, and accessories, check with your service provider . Note: For information on how to charge and recharge your bat tery , please see âÂÂCharge the ba tteryâ on page 15. When the battery is f ully charged, the indicator will tell you that the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a ch arger , disconnect i t from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lif etime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery will discharge over time. Temperature extremes can affect the abi lity of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow i t to cool down or warm up befor e trying to charge it. When the battery is running ou t of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a w arning tone sounds and the Ba tte ry low message appears br iefly . When no more talk time is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself off. En3570.book Page 134 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 135 ] Reference infor mation Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, su ch as in a closed car in summ er or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery between 59ðF and 7 7ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily n ot work, even when the battery is fully charged. B attery performance is particularly l imited in temperatures below freez ing. Do not dispose of batteries in a f ire! Wa r n in g ! Use only your hands to remove th e battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may dam age the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORM ATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in th e section. T raffic Safety Do not use a h andheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on the passenger se at or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Rememb er road sa fety always c omes fir st! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . Use the phone on ly in its normal oper ating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain electronic equipment m ay not be shielded against the RF signals from your wir eless phone. En3570.book Page 135 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 136 ] P ACEMAKERS P acema ker man ufa ctu rers rec ommen d th at a mi nimu m se par ati on o f at least 6 inches (approximately 20 cm) be m aintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the indepen dent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for inte rference . ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. HEA RING AI DS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such in terferen ce, you may want to consult your ser vice provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of in adequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded f rom external RF en ergy or if you have any qu estions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when any regulations posted in the se areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equ ipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect improperly installed or in adequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles (for exa mple, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, ele ctronic En3570.book Page 136 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 137 ] Reference infor mation speed cont rol systems, air bag sy stems). C heck with the manufa cturer or its representative regar ding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufactur er of any equipmen t that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted n otices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone w hen in any area w ith a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and in structions. Sparks in such areas cou ld cause an explosion or f ire resulting in property and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone w hen at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel stora ge and distribution areas), chemical plants, or wher e blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but n ot always clearly marked. They inclu de below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liqu efied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); ar eas where the air c ontains chemicals or par ticles, such as grain, dust, or metal powde rs; and any other ar ea where you wou ld normally be advised to turn of f your vehicle engine. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should service the phone or insta ll the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dan gerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless phone e quipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or accessories. En3570.book Page 137 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 138 ] For vehicles equipped with an air bag, re member that an air bag inflates with great force. Do n ot place objects, including both in stalled or portable wireless equipment in the ar ea over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wir eless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teleph ones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, dis rupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illeg al. Failure to observe these instructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both . Emergency calls Import ant: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wireless, and landline n etworks as well as user- programmed functions. Because of this, con nections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never r ely solely upon any wireless phone for essential com munications (for example, m edical emergen cies). Emergency calls may n ot be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone featu res are in use. Check with local service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on . 2 Press as many times as needed (for ex ample, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the ph one for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any other official emerg ency numberâÂÂem ergency number s vary by location). 4 Press . ⢠If certain fe atures are in use, you ma y first need to turn those feat ures En3570.book Page 138 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 139 ] Reference infor mation off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular ser vice provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember th at your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of a n accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so. ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MOD EL PHON E MEETS TH E GOVER NMENT'S REQUIRE MENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WA VES. Y ou r wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emiss ion limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Governme nt. These limits are part o f comprehensive guidelin es and establish permitted levels of RF en ergy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were develope d by independent scientific organizations through per iodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all per sons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specif ic Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1 .6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is de termined at the highest certified pow er level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well be low the maximum value. T his is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower th e power ou tput. En3570.book Page 139 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 140 ] Before a phone model is available for sale to the pu blic, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the lim it established by the government-adopted r equirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at th e ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR v alue for this model phone a s reported to the FCC when tested for use a t the ear is 1.14 W/kg and when wo rn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.96 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet th e government requiremen t. The FCC has granted an Equipmen t Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR l evels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant secti on of http:/ /www .fcc .gov/o et/fcc id after searching on FCC ID GML NPD-1FW . For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a m inimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) f rom the body . Use of other accessories may not en sure compliance with FCC R F exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body worn accessory , and are n ot holding the phone at the ear , position the handset a minimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for m obile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kil ogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account f or any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary de pending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under pr oduct information at : http://www .nokia.c om. En3570.book Page 140 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 14 1 ] Reference infor mation ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y ou r phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below w ill help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for m any years: ⢠Keep the phone and all its pa rts and accessor ies out of the re ach of small children. ⢠Keep the phone dry . Precipitation, h umidity and all t ypes of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or st ore the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot ar eas. High temperatures can shorten the life of ele ctronic devices, damage batteries, an d warp or melt certain plast ics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circu it b oard s. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone except to remove or change front and back covers. Nonexp ert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough handling can break internal circuit boar ds. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modification s, or attachments could dam age the phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices. En3570.book Page 141 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 142 ] All of the above suggestions apply equally to you r phone, battery , charger or any accessory . If any of them are not working proper ly , take them to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if nec ess ary , arra nge for serv ice. ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to en hance your pho neâÂÂs funct ional ity , a range of accessories is available for you. Y ou can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communication needs. For availability of the se and other accessories, contact your service provider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR ACCESSO RY OPERATION ⢠Keep all accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cor d of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cor d. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-installed accessories are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex car accessories must be made by qualif ied personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, an d accessories that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone an d could be dangerous. Refer to â Use accessories safelyâ on page 134 f or important battery usage information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Note: The ph one has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batteries according to local regulations (for ex ample, recycling). Do not dispos e as household waste. En3570.book Page 142 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 143 ] Reference infor mation This section provides in formation about the phoneâÂÂs battery . Be awar e that the information in this section is subject to ch ange. The tables shown in this section pr ovide information about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), the talk and standby times. Consult your ser vice provider for more information. Charging Times Charging times for the BLC- 2 Li-ion Battery (950 mA) are appro ximate: Standby and T alk Times Note: Battery talk and standby times are estimates o nly and depend on signal strength, networ k conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of ch arging habits), temperatures to which battery is e xposed, use i n digital mode, and many other factors. Ple ase note that the amount of time a phone is us ed for calls will affect its standby time. Li kewise, the amount of time th at the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Discharging Y ou r phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full performance is achieved only after tw o or three complete charge and discharge cycles! Batter y option: ACP-7U BLC-2 Li-ion 3 hrs 50 mi n Mode Ta l k t i me Stan d by t ime Digita l Up to 3 hrs and 45 min Up to 15 days En3570.book Page 143 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 144 ] The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. Whe n the operating time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably s horter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by the phone manufacturer and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by th e manufacturer . Unplug the charger wh en not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer tha n 72 hours, since overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Temperature extremes can affect the abi lity of your battery to charge. Battery will not charge a t temperatures above 140ðF (60ðC). ⢠CHARGER S AND OTHER ACCESS ORIES Check the model number of any charger before us e with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. Warn in g: Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories approved by Nokia for use with this pa rticular phone model. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dangerous. For availability of approved accessories, please check with your de aler . When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , gr asp and pull the plug, not the cord. En3570.book Page 144 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 145 ] Reference infor mation Learn about chargers and other accessories This section pr ovides infor mation about the ph oneâÂÂs ch arge rs and acc essorie s. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the chargers and accessories change. The chargers an d accessories th at are describe d in thi s section are av ailable for your phone. Co ntact your dealer for details. Also , refer to the accessories bro chur e tha t wa s in cluded in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it f rom the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, sin ce prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its lifetim e. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Standard Charger (ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) and durable AC c harger . To use the Standard Travel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall outlet and con nect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Note: If the battery is completely e mpty , you cannot use the phone un til it has enough charge to ope rate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweight (10 0 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during ch arging, even with a fully discharged batt ery . To use the Multi-voltage Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a standard 120 V or 220 V AC wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approximate charging times for discharged batteries are shown in âÂÂCharging Timesâ on page 143 . En3570.book Page 145 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 146 ] T ravel Charger (ACP-12U) This is a lightweight and durable AC charger . To use the Standard T ravel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall ou tlet and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Rapid Mobile Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by us ing the Rapid Mobile Charger . Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready for charging (when not charging). The battery charging times are the same as those for the Multi-voltage Charger (ACP- 8U). The input voltage range is from 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolonged chargin g with the R apid Mob ile Charg er (LCH- 9) when t he c ar engine is not running; this could cause your car battery to drain. Note also, that in some cars, the cigarette lighter plug is not provided with electricity if the ignition is not switched on. Headset (HDB-4) Small and lig htweight, the Boom Headset fits over the ea r . This headset has excellen t audio quality with the microphone an d speaker integrated into the unit The Boom Headset pr ovides basic ha ndsf ree fu nction ality wi th an answe r/end button. See âÂÂLearn about your headsetâ on page 35, for more information. En3570.book Page 146 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 147 ] Reference infor mation Data Cable (DKU-5) Easy and convenient connection to you r PC or laptop computer for wireless modem functionality . DKU-5 is a US B cable that can be used with Nokia PC Suite and the DCV-15 Desktop charger with PC Sync. DCV-15 Desktop charger Used together with th e standard tra vel charger or the r apid travel charger , the DCV- 15 desktop charger allows you to charge your phone in an u pright position, so that you have a clea r view of t he pho neâÂÂs s cre en. Spare battery charger (DDC-1) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Multi- voltage Charg er (ACP- 8U) , this lightweight and stylish charger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Loopset (LPS-4) With the Nokia Loopset, people wh o use a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be worn com fortably and discreetly . En3570.book Page 147 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 148 ] Car Kit (Cark-142) The Ca r Kit (CARK-1 42) offer s a convenient handsfree option, automatic charging facility , and transmission capacity with external antenn a connection. Professional installation of this product is recommended. BHF-1 Basi c Car Kit The BHF-1 Basic Ca r Kit offers a h eadre st handsfre e option with an ergonomic design and easy installation. Mobile Holder (MBC -17) Holds phone securely in plac e while driving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LC H-9). This holder is used in the Car Kit (CARK- 142) and can be used wit h BHF -1 Basi c Hands free Carkit. ⢠NOKIA XP RESS-ON⢠COLOR COVERS Your phoneâÂÂs Xpress-on cover is available in several fashion colors. Xpress-on covers may be purchased from your authorized Nokia dealer. Warn i ng: Before changing the cover , always switch off the power and disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached. po n e s o ld separa te l y En3570.book Page 148 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 149 ] Reference infor mation REMO VE TH E BAC K COVE R Switch off the power. Disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. 1 Push the release button on the back cover . 2 Slide the cover downward and lift off. REMO VE TH E FRO NT CO VER 1 With the phone face down or up, grab the top of the phon eâÂÂs front cover . 2 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the cover off the phone. Warn i ng! When the front cover is off the phone, be careful not to damage the phoneâÂÂs screen face or the rub ber gasket around it. REMO VE AND REP LAC E T HE K EYP AD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the keypad into the new front cover and press into place. En3570.book Page 149 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 150 ] REPLACE THE FRONT C OVER 1 Align the keypad with the proper openings in the front cover . 2 Gently push the front cov er into the phone until it clicks into place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 1 Insert the two catches of the back cover in the cor responding slots in the phone. 2 Slide the cover towards the bottom of the phone until it locks into place. ⢠FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) This section lists and an swers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessary , the answers refer you to the appropriate text within this guide. Note: Som e of the answers te ll you to use menu shor tcuts. For a com ple te listin g of these shortcuts, refer to. Q. How do I lock my phon e? A. Pre ss Me nu 4-5-2-1 , then press Select. Enter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to see âÂÂPhone lockâ on page 106 for more information. Q. How do I unl ock my ph one ? En3570.book Page 150 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 15 1 ] Reference infor mation A. Pre ss Menu 4-5-2-1 , press Select , en ter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Q. What is my lock code? A. The lock code enables yo u to lock you r phone, th us preve nting some one else from u sing it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediate ly . Q. What is my sec urity code? A. The default security code is 12345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediat ely . Certa in fe ature s can be used only after the correct security code has been successfully entered. Q. How do I lock t he keypad? A. Pre ss Menu followed by . Refer to âÂÂLock keypad (Keyguard)â on page 1 04, for more information. Q. How do I unlock the ke ypad? A. Pre ss Unlock , followed by . Q. How do I make t he phon e r ing loud er? A. Pre ss Menu 3-1-2 -3 , press Select , then choose a volume level. Q. How do I change the r inging t one? A. Pre ss Menu 3 and scroll through the list of profiles until you find the one for which you want to change the ringing tone, then press Select . Highlight Customize and press Select . Scroll to Ringin g tone , then press Select . Scroll through the options. After you hear th e tone you want to use, press Select . Q. How do I stor e my vo ice ma ilbox n umber? En3570.book Page 151 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 152 ] A. Pre ss Menu 0 1-2- 3 , enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . The scre en tells you that th e number is saved. This voice mailbox n umber is valid unless you r phone number changes. If your phone number c hanges, you will have to save a new voice mailbox num ber . Refer to see âÂÂVoice mailboxâ on page 60, for more inf ormation. Q. How do I call my voice mailbox n umber (retrieve voice messages)? A. Wh en your phone alerts you to new voice messages , press Li ste n and follow the prompts. If youâÂÂd rather listen to your me ssages later , press Exit . To listen to your voice messages at a late r time, perform on e of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 . The me ssage Calling v oice mailb ox appears on the screen. Follow the promp ts to access your messages . Q. How do I find my phoneâÂÂs model number? A. Turn your phone off, then remove the battery from the back of the phone. Y ou r phoneâÂÂs model number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, " Model." You may also have recorded this information on the title page of this user guide. Q. How do I redial th e las t-diale d num ber . A. Press twice. Q. How do I assign a key to 1-touch dialin g? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . Press Select . Scroll to the first nu mber that includes the message (empty) and press Assign . En3570.book Page 152 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 153 ] Reference infor mation Scroll to the name/number to which you want to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat thes e steps as many tim es as ne cessary . Refer to see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 96, for more in formation. Q. How do I find out how many memory locations the phone has? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to Settings . Press Select . Scroll to M emory status and press Sele ct agai n. A mess age appear s that says Phone: xx free, xx used where xx indicates the percen t of memor y used. For more information, refer to and âÂÂTechnical informationâ on page 160. Q. How do I find my phoneâÂÂs ESN (electronic serial number)? A. Turn your phone off, then remove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phoneâÂÂs ESN number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, " ESN." Q. How can I chan ge the brigh tness of my phone âÂÂs di splay? A. Pre ss Menu 4-2-5 and press Sele ct . Scroll up or down to adjust the brightness, then press OK . En3570.book Page 153 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 154 ] Q. How do I clear my call timers? A. Pre ss Me nu 2-5-6 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Please see âÂÂClear call timersâ on page 58, for more information. Warn in g: The clearing of ca ll timers cannot be undone. En3570.book Page 154 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 155 ] Reference infor mation ⢠GLOSSARY Ter m : Defi nitio n: analog network A network wher e t he sig nal i s conv eyed by var yin g the fre quency , amplitu de or phas e of t he transmissi on. antenna The por tion of your p hone design ed to t ransmit and receive the wireless si gnal. batte ry The s ourc e of power f or you r mobi le phone when the pho ne is n ot co nnec ted to a ch arg er . bookma rk A way to save a web s ite address (or URL) t o your phoneâÂÂs mem ory . Use bookmarks to st ore th e addresses of yo ur fa vor ite w eb sites, th en r eca ll them so you can retu rn to the lo ca tion quic kly an d ea sily . browse r A software program used to vi ew and navigat e a porti on of the I nter net call ed t he W orl d Wide Web , or Int ernet l ocati ons de veloped f or t he minibr owser . data cal l A call in which your Nokia phone functi ons as a data/ fax modem, con nected t o your PC vi a the DKU-5 cabl e. digita l net work Network where the sign al is conver ted to a digital or binary code bef ore transmissi on. earp iec e The po rtion of yo ur pho ne th at co ntain s the spea ker . Used to play the audio porti on of a voice call . earp iece volu me The so un d leve l of th e ear pieceâÂÂs speak er du ring a call. e-mail Electro nic M ail. A writ ten fo rm of com mun icatio n in which text (and other types of inform ati on) is transm itted bet ween recipi ents elect roni call y via spe cial e lectro nic m ail sys tem s m anage d by corporat ions and/or I nternet serv ice prov ider s. En3570.book Page 155 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 156 ] END key Used to t erm inate an a ctive call o r rejec t an inco min g call. Al so used to return to the Start screen from the phone book or fro m within the phon eâÂÂs menu.Fu ncti ons as âÂÂbac kâ key wh ile usin g the Min ibrow ser . ESN Electro nic Serial N umber . U sed to ident i fy you r phone on th e wire less net wo rk. fax c all A call in which your Nokia phone functi ons as a data/ fax modem, con nected t o your PC vi a the DKU-5 cabl e. home system Refers to the wireless system to wh ich you are sub scrib ed . home type system Refers to the s ame type of sys tem to which y ou are subscri bed, but a syst em that is not your pr imary home sys tem . Inter net An elaborate syst em of inter connected publi c and pri vate computer network s around th e world, us ed to prov ide acc ess to inform ation an d en able communication between us ers wor ldwide. keypad tones The s ound heard when a key on your phoneâ s keypad is pr essed. message alert tone The so unds that are hear d upon rece ipt of a text or system message (e. g. cal l waiti ng notif icati on) by your pho ne. microphone The e lect roni c ele ment i n the base of your pho ne that picks up yo ur voi ce and other sounds. navigate A term that r efers to th e act o f m ovin g fro m o ne Int ernet s ite or pag e to another, or to the act of moving from one are a of your phoneâ s memory or menu to another . Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 156 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 157 ] Reference infor mation network services A te rm refe rring to th ose fea tur es an d fu nc tion s offe red by wi rel ess serv ice pr ovider s ( in addi tion t o voice call ser vice s). non-home t ype syst em Any system that does not use the same wireless "f or mat" as your home sy st em. number keys The n umbered k eys on your phoneâ s k eypad. power ke y A key on the t op of t he phone t hat all ows you to turn the phone on or of f. Thi s key can also be used t o recal l and change your phoneâ s profi le s. pred ictiv e text input A system devel oped f or ra pid te xt en try us ing your pho neâÂÂs ke ypad . prefer red system Refe rs to a sy stem that is the sam e "fo rma t" as yo ur home system, but is not the system to which you ha ve sub scr ibed . ringin g op tion Refers to the way your phone plays (or if it plays) a ringin g ton e wh en y ou ha ve an inco m ing c all. profil e Refer s to t he var ious set tin gs rel ating to your phoneâ s audib le, visible an d vibratin g alerts, and the a bility to ha ve multip le con f igura tions to m atch yo ur lo catio n o r environm ent. ringin g to ne The ton e or melody that i s heard when you have an incoming call . ringing volume Refer s to the v olume of you r phoneâ s ri ngi ng tone. roaming The sta te of yo ur p hone wh en yo u are no lon ger in your home system. Additi onal ch arges may res ult. scre en Y our phoneâ s di splay . Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 157 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 158 ] scro ll To mo ve thr ough a list of nam es, m enu ite m s, etc. by using the pho neâÂÂs s croll ke ys. Ea ch new selec tion or optio n is hig hligh ted as you s croll to it. sele ctio n key s Refers to the key s und er the lo wer le ft and lo wer righ t corners of your phoneâ s screen. SMS Short Message Service. A ser vice whereby you can send and receive sh ort text messages (typi call y around 160 characters) with your phone. syst em Another wa y to refer to your servic e providerâÂÂs wireless netw ork. TAL K ke y The key used to ma ke or answe r a call. text me ssag e See SMS. URL Univ ersal R esou r ce Loc ato r . A URL is a W eb siteâÂÂs speci fi c address or l ocation on the I nterne t (f or exam ple: http://www .nokia.co m ). voic e dial ing The abili ty to di al numbers in your phone using the pho neâÂÂs vo ice rec ogn ition f eature. (se e voic e tags ) voice mail A syst em main tain ed by your se rvice pr ovide r , used to recor d voi ce mes sag es when you ar e unabl e to answer a ca ll. voice mail box The l ocati on on your ser vice pr ovide râÂÂs network us ed to stor e v oic e mail mes sages. voice t ag A rec ord ing of a use râÂÂs voic e th at is ass igne d to a pho ne book ent ry . V oice tag is use d in co nju nctio n w ith vo ice dialing feat ure (se e vo ice dia ling). volume See earpiec e vo lum e or rin ging vo lum e. Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 158 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 159 ] Reference infor mation warning t ones, game tones The t one playe d when your phone di splays a warning, or t hose t ones that ar e heard when you are playin g one of the p hon eâÂÂs g ame s. wirele ss netwo rk Y our s ervi ce pr ovider âÂÂs operati ng envi ronment, incl uding vari ous types of har dware, sof tware, and landlin e co nnect ions, w hich m akes w ireles s calls possibl e. W orld Wi de W eb (WWW) The par t of th e Inte rnet t hat i s vi ewed usi ng a soft ware app licatio n called a web browser . T he browser i n your Nokia phone can access many sit es on the W or ld Wide W eb , pl us si tes designed specif ical ly to be br owsed from a mobil e phone. Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 159 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 160 ] ⢠TECHN ICAL INFORMATION Wireless syst em Single-ba nd CDMA 1900 m Hz Weig ht 4.0 oz / 1 15 grams Dimensions Length: 1 17 mm Widt h: 49 mm Thickness: 24 mm Frequency range Highband: 1850.00 - 1909.95 MHz (TX) - 1989.95 MHz (RX) Battery voltage 3.6v nominal Charging current 900mA max with ACP-8 and AC - 12 Operating temp. -22ðF to 140ðF (-30ðC to 60ð C) Channels 1 150 highband No. of NAM s 2 Memory capacity Phone book:up to 500 entries with up to 5 numbers and 4 text field s per name Calendar:up to 500 entries Text m essa ges:up to 1 00 messages Digit al dat a P acket-switc hed data ( IS-2000) u p to 153. 6 kbps Circuit-switched data/fax 14. 4 KBps Group 3 fax En3570.book Page 160 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 16 1 ] Reference infor mation ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING Proble m P ossibl e cause P ossib le solution My phone isnâÂÂt charging. Charger and phone are not proper l y connected. Check connecti on between charger and phone/charge r stand and phone. Charger is not properly plugged i n. Make sure charger is properl y pl ugged int o wall outlet . My phone isnâÂÂt making/answeri ng calls. Batter y is not char ged. Charge the batt ery . P oor sign al str ength Extend w hip antenna. Ou tside of s ervic e ar ea. Chan ge lo catio ns until t he phone displ ays servi ce availabl e. I canâÂÂt li sten to my voice mes sages. You donâÂÂt hav e vo ice m ail se rvice . Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . You have no t s et up your voic e mailbox wi th your ser vice pr ovider. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . Y ou have not saved your voic e ma il num ber in your phone. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . The voice m ail nu mb er you have saved i s incorrect. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . You have f org ot ten your passwor d or are ent eri ng it in correc tly . Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . En3570.book Page 161 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 162 ] My SMS messages are not being delive red. Y ou donâÂÂt have SMS service. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . I canâÂÂt succ essfully tag a p hon e book entry or menu command. Excessive background nois e duri ng t he recording process. Find a qui et locat ion and try agai n. Voi c e t ag me mo r y i s full. Follo w scr een pr om pt to de lete an existin g tag , ma king room for new voice tag. V oice dial ing or voice command does n ot recog nize my voice. V oice tag was reco rded by some one other than yourself. Re -reco rd vo ice tag u s ing your voi ce. Proble m P ossibl e cause P ossib le solution En3570.book Page 162 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 163 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 19 Noki a One Y ear Limite d W arrant y Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that this cellular phone (â ProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following ter ms and conditions: 1 The limited w arranty for the Product exten ds for ONE (1) year be ginning on the date of the purchase of the Product. This one ye ar period is extended by each whole day that the Prod uct is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The lim ited warranty extends o nly to the origina l purchase r (âÂÂConsum erâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assign able or transferable to any s ubsequent purchaser/end- use r . 3 The limited warranty ex tends only to Consu mers who purchase the Product in the United States of America. 4 During the limited warranty peri od, Nokia will repair , or replace, at NokiaâÂÂs sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate for th eir intended use with ne w or refurbished replacement items if such repair o r replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer f or any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited war ranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-oper ative parts. NokiaâÂÂs lim it of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the C onsumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Pro duct less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These re medies are the ConsumerâÂÂs exclus ive remedies for breach of warranty . En3570.book Page 163 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 164 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, th e Consumer mu st prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Pr oduct to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of sh ipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or ben efits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or oth er acts which ar e not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by sh ipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, floodin g, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electri cal source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, w orms, Trojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended f or interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in wr iting by the Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of th e Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warr anty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, de faced or alter ed. e) Th e defect or damage was caused by the defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by th e external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product. En3570.book Page 164 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 165 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of th e Product. If a problem develo ps during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of pu rchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, th e Consumer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 32901 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product f rom an installation are not covered under this limited war ranty . d) The Consumer w ill be billed for an y parts o r labor ch arges not covered by this limit ed warra nty . T he Consum er will b e respon sible for any expense s related to reinstall ation of the Pr oduct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited w arranty within 30 days a fter receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited w arranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to r epair the same defect, Nokia at its option , will provide a replacement Product or r efund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some states th e Consum er may h ave the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more th an ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at No kia at the telephone number listed at the end of th is warranty if you need a loaner an d the repair of t he Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (10 ) days. En3570.book Page 165 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 166 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be retu rned freight collect. If the Product is re turned after the e xpiration of the limited warranty period, NokiaâÂÂs normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer will be resp onsible for all shipping char ges. 9 Y OU (THE CONS UMER) U NDERSTAND THAT THE PRODU CT MA Y CONSI ST OF REFUR BISHED EQUIPM ENT THA T CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH H AVE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and r eliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIE D WARRANTY OF M ERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHAL L BE LIMIT ED TO THE DURATION OF THE FOREGO ING LI MITE D WRIT TEN WARRANT Y . OTH ERWISE, THE FOREGO ING LIMIT ED WARRANTY IS TH E CONSUME RâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCL USIV E REME D Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER WA RRA NTIES , EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NO KIA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITI VE OR CONSEQUENT IAL DAMAGE S, INCLUDIN G BUT N O T LIMITE D TO LOSS O F ANTI CIP A TED BE NEFITS OR PROFI TS, LOSS OF SAVINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA, PUNITIVE DAMA GES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATE D EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILI TIES, DOW NTIM E, THE CLAIM S OF ANY T HIRD PARTIES, INCLUDI NG CUSTOMER S, AND INJU RY TO PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM TH E PURCHA SE OR USE OF THE P RODUCT OR AR ISI NG FROM BREACH OF THE WARRANTY, BREACH OF CO NTRACT , NEGLI GENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O T HER LEGAL O R EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF TH E LIK ELIH OOD OF SU CH DAMA GES. NOKI A SHA LL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DELAY IN RENDERI NG SERVICE UNDER TH E LIMI TED WARRAN TY , OR LOSS OF USE D URING THE PERIO D THAT THE PRODUCT IS BEING RE PAIRED. En3570.book Page 166 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 167 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the on e year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do n ot allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so cer tain of the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer speci fic legal rights and the Consumer may also have oth er rights which vary f rom state to state. 12 Nokia neithe r assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expressly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or servi ce agree ment . 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and supersed es all prior an d conte mporaneou s agreem ents or u nderstandi ngs, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no r epresentation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modif y these terms. 14 This limited war ranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consu mer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by the Consumer and is r eflected in the pu rchase price. 15 A ny action or lawsuit for breach of warran ty must be commenced within eighteen (18) m onths following pur chase of the Produ ct. 16 Question s concerning this limited war ranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tam pa , F L 33 614 Te lep hone: 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U (1- 888-6 65-4 228) Fax: 1-813-249- 9619 TTY/TD D Use rs Onl y: 1- 800- 24-NO KIA ( 1-800- 246-6 542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging. En3570.book Page 167 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 168 ] En3570.book Page 168 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 169 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular Telecommunica tions & Internet Association) to all users of m obile ph one s. é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Assoc iation. All Rights R eserved. 1250 Connecticut A v enue, NW S uite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 En3570.book Page 169 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 0 ] Safety is the m ost impo rtant ca ll you wil l ever make. A Gu ide to Sa fe an d R es pon sibl e Wir ele ss P hon e U se T en s of millions of people in t he U .S. toda y t ake ad v antage o f the uni que combinatio n of conv enience, safety and v alue deliv ered by the wireless telephone. Quite simpl y , the wireless phon e giv es pe ople the p o werful ability to communicate by v oice--alm ost anyw here, anytime--with the boss, with a client, with the k ids, with em ergency person nel or even with the poli ce. Each year , Americ ans make billions of calls from the ir wireless phones, and the numb ers are ra pidly gro wing. But an impor tant responsibility accompan ies those benef its, one that ev er y wireless phone use r must uphold. When driving a car , driving is y o ur first responsibility . A wireless phone c an be an inv aluable tool, but good judgm ent must be exercised at all times w hile d riving a motor vehicle--w he ther on th e phon e or not . The basic lessons ar e ones w e all learned as teenagers. Dri vin g requ ires alertness, caution a nd cour tesy . It requires a hea vy dose of basic co mmon sense- --keep y our head up, k e ep y our eyes on the road, check y our m irrors frequently and watc h out f or other driv ers. It re quires obeying all traffic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It me ans using seatbe lts and requiring other passenge rs to do the same. But with wireless phone use , driving safely means a little more. This br ochur e is a call to wireless phone users ev erywher e to make saf ety their first priority when behind th e w heel of a car . W ireless telecommun ication s is keeping us in touch, simplifyin g our liv es, protecting us in em ergencies and pro viding oppo rtunit ies to help othe rs in need. When it come s to the use of wireless phon es, saf ety is your most impo rtant call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Belo w ar e safety tips to follo w while dri v ing and using a w ireless phone w hich shou ld be easy to reme mbe r . 1 Get to kno w y o ur wireless phon e and its features such as speed dia l and redial. Carefully r ead y our instruction manual and learn to take ad vantage of v aluable features most phone s offer , including automat ic redial and me mor y . Also, w ork to memoriz e the pho ne keypad so y ou can use the spe ed dial f unctio n withou t taking y o ur atten tion off th e road. 2 W hen a v ailab le, use a hand s free device. A number of hands free wireless phon e accessories a re r eadily a v ailable toda y . Whethe r y ou choose an installed m ounte d device for y our wireless pho ne or a spea ke r phon e accessor y , t ake ad vantage of these devices i f a vailab le to y ou. 3 P ositio n y ou r wireless phon e within ea sy reach. Mak e sure y ou pla ce y ou r wireless phone wi thin easy reach and w here y ou can g rab it without remo ving y ou r ey es from the road. If y o u get an inc oming call at an in conv enie nt time, if possible, let y o ur v o ice mail answ er it f or y ou. 4 Suspend conv ersa tions during hazardous driving co nditions or sit uations. Let the person y ou are speaking with know y ou are dri ving; if necessar y , suspe nd the En3570.book Page 170 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 1 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA call in hea vy traffic or hazardous w eather conditio ns. Rain, sleet, sno w and i ce can be hazardous, but so is hea vy traf fic. As a driv er , y our f irst responsibility is to pa y attention to the ro ad. 5 Do not take notes or look up phone numbers w h ile driving. If y o u are reading an address book or business card, or writing a "t o do" list while dri ving a car , y ou are not w atching where y ou are going. I tâ s common se nse. D onâÂÂt get caugh t in a dange rous situation because y ou are reading or writing and not pa ying attent ion to th e road or nearby vehicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls w hen you ar e not mo ving or before pulling into traffic. T r y to plan y our ca lls before y ou begin your trip or attem pt to coinci de y our calls with times you ma y b e stopp ed at a sto p sign, red light or otherwise stationar y . But if y ou need to di al w hile driving, f ollo w this simple tip --dial only a few n umbers, check the road and y our m irrors, the n conti n ue. 7 Do not eng age in stressful or em otion al conv ersa tions that m a y be distract ing. Stressful or emotio nal conv ersa tions and d riving do not m ix--the y are dis tra ctin g an d ev en dan ger ous w he n y ou ar e behind t he w hee l of a car . Mak e people y ou are talking with a war e y ou are drivin g and if necessary , suspend conv ersat ions wh ich ha ve the potentia l to div ert your attention from the road. 8 Use y our w ireless phone to call for help . Y our wireless phon e is one o f the greatest tools you can o w n to protect y ou rself and your family in dang erous situations-- with y our phone at y o ur side, h elp is only three numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer gency number in the case of fir e, traffic accident, road hazard or medical e mergenc y . R e member , it is a free call on your wireless phone! 9 Use y our wireless phone to he lp others in eme rgencies. Y our wireless phone pro vides you a perfect oppo r tunity to be a "G ood Sam aritan" in your community . If you see an auto a ccident, cr ime in progress or other seriou s emergency wh ere liv es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emergency number , as y ou would w ant others to d o f or y ou. 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wir eless non-eme rgency assistance number w he n necessar y . Cer tain situ ations y ou en counter while dri ving may r equ ire attention, but are not ur gent en ough to merit a call for emergency services. But y ou still can use your wir eless phon e to lend a h and. If you see a brok en-do wn v ehicle posing no serious h azard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accid ent w he re no one appears inju red or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be sto len, call roadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and pe ople driving irresponsibly re present a hazard to ev er y o ne on the road. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Industry Association a nd the w ireless industr y ha v e condu cted edu cation al outreach to inf orm w ireless phone users of t heir responsibilities as safe driv ers an d good citizens. As we approac h a new centur y , more and more of us will take ad vantage of the bene fits of wireless telephone s. And, as we tak e to th e roads, we all hav e a responsibility to driv e safely . T he wireless industry reminds you to use your phon e saf ely when driving . En3570.book Page 171 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 172 ] F or more inf o rmation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or upda tes: http://www .w o w -com.c om/consume r/issues/driving/ article s.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Interne t Association. A ll Rights R eserved.1250 Connecticut A ven ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 En3570.book Page 172 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 173 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to al l users of mobile ph ones. July 18, 2001 ..... . F or updates: http:// www.fd a.gov/cdrh /phones En3570.book Page 173 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 174 ] Consum er Update on W irel ess Phones U.S. Foo d and D rug Admi nistrat ion 1. Do wireless phones pose a health hazard? The availa ble scien tific evidence d oes not show t hat any he alth proble ms are associated with using w ireless phones. There is no proof, h owever, that w ireless phones are ab solutely sa fe. Wireless p hones emit low levels of radiofrequen cy energy (RF) in the mi crowave ra nge while bein g used. The y also emit very low levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas hig h levels of RF can pr oduce health effects (by heating tissue), e xposure to low level RF that does not prod uce heating eff ects causes no known adverse h ealth effects. Man y studies of l ow level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studie s have suggested that some biological effects may occur, but such findings ha ve not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or i n determining the reasons for inconsisten t results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phone s? Under the la w, FDA does not review the saf ety of radi ation-emitt ing consumer products such as wireless p hones before t hey can be sol d, as it doe s with new drugs or medical devi ces. However, the agency ha s authority to take action if wirele ss phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level tha t is hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of wireless phones to notify users of the h ealth hazard and to repai r, replace or recall th e phones so th at the hazard no lo nger exists. Altho ugh the exi sti ng sc ient ifi c da ta do n ot ju st ify FD A r egul ato ry ac tion s, F DA h as urged the wireless phone indu stry to take a number of steps, including th e following: ⢠Support needed research i nto possible bi ological effects of RF of the type em itted by wireless phones; ⢠Design wireless ph ones in a w ay that min imizes any RF exp osure to the u ser that is not necessary for devi ce function; and ⢠Cooperate in prov iding users o f wireless phones w ith the be st possible information on possible effects of w ireless phone use o n human heal th. FDA belongs to an interage ncy working grou p of the fede ral agencies t hat have responsibility for differen t aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at t he federal level . The follow ing agencies bel ong to this working grou p: ⢠Nation al Ins titute fo r Oc cupat ional Safet y and Healt h ⢠Environmental Protection Agency ⢠Federal Communications Commission ⢠Occupationa l Safety an d Health A dministra tion ⢠Nation al Tele comm unica tions a nd Inf orma tion A dminis trat ion The Nation al Inst itutes o f Healt h par ticipates in some inte ragency work ing g roup activiti es, as well . FDA shares regula tory responsibili ties for wireless ph ones with the F ederal Communication s Commissio n (FCC). All p hones that are sol d in the U nited States must comply with FCC safety guideli nes that limit RF exposure. FCC relies on FDA and other healt h agencies for safety questions ab out wireless ph ones. FCC also regulates th e base stations that the wireless phone n etworks rely upon. Whil e these base station s operate at high er power than d o the wirele ss phones themselv es, the En3570.book Page 174 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 175 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA RF exposures that people get from these base st ations are typ ically thousa nds of times lower than those they can get from wireless phon es. Base stations a re thus not the subject of the safety questions discussed in this document. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless p hone refers here to hand-held wirel ess phones wi th built-in antennas, o ften called cel l mobile or PCS phone s. These types of wireless phones can expose the user to m easurable ra diofrequency en ergy (RF) beca use of the short distance between the phone a nd the userâÂÂs head. These RF exposures are l imited by Federal Co mmunication s Commission safety guidelines that were develope d with the advice of FD A and other f ederal health and safety a gencies. When t he phone is located a t greater distances from the user, the exposure to RF i s drasticall y lower because a person's RF exposure decreases rapidly wit h increasing distance fr om the source. The so-called cordless phones; which have a base unit connected to the telephon e wiring in a hous e, typical ly operat e at far l ower power level s, and th us produce R F exposures far be low the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? The re searc h done th us fa r has p roduce d confl icting resu lts, and many stud ies hav e suffered from flaws in their research methods. An imal experiment s investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures chara cteristic of wireless pho nes have yielded conflictin g results that of ten cannot be rep eated in other labo ratories. A few anima l studies, how ever, have s uggested t hat low level s of RF could acc elerate the developmen t of cancer in la boratory ani mals. However, man y of the studies t hat showed increased tu mor developmen t used anim als that had been gene tically engineered or trea ted with cancer-cau sing chemical s so as to be p re-disposed to develop canc er in the abse nce of RF exposu re. Other studies e xposed the an imals to RF for up to 22 hours per day. These conditions a re not similar to the conditions under whic h people us e wireless phon es, so we donâÂÂt know wi th certainty what the results of such studies mean for human health. Three large epidem iology studi es have been publishe d since Decemb er 2000. Between th em, the stu dies invest igated any possi ble associat ion between the us e of wireless phones an d primary brain cancer, g lioma, men ingioma, or acou stic neuroma, tum ors of the brain or salivary gl and, leukemia , or other cancers. None of the studies demon strated the exist ence of any ha rmful health eff ects from wireless phone RF exposures. However, n one of the studies can answ er questions about long- term exposures, since t he average p eriod of phone use in these studies was around three years. 5.What research is needed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless phones poses a health risk? A combin atio n of labor atory studie s and e pidemiolo gical studies of pe ople act ually using wireless phon es would prov ide some of th e data that are n eeded. Lifetim e animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However, very large numbers of animals w ould be need ed to provide relia ble proof of a can cer promoting effect if o ne exis ts. Ep idemiolog ical studies c an prov ide data that i s direct ly applica ble to huma n popula tions, but 10 o r more years fo llow-up may be needed t o provide answers ab out some heal th effects, such a s cancer. This is b ecause the interval between th e time of exposure t o a cancer- causing a gent and t he time tu mors develop - if the y do - may be ma ny, man y year s. The in terpre tation of epidem iological studies is hampered b y difficulties i n measuring a ctual RF exp osure during da y-to- day use of wireless phones. Many factors affect this measurement, such as the a ngle at which t he phone is h eld, or which model of ph one is used. En3570.book Page 175 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 176 ] 6. What is FDA doi ng to fi nd out more ab out the pos sible h ealth ef fects of wireless phone RF? FDA is working with the U.S. Nation al Toxicology P rogram and with g roups of investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are conducted to add ress important questions ab out the effects of exp osure to radiofrequency energy (RF). FDA h as b een a lead ing part icip ant in the Worl d Hea lth O rga nizat ion In tern atio nal Electromagnet ic Fields (EMF) P roject since it s inception in 1996. An i nfluential result of this work h as been the de velopment of a d etailed agen da of research need s that has dri ven the estab lishment of new research p rograms around the worl d. The Project has al so helped develop a series of public informat ion documen ts on EMF issues. FDA an d the Ce llula r Teleco mmunic ations & Internet Association (CTIA) have a formal Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do research on wireless p hone safety. FDA provi des the scientif ic oversight , obtainin g input f rom experts in government, industry , and academic organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through contracts to ind ependent investigators. The initial research will include both laboratory studies and studies of wirel ess phone users. The CRADA will also include a broad assessment of ad ditional research n eeds in the con text of the latest research developments arou nd the world. 7. How can I fi nd out how much radi ofrequenc y energy e xposure I can get by using my wire less pho ne? All p hon es sol d in th e Unit ed States m ust c omply wit h Feder al Commun icati ons Commission (FCC) guid elines that limit radiofrequ ency energy (RF) exposures. FCC established t hese guid elines in consul tation with FDA and the ot her federal health and safety agencies. T he FCC limit for R F exposure from wireless telephones is set at a Spec ific Absorp tion Rat e (SAR) of 1.6 wat ts per k ilogram (1.6 W/kg ). The F CC limit is consis tent w ith th e safety stand ards deve loped b y th e Institu te of E lectrical and Electronic Engineering (IEEE) and the Natio nal Council on Radiation Protection and Measurem ent. The exposu re limit takes into con sideration the bod yâÂÂs ability to remove heat from the tissue s that absorb e nergy from the wireless phon e and is set well below levels kn own to h ave eff ects. Manufacturers of wireless p hones must report the RF exposure level for each model of phone to th e FCC. The FCC w ebsite (htt p://www.fcc.gov /oet/rfsafety) gives directions for lo cating the FCC identification number on y our phone so yo u can find your phoneâÂÂs RF exposure level in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequency energy coming from wi reless phones? The Institute of Electr ical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) is de veloping a technical standard for measurin g the radiofrequency en ergy (RF) expo sure from wireless phones and oth er wire less hands ets with the part icipat ion and leadersh ip of FDA scientists and engin eers. The stan dard, Recommended Practice for Determinin g the Spatia l-Peak S pecifi c Absor ption Ra te (S AR) in the Human Body D ue to Wireless Communications Devices: Experim ental Techniques, sets forth the first consisten t test meth odology fo r measuring the rate at w hich RF is de posited in the heads of wireless phone u sers. The test meth od uses a ti ssue-simul ating mod el of the human head. Standa rdized SAR test m ethodology is ex pected to great ly improve the consistency of mea surements made at diff erent laboratories on the same p hone. SAR is the measurement of the amount of ene rgy absorbed in tissue, either by the whole En3570.book Page 176 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 177 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA body or a sm all pa rt of the body. It is m easured in watts/k g (or mi lliwatt s/g) of matter. This measur ement is used to determ ine whether a wireless p hone complies with saf ety guide lines. 9. What ste ps can I take to reduce m y exposure to radiofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If there is a risk from these product s--and at this point we do not know that there is- -it is prob ably very small. But if you are con cerned about avoiding ev en potentia l risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF). S ince time is a key factor in how much ex posure a person receives, reducing the am ount of time spent using a wireless phone w ill reduce RF ex posure. If you must co nduct extended con versations by wi reless phone e very day, you could place more distance between your body and the source of the RF, since the exposure level drop s off dram atical ly with dis tance. F or examp le, you coul d use a hea dset an d carry the wireless phon e away from your bod y or use a wi reless phone connected to a remote an tenna. Again , the scien tific d ata do not demo nstrate t hat wi reless ph ones are ha rmful. But if you are conc erned about the RF exposure from t hese products, you can use measures lik e those described ab ove to reduce your RF ex posure from wi reless phone use. 10. What about children using wir eless phones? The scientific evidence doe s not show a danger to u sers of wireless phones, inclu ding children and teenag ers. If you want to take step s to lower exposure to radiofrequ ency energy (RF), the measures describ ed above would ap ply to children a nd teenagers using wireless phon es. Reducing the t ime of wire less phone use an d increasin g the distance between the u ser and the RF source w ill reduce RF exposure. Some groups sponsored by other national governments have a dvised that children be discouraged from using wi reless phones a t all. For exa mple, the govern ment in the United Kingdom distri buted leaflets containing su ch a recommendation in December 2000. They noted th at no eviden ce exists t hat using a w ireless pho ne causes brain t umors or other ill effects. Their recommen dation to limi t wireless phone use by children was strictly precautiona ry; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists. 1 1. W hat about wireless phone in terference with medi cal equipment? Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wireless phones can interact with some electronic devices. Fo r this reaso n, FDA helped deve lop a detail ed test meth od to measure electromagnetic interf erence (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemakers and defibrilla tors fr om wireless t elephones. Th is test m ethod is now part of a standa rd sponsored by the Associa tion for the Advancem ent of Medical in strumentation (AAMI ). The f inal draf t, a j oint effort by FD A, me dica l devic e manu fact urer s, and many other groups, wa s comple ted in la te 2000. This standard will allow manufacturers to ensure that card iac pacemakers and defibrillators are safe from wireless phone EMI. FDA has tested hear ing aids for int erference from handheld wireless phones a nd helped develop a volun tary standard sp onsored b y the Institu te of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies test methods and performance requ irements for hearing aids and w ireless phones so that no interference occurs when a person uses a com patible phone and a accompanied hearing aid at the sa me time. This standard was approved by the IEEE i n 2000. En3570.book Page 177 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 178 ] FDA continues to mon itor the use of wi reless phones for possible interaction s with other medical devices. Should harmf ul interference be found to occur, FDA will conduct testing to assess t he interference and work to resolve t he problem. 12. Where can I find add itional information ? For additional information, please refer to the following resources: ⢠FDA web p age on wirele ss phone s http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/ph ones/index .html ⢠Federal Communications Commission (FCC) RF S afety Program http://www .fcc.gov/oet /rfsafety ⢠International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radia tion Protection http://www .icnir p.de ⢠World Health Organization (WHO) International EMF Project http://www .who.int /emf ⢠National Radio logical Prot ection Board (U K) http://www .nrpb.org. uk/ July 18, 2001 For updates: http ://www.f da.gov/cd rh/phones En3570.book Page 178 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 179 ] Inde x Numerics 1-touc h dial ing 96 set up 96 3-way conference calls 89 A ABC and 123 m odes 38 access codes lock code 106 security code 105 accessibility alte rnat e f orm ats 8 featu re s 8 mobile inductive loopset 9 solutions 8 TTY cont act 8 website 8 accessories 142 battery 143 complete car kit 148 data cable 147 data cable dku-5 147 loopset lps-4 147 mobile holder 148 spar e ba tte ry c har ger 147 accessory cigarette lighter charger 146 headset kit 146 standard tra vel charger 145 activate automatic redial 91 call forwarding 86, 88 loopset 78 TTY/TD D 78 adjust the volume 35 advanced calling features 85 alte rn ate form ats audiocassette 8 e-text 8 large print 8 reques ting 8 ante nna contact with 13 location 13 Applications 121 launch 121 memor y 122 automatic redial 91 Automatic update of service 110 B battery charging 15 important information 16 indicator 15 installing 14 prolonged charging 134 prolonging life 17 remov al 16 battery low indication 134 braille user guides 8 C cable connec ting to a PC 125 calculator 116 using 117 calendar 4-way scrolling 114 En3570.book Page 179 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 180 ] alar ms 116 day view 114 make a no te 116 note types 116 note view 115 set the date 115 week list view 114 call forwarding 86, 88 activate 88 cancel 88 feature codes 87 call lists, clear ing 56 call restrictions 108 adding 109 editing 110 erasing 11 0 selecting 109 call timers clearing 58 turning on 58 call waiting 88 answe r a n ew c all 88 switch between calls 88 caller groups 52 assign a number 52 edit options 52 phone book menu 48 calls 1-touc h dial ing 96 3-way calls 89 answ er a cal l 20 call waiting 88 end a call 20 ignoring 3 make a call 20 phone lock 107 redial last 3 reject a call 20 car kit 148 certification informat ion 139 change letter case 39 characters, entering 40 charge the battery 15 clock automatic settings 81 displaying the clock 82 hiding the clock 82 set the time 81 time format 81 color covers 148 connec ting to a PC 125 contac ting Nok ia 9 contacting your s ervice provider 11 Content Copier (PC Suite) 125 D data cable 147 Data call timers 58 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 125 dialed calls, checking 55 dictionary , add words 45 Digital Data 126 display language 80 download applications 122 download a ringing tone 79 Download software 126 dynami c memor y 22 E edit a name or number 48 e-mail 66 emergency calls 138 enter En3570.book Page 180 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 181 ] characters 40 number s 40 punctuation 40 enter a space 39 enter letters 38 entering letters and numbers 38 Entering text change letter case 39 enter a space 39 erase mista kes 39 erase mista kes 39 erase name s or numbers 49 ESN n umbe r 10 F FAQ 150 Fax c all timers 58 G games 123 star ting 124 glossary of terms 155 H headset connect 35 set up 35 use 35 Headset Kit 146 hearing impaired solu tions 9 help 23 I icons 6 in-call options 85 J Java applications 121 K keyguard 104 keypad abo ut 18 lock 104 keypad tones, setting 77 keys, selection 23 L label 10 langua ge set ting 80 letters, entering 38 lock code 106 changing 107 lock keypad 104 loopset 9 description 147 M memory status , checking 53 menu shortcuts 26 menu number a nd scroll bar 24 menu sho rtcu ts 26 menu ti ps 25 menus, phone 24 message al ert tone, setting 77 messa ges e-mail mes sages 66 options 64 receiving via minibrowser 132 text 62 using templates 65 writing 62 MIDI 76 MIDI t ones 76 Minibrowser receiving messages via 132 En3570.book Page 181 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 182 ] Minibrowser timer options 59 missed calls, checking 55 mistakes , erasing 39 mobile holder 148 model number 10 Modem Setup 126 N name or numbe r edit 48 names o r number s, era sing 51 navigate phone menus 25 network services 7 subscribing 7 Nokia PC Suite 125 number type, changing 50 number type s 49 number s, ad d to mess age 45 number s, ent ering 40 O one-touch dialing 96 options in-call menu 85 P PC Connectivity 125 PC Suite Content Copier 125 Instructions 126 PC Sync 126 PC Suite (application) 125 PC Sync (PC Suite) 126 phone certification information 139 radio frequency signals 139 phone book add entries 46 add number to entry 49 add other info 51 caller groups 52 change number type 50 change views 48 edit entry 48 erase name s 51 erase number s 51 erasing 51 menus 47 opening 47 primary number 50 recall name or numbe r 47 phone book menu 34 phone book menu options 34 phone help 23 phone lock 106 activating/deactivatin g 107 allowed number 107 lock code 106 making a call 107 phone menus 24 phone symbols 21 polyphonic sound 76 power on your phone 17 predictive text 41 tips for 44 turning off 44 turning on 44 primary number , specifying 50 profile customizing 75 defined 74 rena ming 78 selecting 74 profiles heads et 78 loopset 78 tty/tdd 78 En3570.book Page 182 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 183 ] punctuation, entering 40 Q quick save 46 R Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 146 received calls, checking 55 remove the battery 16 restrict calls 108 ring options, setting 75 ring volume 76 ring volume, setting 76 ringing tone, setting 75 ringing tones, download 79 ringing tons polyphonic sound 76 ring s an d to nes 74 S SAR 139 save e-mail address 52 phone book entry 46 street addresse 51 scroll keys 19, 25 scroll through menus 25 sec uri ty 104 lock keypad 104 phone lock 106 security code 105 security code changing 105 security settings call restrictions 108 phone lock 106 selecting call restrictions 109 selection keys 23 seria l numb er 10 service provider diffe rences 7 signing up 7 service provider , contacting 11 set the date 115 set the ring volume and tone 76 set up your headset 35 your phone 14 Setting time (manual) 81 Setting time (network) 81 shortcuts 25 shortcuts, list of 26 Snake II 123 Software download 126 spaces, enterin g 41 special characters 41 specify a primary number 50 Standard T ravel Charger 145 start screen abo ut 17 indicators 18 menu nu mber 24 starting a game 124 string s, tou ch tone 101 switch on your ph one 17 symbols displayed on your phone 21 symbols, inserting 45 T TDD 9 technical information 160 templates 65 terms 5 text conventions 6 En3570.book Page 183 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 184 ] text messages e-mail mes sages 66 touch tones length 100 manua l 99 sending 100 storing 101 troubleshooting 161 TTY 9, 78 turn on your ph one 17 U underlined words 44 understanding wireless network serv ices 7 unlock keypad 104 updates to this guide 7 use the heads et 35 V vibrating alert, settin g 76 view calend ar note 115 dialed calls 55 missed calls 55 new tex t me ssag es 67 received calls 55 voice command sho rtc ut 4 V oice commands 83 voice commands create a voice tag 83 using 84 voice dialing 93 dialing a number 95 important notes 94 voice tags 94 working with tags 84, 96 voice mail greetings 61 voice mail, setting u p 60 voice messages, listening to 61 voice tags add 94 change or erase 96 volume, adjusting 35 W warning and game tones, setting 77 web address for updates 7 welcome note, adding 82 wireless ne twork serv ices 7 X Xpress-on color covers 148 En3570.book Page 184 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
The wireless phone described in this guide is approved for use in CDMA networks. LEGAL INFORMATI ON Part No.9354813, Issue No. 1 Copyright é 2002 Nokia. All rights reser ved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting P eople, Nokia 357 0, and the Nokia Original Accessories logos, Snake II, Kart Racing, Space Impact II, and Bumper are trademarks or r egistered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. All other product and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective owners. Printed in Canada 8/2002 US P atent No 5818437 and other pending patents. T9 text input software Copyright é 1999-2002. Tegic Communications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA Security . Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. The information in this user guide was written for the Nokia 3570 phone. Nokia operates a policy of on-going development. Nokia reserves the right to make changes and improvements to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOKIA B E RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF DATA OR INCOME OR ANY SPECIA L, INCIDENTAL, AND CO NSEQUENTIAL OR IN DIRECT DAMAGE S HOW SOEVE R CAUSE D. THE CONTENTS OF THI S DOCUMENT ARE PRO VIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND , EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CLUDING, BUT NO T LIMITED T O, T HE IMPLIED W ARRANTIES OF MERCHA NTABILI TY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE M ADE IN RE LATION TO THE ACCURACY AND RELIABILIT Y OR CONTENTS OF THIS DO CUMENT . NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THIS DO CUMENT OR WITHDRAW IT AT ANY TIM E WITHOU T PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTROLS This product contains commodities, technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the Export Administration regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE Y our phone may cause TV or radio interference (for example, when using a telephone in close proximity to receiving equipment). The FCC or Industry Canada can require you to stop using your telephone if such interference cannot be eliminated. If you require assistance, contact your local service facility . This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is sub ject t o the condit ion that th is d evice does not ca use h armf ul int erfe rence . The term âÂÂIC:â before the certification/registration number only s ignifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. En3570.book Page 2 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ i ] T able of contents 1 For your saf ety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quick guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Menu shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Get the most out of this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Understand wireless networ k serv ices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Learn about accessibilit y solution s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Contac t Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Register y our phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 E-newslett ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Contac t your servic e provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3 About your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 About the antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 About the batter y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Switch y our phone on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Check the St art scr een . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Learn about the keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Make an d answer calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Review phone symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Memory use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Use the sele ction key s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 View your phoneâÂÂs he lp system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 En3570.book Page i Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ ii ] Browse phone me nus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Menu and menu shortcut s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Phone book menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 4 Phone setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Learn about y our headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 5 Text entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Enter letter s and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Write using ABC and 123 modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Write with pre dictive text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Tips for predictive t ext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6 Phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Saving names an d numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Recall names a nd num bers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Use phone book menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Edit a name or number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Add a number t o a phone book entry . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Delete store d names and numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Add other infor mation to a phone book entry . . . . . 5 1 Use caller gr oups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Check memor y status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 7 Call log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Check missed, re ceive d, or dialed c alls . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Clear call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Use call timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 En3570.book Page ii Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ iii ] Turn on a current call time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Clear call timer s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Data timer s (Da ta/fa x and M inibr owse r) . . . . . . . . . . 58 8 V oic e mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Store your voice mailbox number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Set greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 Listen to your v oice messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 9 Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Write a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Use message templat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Learn about e- mail tex t messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Receive text messa ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Respond to a text message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Reply to a messa ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Delete message s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Message settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Organize text me ssages using folders . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 1 0 P e rsonalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4 Learn about pr ofiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Select a diff erent pr ofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Customize a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Rename prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Download a ringing tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Set the displa y language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 En3570.book Page iii Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ iv ] Set the cl ock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 Customize the Welcome screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Learn about voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 1 1 Advanced f eatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 View in-c all options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Use call forw arding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Use call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Make a conferenc e call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Send own caller ID when calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Use automat ic redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 Calling card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 V oic e dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 1-touch dia ling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Learn about C aller Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Use Touch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Link phone boo k entrie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1 Learn about Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 12 Security and Sy stem setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Lock ke ypad (Keyguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04 Securit y code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05 Phone lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06 Call restric tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 Automatic updat e of serv ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 0 Learn about sy stem selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 En3570.book Page iv Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ v ] 13 Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Use the alar m clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 12 Calenda r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13 Calcula tor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16 Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17 14) Applica tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Launching an application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Other options available for applications . . . . . . . . . 12 1 Download a new appli cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 15. Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 16 Y our phone and other de vices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 PC Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 17 Minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Understand browsing sessions and indicators . . . . 127 Launching th e minibrowser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Minibrowser me nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Navigate in the minibr owser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Bookma rks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Receive message s via the minibr owser . . . . . . . . . . 132 End the minibrowser session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Disable minibrowse r confir mations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 18 Refere nce inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 En3570.book Page v Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ vi ] Use accessori es safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Important safety info rmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Certific ation infor mation (SA R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Care an d maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 Accessorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Battery informatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Chargers and ot her accessor ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Nokia Xpress-on⢠color covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Frequently Asked Questions (F AQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Technical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1 19 Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Appendix A Message from t he CTIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Appendix B Message from t he FDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 En3570.book Page vi Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 ] For your safety 1 For your safety Read these simple guidelin es. Breaking the rules ma y be dangerous or illegal. Further detailed information is given in this manu al. SWIT CH OFF WHERE PROHIBITED Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone us e is prohibited or wh en it may caus e interferen ce or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Don't use a hand-held ph one while driving. INTERFERENCE All wireless phones may get interference, wh ich could affect performance. SWIT CH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow any regulations or rules. Sw itch the phone off near medical equipment. SWITCH OFF IN AIRCRAFT Wireless devices ca n cause interference in aircraft . SWIT CH OFF WHEN REFUELING Don't use the phone at a refueling point. Don't use near fuel or chemicals. SWITCH O FF NEAR BLASTING Don't use the phone where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions, and follow any regulations or rules. USE SENSIBL Y Use only in the n ormal position. Don't touch the antenna unnece ssa rily . En3570.book Page 1 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 2 ] QUALIFIED SERVICE Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipm ent. ACCESSORIES AND BA TTERIES Use only approved accessories and batteries. Do not connect incompatible products. WA TER-RESISTANC E Y ou r wireless phone is not water-resistant. Keep it dry . BACKUP CO PIES Remember to make backup copies of all important data. CONNEC TIN G TO OTHER D EVICE S When connecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. CALLING Ensure the phone is switched on and in service. Enter the phone number , includin g the area code, then press . To end a call, press . To answer a call, press . EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the phone is switched on and in serv ice. Press as many times as needed (for example, to ex it a call, to exit a menu ) to clear the display . En ter the emergency number, then press . Give your location. Do not end the call u ntil told to do so. En3570.book Page 2 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 3 ] For your safety ⢠QUI CK GUIDE Make a call Enter phone num ber , pre ss Ans wer a ca ll Press Answer a call with call waiti ng Press or Answer End a call Press Ignore a call Press Silen ce when y our phone rings Redial Press twice Adjust ca ll volu me Press or Use the in-call menu While in a call, press to select O ptions Use 1 -t ouch dia lin g Press and h old any key 2 through 9 Save a name and number Enter a number , press to se le ct Option s , select Save. Enter a name and press OK Recall a name/number Press Names , select Search . Enter first character of name and press Se arch Recall a name/number during a call Press Opti o ns , scroll Ne w c al l , pre ss Sele ct , press Se arch , enter the first le tter of the name to find Check v oice mai l Press and hold OR dial your voice mailbox num ber Send a t ext message Press M enu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs phone number , then press Op t io ns . Scroll to En ter text, then press Sele ct . Enter the me ssage text , then pr ess Options and select Send . Send an e- mai l me ssa ge Press M enu 0 1-1-1 . Add recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, then press Opt ion s . Scrol l to Ente r text, then press Select . Enter the me ssage text , then pr ess Options and select Send . Read ne w message Press Show , t he n pres s Se le ct. Reply to a me ssage Press Opt i on s , select Reply , then select a reply option. Writ e th e rep ly, press Op t i ons and select Send . Repl y to an e-ma il mes sage Press Opt i ons , select Re ply , t hen select a re ply option. Writ e th e rep ly, press Op t i ons and select Send . Send a business card (SMS) Rec all a name from the ph one book. Press Deta ils , then press Opti o ns , select Send bus . ca rd , sel ect Via te xt msg. Enter the recipientâ s number or press Search to retrieve a number from the phone book. Press OK . En3570.book Page 3 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 4 ] ⢠MENU SHORTCUTS 1 MESSAGES Te xt me ssages . . . . . . . . . . . 01- 1 W rite m essage . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Inbo x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 2 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 3 Arc hive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-4 T emp lates . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 M y folde rs . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Dele te m essages . . . . . 0 1-1-7 M essag e setting s . . . . . 0 1-1- 8 V oice me ssage s . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Min ibrow ser me ssage s . . . . 0 1-3 2 CALL LOG Miss ed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Rece ived calls . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed num bers . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Delet e recen t call list s . . . . . 2-4 Call tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Data /fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Min ibrow ser ca lls . . . . . . . . . 2- 7 3 PROF ILES Norm al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2 Me eting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ag er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5 4 SETTING S Call sett ings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Phon e settin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Time settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Acce ssory setting s. . . . . . . . . 4- 4 Secu rity se ttings . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Netw ork services . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Rest ore f act ory settin gs . . . . 4- 7 5 SYSTEM Roa min g optio ns . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Mo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 6 GAME S Selec t game . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Sna ke II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 1 K art Rac ing . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2 Sp ace Im pac t II . . . . . . . 6-1 - 3 Bu mpe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Settin gs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 7 V OICE V oice tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 V oice com mand s . . . . . . . . . 7- 2 Prof iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 1 V oice m ailbox . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2 V oice recorder . . . . . . . . 7-2-3 Ca ll log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-4 Reco rder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-1 Rec ordin gs list . . . . . . . . 7-3- 2 8 MINIBRO WSER 9 ORGANIZ ER Alarm clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Calen dar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2 Calcula tor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3 Stopw atc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 1 0 APPL ICAT IONS Selec t app. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-1 Me mory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0-2 En3570.book Page 4 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 5 ] Welcome 2W e l c o m e Congratulations on the purchase of your Nokia mobile phone - a new tool for th e mobile information society . Nokia recommends that you read th is chapter b efore you u se your new pho ne. Y ou will find usef ul information about: ⢠How to use this gui de ⢠How to understand network services ⢠How to contact Nokia ⢠GET THE MOST OUT O F THIS GUIDE The tips that follow can help you use this guide efficiently as you learn to use your phone. Understand the terms This guide uses cer tain terms for certain actions. ⢠Press means to br iefly press then release a key . For example, Press means âÂÂPr ess the ze ro key .â â¢ Press Menu means to press the selection key that is below the wor d Menu on the phoneâÂÂs screen. ⢠Press and hol d means to press and hold a key for two to three seconds (depending on the feat ure youâÂÂr e using), then relea se the ke y . â¢U s e t h e select ion k eys and to choose an option on a menu. ⢠Highlig hted means that an option you see on the screen is enclosed in a dark ba r . Choices you make with the two selection keys act on the highlighted option. En3570.book Page 5 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 6 ] Observe text conv entions This user guide p rovides text clues to help make in structions clear and easy to follow . These clues are called conventions . Follow graphic clues This guide uses certain icons (graphic clues) to aler t you to important information. Tip: Provides information about a shortcut or an alternate method of doing something. Note: Explains a feature or poin ts out an im portant concept. Impor tant : Aler ts you to in formation critical to u sing a feature correctly . Caution! Warns you when you may lose information. Wa r n in g ! Helps you avoid personal injury , damage to the phone, or property damage. Conv enti on What it me ans bold Indicates one of the following items: ⢠The word or phrase appears on the ph oneâÂÂs screen . ⢠Special text such as Notes and Wa r n i n g s . bold a nd blue Indicates the text is an address on the World Wide Web . blue and italic A definition for the word or phrase appears in the terms list (glossary) near the end of the u ser guide. italic Italics indicate emphasis. Pay close attention to any information in italics. En3570.book Page 6 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 ] Welcome Look for updates From time to time, Nokia updates this us er guide to reflect ch anges or corrections. The latest ve rsion can be found in the US market section of the Nokia W eb site: http://www .nokia.c om ⢠UNDERSTAND WIRELESS NETWORK SERVICES Y ou r service providerâÂÂs wir eless network may be equipped to provide special f eatures or functions for use w ith you r Nokia phone. These featu res are called network s ervice s , and may include so me of the following: ⢠V oice mail an d voice privacy ⢠Call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID ⢠Text messages ⢠Ability to block or s end your own caller ID ⢠News and information services ⢠Selected Internet access services Sign up with a service provider Before you can take adva ntage of your service prov iderâÂÂs network services, you must sign up with a wireless service pr ovider and subscribe to these services. You r service provider will make available descriptions of i ts services and instructions for us ing them. Note differences among se rvice providers Wireless service providers may differ f rom each other in certain ways. For exam ple, some networ ks may not sup port s pecial la ngua ge-depen dent ch arac ter s. Contact your service pr ovider regarding your service needs. En3570.book Page 7 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 8 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT ACCESSIBILITY SOLUTIONS Nokia is com mitted to making mob ile phones e asy to u se for all individ uals, including those with disabilities. Nokia maintains a W eb si te that is dedicated to accessibi lity solut ions. For more infor mation abo u t ph o ne features, accessories, and other Nokia products designed with your needs in mind, please visit the f ollowing Web site: www . nokiaaccessi bility .com Alternate format user guides This user guide i s available in alternate formats, includin g: ⢠Braille ⢠Large print ⢠Audiocassette ⢠E-text (electronic documents on a 3.5-inch disk, in Microsoft Word or WordPerfect for mat) . To r equest any of the above formats, please contact Nokia Customer Care. Please see âÂÂCon tact Nokiaâ on page 9 for more information. Accessible features Y ou r phone has many accessible f eatures, including the following: ⢠Tac tile feedback when a you press a key ⢠Adjustable display brightness ⢠Ability to send and receive short text m essages ⢠Convenience of 1-touch dialing ⢠Vibrating alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠Flashing lights alert for incoming calls and messages ⢠TTY/TDD device compatibility using the 2.5mm accessory jack En3570.book Page 8 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 9 ] Welcome T ext Telephone (TTY) and Teletype Device for the Deaf (TDD) device compatibility Y ou r Nokia phone is equipped with a universal 2.5mm accessory jack that can be used to connect an y â cellular readyâ or âÂÂcellular compatibleâ TTY/ TDD deviceâÂÂs cable to your p hone. Impor tant : O nce your TTY/TDD device is c onnected to your phone, you must use th e phon eâÂÂs me nu ( Menu - Setti ngs - Accessory settin gs - TTY ) to en able the TTY/TDD mode. LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset The LPS-4 Loopset is a Nokia accessory designed to make the 3500 series phone more accessible to hearing-aid user s. The Nokia Loopset gives hearing-impaired wireless customers clear access to digital telephony . With the loopset, peop le who use a T-coil equipped hearing aid can make and receive calls with out noise interference. Note: The LPS-4 is sold separately a s an accessory . Once you connect the LPS-4 to your phone, u se the phoneâÂÂs menu ( Menu - Setti ngs - Acc ess ory se tti ngs - Lo opset ) to en able loopset mode. For more information, see âÂÂLearn about your headsetâ on page 35. ⢠CONTACT NOKIA When you need help, the Nokia Care Center can provide information about Nokia products. Please refer to the table on the following page for more information on how to contact Nokia. En3570.book Page 9 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 0 ] If you ever need to call Nokia Cu stomer Care , Nokia Customer Interaction Center , or your wireless se rvice provider , you will need to provide specific information about your phone. T his information is provided on the phoneâÂÂs label. Y our phoneâÂÂs label The label is inside the back cover of your phone (under the battery). It contains important information about your phone, including the model and electronic serial numbers (ESN). Nokia recommends that you note this information on the title page of this guide. Please do not remove or deface the label. Have the right information available We r ecommend that you have the following information available before you contact the Nokia Customer Service department: ⢠the phoneâÂÂs model number ⢠electronic serial number (ESN) ⢠your ZIP code Custome r Care C enter , USA Customer Interaction Ce ntre, Canad a Nokia Mobile Phones 7725 Woodlan d Center Blvd., Suite #150 Tampa, Florida 336 14 Tel: 1-88 8-NOKI A-2U (1- 888-6 65-4 228) Fax: 1-813-249- 9619 TTY /TDD Us ers On ly: 1-800- 24-N OKIA (1-800- 246 -6542) Nokia Products Ltd. 601 W e stney Roa d South Ajax, Ontario L1S 4N7 Tel: 1-88 8-22 -NOKIA (1-888 -226 -6542 ) Fa x : 1- 9 0 5 - 4 2 7 - 1070 En3570.book Page 10 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 1 ] Welcome Have the phone or accessory available Whether youâÂÂre calling about your phone or an accessory , have the equipment available when you call. A Nokia representative may ask a specific question about your phone or accessory , so please have the device available for quick r eference. ⢠REGISTER YOUR PHONE Make sure to register you r phone at www .war ranty .nokiausa.com or 1-888- NOKIA -2U ( 1-888 -665 -422 8) so t hat we can ser ve you r nee ds better if you should call th e Nokia Customer Care Cen ter or have your phone repaired. ⢠E-NEWSLETTERS When you register your phone, you can sign u p for Nokia's e-newsletter Nokia Connections if you would like. You will receive tips and tricks on using your phone, accessory information, and special offers. ⢠CONTACT YOUR SERVICE PROVIDER Some service providers have pr eprogrammed their customer support number into the phone . Pressing and holding the key (or the key that your s ervice provider instructs you to use) for two seconds will automatically dial their customer support number . This feature can be helpful if you âÂÂre having difficulties dialing a n umber , especially when traveling outside you r home area. If your service pr ovider determines that the pr oblem is Nokia-related, the providerâÂÂs representative will direct you to the Nokia C ustomer Care Center (USA) or Nokia Customer I nteraction Centre (Canada). Note: This one-key f eature may not be available on al l systems. Contact your s ervice provider for availability . En3570.book Page 11 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 12 ] 3 About yo ur phone This section gives you a brief introduction to your phone and provides you with quick steps for making, answering, and managing your calls. The r est of this guide user provides complete details on ph one use. Pow e r k ey Select ion key Talk ke y Star key Microphone Disp lay sc reen 4-way scrol l ke y s End ke y P ound key Select ion key Number keys 2.5 mm headset jack Earpiece En3570.book Page 12 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 13 ] About your phone ⢠ABOUT THE ANTENNAS Y ou r phone is equipped wi th two antennas. The intern al antenna is always active. The whip anten na is activated when the whip antenna is fully extended. As with any other radio transm itting device, do not tou ch either of the two antennas unnecessarily wh en the phone is switched on. Contact with th e antenna affects call quality and may cau se the phone to operate at a higher power level th an otherwis e nee ded. Not touchin g the a ntenna area during a phone call optimizes the antenna performance and the talk time of your phone. While in a call, hold the phone to your ear , placing your finger tips on the Nokia badge at the mid-center of the back cover (located below the antenna area on the back of y our phone). Whip antenn a Intern al antenn a En3570.book Page 13 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 14 ] ⢠ABOUT THE BATTERY Install the battery Warn in g! Use on ly the BLC-2 battery in this Nokia phone. If your dealer has already installed the battery , please see âÂÂC harge the batteryâ on page 15. 1 Remove the back cover of the phone by pressing and holding the release button while sliding the cover upward tow ard the top of the phone. Set the back cover aside. 2 Place the battery in the compartment with the label side facin g up and the metal contacts aligned with the contact prongs. Snap the battery into place. 3 Replace the cover by slidin g it carefully over the whip antenna downward until you hear a click. En3570.book Page 14 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 15 ] About your phone Charge the battery Follow these guidelines to char ge the battery . 1 Connect the charger to an A C wall outlet. 2 With your phone on or off, connect the lead f rom the charger to the charging port located on the bottom of the phone. The batter y indicator bar appears on th e screen and starts to scroll up an d down after a few seconds. With the phone off, only th e battery indicator ba r will appear . 3 Disconnect the charger from the phone and AC outlet when the battery is fully charged. After the indicator bar stops scrolling, the battery is almost fully charged, and is fully charged after an additional hour (approximately). The message Battery Full is displayed. Note: For best performance, charge the batter y for 24 h ours before you use the phone. The ch arging time depends on the charger and battery you use. For example, the charging time for the BLC-2 battery with th e ACP-7U charger is a pproximately 4 hours. Impor tant : Do not leave the battery connected to a charger f or more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lifetime. En3570.book Page 15 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 16 ] Remove the battery Wa r n in g ! Use only your hands to remove th e battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may dam age the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . Y ou will need to remove the existing batter y if you want to install a new battery or if y ouâÂÂve purchased a spar e battery . Make sure the phone has been tu rned off for te n sec onds . 1 Remove the back cover of th e phone as shown in step 1 on page 14. 2 Place your index finger in th e space at the bottom of th e battery , and press toward the top of the phone. 3 Tak e out the battery . Important battery information ⢠Recharge your battery only with a charger approved by Nokia. ⢠Y ou can switch the phone on and use it for calls wh ile the battery is charging. ⢠If the battery is totally empty , it may take a few minutes for the battery indicator to appear on the screen. ⢠If you switch the phone on when charging is complete, the message Battery fu ll is displayed momentarily . ⢠Chargin g time depen ds on the charge r and battery used. Pl ease see âÂÂBattery informationâ on page 1 42, for more information. ⢠If the battery has become completely empty , you may need to recharge it for a few minutes be fore you can make or receive calls. En3570.book Page 16 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 ] About your phone Prolong battery life A battery la sts longer and performs better if you fully disc harge it from time to time. To discharge your battery , leave your phone switched on until the battery drains completely . Ignore any messages to recharge your battery and let the battery completely discharge. Impor tant : Do n ot attempt to discharge the battery by any means other than those just described. ⢠SWITCH YOUR PHONE ON OR OFF To switch your phone on or off, press and hold the power key (located on the top of the phone) for two seconds. War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠CHECK THE START SCREEN The Start screen refers to the phone âÂÂs display when no calls are in progress, and th ere are currently no menu or ph one book entri es displayed. Y ou can easily return to the Start screen from any location (other than an active call) simply by pressing the key . However , keep in mind that any text or numbers that you were entering at the time will be lost, and your work will not be saved. Pow e r k e y En3570.book Page 17 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 18 ] The following table describes the status indicators and icons found on the Start screen: ⢠LEARN ABOUT THE KEYS The table on the f ollowing page contains a s ummary of how the various keys on your phone work. Element Descri ptio n Home Y ou r service providerâÂÂs name may appear h ere. Shows the signal strength of the wireless network where you are. The high er the bar , the stro nger the sig nal . Shows the battery charge level. The higher the bar , th e higher the power level in the battery . Menu The entry point for your phoneâÂÂs menu. Pre ss (left selection key) to v iew the menu options. Names The entry point for the phone book menu. Press (right selection key) to view the phone book menu options. Icon appears in upper lef t corner of screen , indicating that you ar e in a digital network. En3570.book Page 18 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 19 ] About your phone Key Descri ptio n Po w e r : Press and h old to switch the ph one on or off. Pressing this key momentarily displays a list of profiles that can be selected. Power key also displays menu while using Minibrow ser . Sele ction: Press to choose the option shown by the word above the key (for e xample, Me nu or Names ). Scroll keys: Press to scroll u p or down through a menu list of options. Tal k : Press to make a call to the name or number shown on the screen or to answer a call. Pr essing this key when not in a cal l (or when not in the men u or phone book) displays a list of recently dialed numbers. End: Press to end a call, to silenc e the ring from an incoming call, or to exit the phone book or menus completely . Use d as Back key in Minibrowser . thro ugh Number: Use key s 1 thr ough 9 t o ente r numb ers and letters. Press and hold to dial you r voice mailbox. Press and hold to launch the Minibrowser . # key: Use # key to change case of text, or to enable or disable predictive text in put. * key: Use * key to enter special characters (example: punctuation) or access special characters menu. Left scr oll key: Press left scroll key to decrease volume or to go directly to the Write message men u. Right scr oll key: Press right scroll key to increase volume or to go directly to the Ca lendar menu. En3570.book Page 19 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 20 ] ⢠MAKE AND ANSWER CALLS Use the following table as a quick reference for making and answering calls: Tas k Inst ruct ions Make a call 1 Enter the number using the keypad (include area code as needed). 2 Press 3 Hold the phone as you would any other telephone, with the ear piece over your ear and the microphone near your mouth. Answ er a call When your phone rings, press End a call Press to terminate the active call. Reject a call Press when you don âÂÂt want to answer a call, but still want to silenc e the ringer . Ke yguard To avoid accidental calls, press (for Menu) then (within three seconds) to lock your keypad. This activates the Keyguard featu re. Unlock keypad When the keypad is locked, press Menu then (within three secon ds). This deactivates the K eyguard featu re . En3570.book Page 20 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 2 1 ] About your phone ⢠REVIEW PHONE SYMBO LS The following is a collection of the various indicators and icons you may see on your phone. Symbol Descri ptio n A call is in progress. Y ou have sele cted the Si lent profile (silencing you r phoneâÂÂs ring er , keypad tone s, warnin g tones, etc.) Ke yguard is active Y ou have one or m ore voice messages waiting. Y ou have one or m ore unread text messages waiting. Digital service is available. Letters you enter appear as upper case (ALL CAPS). Letters you enter appear in lowercase. Letters you enter appear in sentence case (first word in sentence capitalized) or title case (in ph one book). Chara cters you enter appear as nu mbers. Predictive text mode is active. Predictive text f eature available for Calendar a nd for text messa ges. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear in sentence case (only first word in sentence capitalized). Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as uppercase letters. En3570.book Page 21 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 22 ] â¢M E M O R Y U S E In your phone, Cal endar No tes and Java A pplic ation s share a comm on pool of memory (storage capacity). When e ither of these features are used, there is less available me mory for the other feature w hich is also dependent on shared memory . This is e specially true with heavy use of some featu res. If your use of a feature takes all of the sha red memory , your phone may display a message saying Memor y full . To proceed, you would need to delete some of the infor mation or entries from these features to make additional memory space available. Predictive text mode activated. Characters you enter appear as lowercase letters. Insert symbol mode, used to enter special characters such as punctu ation mar ks. The alarm clock is set. Indicates tha t a remin der has e xpired. Indicates you are roaming. Indicates call over a secure connection. Indicates that a headset is connected (either via the 2.5mm jack or to th e accessory connector located at the bottom of phone) Indicates phone is in h andsfree car kit Indicates a connection to data network. Indicates you have a minibrowser message. Indicates TTY/TDD mode is active Symbol Descri ptio n En3570.book Page 22 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 23 ] About your phone For example, entering 250 calendar notes may consume significant shared memory . Consequently, if you attempt to download a Java midlet into your phone, a message saying Memor y Full may appear . To proceed, you would need to delete some of the item s/information occupying the memor y . ⢠USE THE SELECTION KEYS Note the two selection keys beneath the scree n. The fu nction of these keys is determined by the word shown above them on the screen. For example, press ing the left selection key when th e word Menu appears above it shows the first of many menus. Y ou scroll through the menus using th e and keys. Likewise, pressing the righ t selection key when Nam es appears above it displays the phone book menu. ⢠VIEW YOUR PHONEâÂÂS HELP SYSTEM Y our phon e provide s brief de scripti ons of all me nu optio ns. To vi ew an y of the help texts: 1 Scroll to a menu or submenu option. 2 Wa it about 15 seconds. A short message appears, describing the option and what it does. 3 Use and as needed to scroll down through longer descriptions. Left selection key Right selection key En3570.book Page 23 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 24 ] ENABLE/DISAB LE HELP SYSTEM Pre ss M enu 4-2- 4 ( Setting s > Pho ne sett ings > Help text ac tivati on ) to turn the phoneâÂÂs help system on or of f. ⢠BROWSE PHONE MENUS Y ou r phoneâÂÂs menu system display s choices you can make to change settings on your phone or gives you access to various phone features. Y our phone has 1 0 menus, plu s the phone book menu ( Names ). Each m enu can contain several levels of submenus. Y ou can use m enus and submenus two ways: by scr olling or by using a sho rtc ut . Check the menu nu mber , header line, and scroll bar A header line ap pe ars at t he top of your screen when in the phone book or while naviga ting t he men us. The header line provides you with a reminder of the phone book entry you are working with, or serves as a reminde r of the menu or submenu w ith which you are working. A scro ll bar appears on the right side of the screen when you scroll through the main menu. A tab on th e bar gives you a visual indication of your relative position in the menu structure. The menu number is located at the top of th e scroll bar . Menu items Scroll bar with tab Header line En3570.book Page 24 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 25 ] About your phone Scroll through menus 1 At the Star t screen, press Menu , then scroll through the menus using the and keys. 2 Press Op tions , Sel ect , or OK , pressing the selection key for the option you want . 3 Use the scroll and selection keys to navigate the su bmenus; press the key to return to the Start screen. SCROLLI NG TIPS ⢠Y ou can scroll up as well as down to find some of the most f requently used submenu options. ⢠Y ou can return to the pre vious menu level by pressing Back . ⢠To exit a menu and return to the Sta rt screen, pres s . If you leave a menu by pressing , you cancel any changes you made. ⢠Some menus may not appear . Ask your service prov ider for details. ⢠Y ou r phone has 4-way scr olling ability . This feature is u sed in the Games, Text messag ing , Mini browser and Calendar menus. Learn about menu shortcuts Menus and options ar e numbered so that you can jump directly to the option you use frequently . The numbers appear in the top right corner of the screen and show your location in the menu. USE A SHORT CUT Example: To turn on Automatic redi al: 1 Press Menu . 2 Within three seconds, press 4- 1-2-1 ( Se ttin gs > Call sett ings > Automatic redial > On ). En3570.book Page 25 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 26 ] ⢠MENU AND MENU SHORTCUTS M ESS AGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 T ext me ssag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01- 1 W rite m essage (Text /Num eri c P age) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1 Ad d e-m ail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -1-1 Ad d num be r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -1-2 Ad d list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 3 Ente r text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-1- 4 List recipien ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 5 Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-1- 6 Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-1 Rep ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-2 Save mess age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2-3 Use num ber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 4 Use W eb link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-2- 5 Save addre ss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 6 Forw ard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-7 M ove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -2-8 Rena me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-2- 9 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-3 Arch ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-4 T emp lates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-5 M y folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-6 Dele te m essag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-7 All read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-1 Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1- 7-2 Ou tbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-3 Arch ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1 -7-4 M essage setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-1-8 Send ing op tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-8-1 Othe r setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 -1-8- 2 V oice messages 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2 Listen to voice m essages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2- 1 1 Menu option may vary , based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. En3570.book Page 26 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 27 ] About your phone View deta ils of last vo ice ma il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-2 V oice ma ilbox n um ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2-3 Clea r voice ma il icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-2- 4 M inibrow ser m essag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 1-3 CA LL LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Mi s s e d c al l s 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Call tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1 Send me ssage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2 View num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 3 Use num ber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Ad d to nam e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 6 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1- 7 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8 Rec eived c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Dialed num bers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Clea r call lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-1 M issed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4- 2 Rec eived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4- 3 Dialed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4 Call Tim ers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Dura tion of la st call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-1 Sho w ca ll time on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 -1-1 Dura tion of d ialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5- 2 Dura tion of rec eived calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-3 Dura tion of a ll calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 5-4 Life time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5- 5 Clea r timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6 Da ta/fax ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Last sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-1 Last rec eived dat a/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-2 All sent data/fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-3 All rece ived d ata/fa x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 4 Dura tion of la st data /fax call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5 1 Options for the Received calls and Dialed calls lists are identical to Missed calls list of options. En3570.book Page 27 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 28 ] Dura tion of a ll data/fa x calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 6 Clea r all data/fa x logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6- 7 M inibrow ser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Last sent browse r data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 1 Last rec eived bro wser d ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 2 All sent brows er data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 3 All rece ived b rows er data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 -7-4 Last bro wse r session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5 All bro wse r sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 6 Clea r all brow ser logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7- 7 PRO FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 No rma l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Selec t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1- 1 Customi ze 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1- 2 Ring ing op tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 1 Ring ing ton e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 2 Ring ing volu m e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 3 Vibrat ing alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-4 M essage alert ton e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 5 K eypad ton es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-6 W arning ton es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2-7 Acce pted caller gro ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 -2-8 Profi le n ame 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2- 9 Tim ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -1-3 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 2 M eeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 5 SE TTIN GS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Call set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Any key an swe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-1 Aut oma tic redia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -1-2 1 Customize options for Silent, Meeting, Outdoor , and P ager profiles are identical to those of the Normal profile 2 Normal profile cannot be renamed. En3570.book Page 28 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 29 ] About your phone 1-to uch d ialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 Aut o-u pdate o f se rvice 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4 M inibrow ser confirm ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 1-5 No ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -5-1 On conne ction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 2 On exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 3 Bot h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5- 4 Callin g card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6 No ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -6-1 Card A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 -6-2 Card B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1- 6-3 Card C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1- 6-4 Card D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-6-5 Pho ne sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Lang uage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2- 1 T ouch tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 M anua l touch to nes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 -2-1 T ouch tone len gth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 -2-2 W elcome note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2- 3 Help text ac tivatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-4 Lights 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5- 1 Aut oma tic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5- 2 Displa y brigh tness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-6 Res tore fact ory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-7 Tim e setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Cloc k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1 Sho w (H ide) clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3- 1-1 Set th e tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -1-2 Tim e forma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -1-3 Da te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 Aut o upd ate of da te & tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-3 On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-3- 1 Con firm first. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 3-3- 2 1 Menu option may not be visible, based on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 Appears when in Handsfree mode. En3570.book Page 29 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 30 ] Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 -3-3 Acc essory s ettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Han dsfree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4- 1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-1 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1-2 Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 -1-3 Hea dset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -4-2 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-1 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2-2 Loopset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3 Use loopse t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-2 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3-3 TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4 Use TTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4- 1 Defa ult profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-2 Aut omat ic answ er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4-3 Sec urity setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Call restric tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5-1 Res trict outg oing calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 -1-1 Res trict incom i ng ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1- 2 Acce ss cod es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5- 2 Pho ne lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 1 Allo wed num ber wh en p hon e locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 2 Ch ange lock co de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2-3 Ch ange security c ode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2- 4 Net wo r k s er vi ce s 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 V oice priva cy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -6-1 Call fo rward ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2 Forw ard all calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 1 Forw ard if busy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2-2 Forw ard if not a nsw ered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 3 Forw ard if out of re ach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 4 Forw ard all dat a calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 5 Can cel all ca ll forward ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2- 6 1 Network serv ices menu options are visib le onl y after entering t he corre ct servi ces code . En3570.book Page 30 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 3 1 ] About your phone Call w aiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3 Send ow n ca ller ID whe n calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6- 4 Y es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 -4-1 No . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 -4-2 Net wor k featu re setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5 Ow n numb er selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-6 Res tore fact ory set tings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 SYSTEM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Roa ming optio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 M ode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 GA MES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Selec t gam e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Sna ke II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-1 K art racin g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 2 Spac e im pact II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1- 3 Bu mpe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Gam e sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-1 Gam e lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 2-2 Sha kes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-3 V OICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 V oice tag s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Add voice tag 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1- 1 Playb ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 1-1- 1 Ch ange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-1- 3 V oice com m ands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Profile s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1 No rma l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1- 1 Silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 1-2 M eeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 -1-3 Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1-4 P ager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-1- 5 1 Menu options may vary , depending on your service providerâÂÂs requirements. 2 V oice command options for Profiles, Voice mailbox, and Call log same as Voice tag options. En3570.book Page 31 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 32 ] V oice ma ilbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-2 Call v oice m ailbo x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2- 1 Rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -2-3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3- 1 Call lo g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2- 4 M issed ca lls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4- 1 Rec eived c alls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-4- 2 Rec order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Rec ord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -3-1 Rec ording s list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3- 2 Playb ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-1 Edit title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2-2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2- 3 Alarm /Ad d alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2- 4 M INIB ROW SER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 OR GAN IZE R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Alarm clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Cale ndar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 View day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-1 View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-1 M ake a n ote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 2 Dele te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 3 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 4 M ove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 5 Rep eat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-6 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 7 Send note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-1- 8 Cop y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -1-9 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-1-1 0 M ake n ote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2- 2 M eeting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -2-1 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2- 2 Birthd ay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -2-3 M emo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2- 4 Go to date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2- 3 Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 -2-4 En3570.book Page 32 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 33 ] About your phone Set th e dat e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-4- 1 Set th e tim e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-2 Da te format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 2-4- 3 Tim e forma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-4 W eek starts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-4- 5 Aut o delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 -4-6 Calcu l ator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 3 Sto pwat ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Con tinue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-1 Sho w las t time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-2 Split tim ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-3 Lap timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4- 4 View tim es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-5 Dele te time s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-6 AP PLICAT ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Impor tant : Som e menu shortcuts m ay not be available. T his list serves as a more detailed list of your phoneâÂÂs menu structure, as well as a list of shortcuts. En3570.book Page 33 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 34 ] ⢠PHONE B OOK MENU From the Start screen, press Names . The following phone book option s are available (see table on followin g page): Menu Menu (cont âÂÂd. ) Search Add new Edit name Dele te One by one Del e t e a ll Add n umber Opti ons Scr olling view Nam e l i s t Nam e nu mbe r Me mor y st a t u s 1-to uc h di al i ng View number Change Del e t e Vo i ce t a g s Playback Change Del e t e Ow n number Cal le r gr oup s Fa mily a Rename group Group rin ging ton e Group logo Group members Remove name Add nam e VIP Friends Busi nes s Other a. Menu options for VIP, Friends, Business, and Other are identical to Family opt ions. En3570.book Page 34 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 35 ] Phone setup 4 Phone setup Now that youâÂÂve had a chance to lear n about some of th e basic functions and features of your phone, you may want to explor e a few option s to improve the way you use your phone. ⢠LEARN ABOUT YOUR HEADSET Y ou r sales package m ay include the HDB-4 h eadset. Using the headset offers you convenient handsfr ee communications with your phone. Connect the headset Before using th e headset: 1 Plug the headset jack into the bottom of your phone. 2 Wrap the device around your ear . Use the headset Y ou can make, answer, and end calls as usual with the headset conne cted. The headset fits over your e ar and the microphone hangs at th e side of your head. When using this headset you can speak at a normal volume. Y ou can use the HDB-4âÂÂs button to answer or end a call, as well as activate voice dialing or voice commands. Y ou can also use the or to answer and end calls. Adjust the volume Y ou can change you r phoneâÂÂs ear piece volume, making the callerâÂÂs voice sound lou der or softer . En3570.book Page 35 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 36 ] Adjustments to the ear pie ce volume can only be made during a call by pressing to increase volu me or to decrease volume. Adjust screen brightness Y ou can change the brightness on your phoneâÂÂs screen, making the scr een brighter or darker . 1 Press Menu 4-2-6 ( Setting s > Pho ne setti ngs > Display brigh tness) . Y ou r phone displays the current setting. 2 Press or to increase or decrease brightness. 3 Press OK to confirm yo ur chang es. En3570.book Page 36 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 37 ] Text entry 5 T ext entry War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can enter letters, numbers, and special characters via th e phoneâÂÂs keypad when working with the phone book, calendar , te xt messaging, or while browsing the Internet. This section provides detailed instructions for th e two text entry methods: traditional text entry , and predictive text input. ⢠ENT ER LETTERS AND NU MBERS Y ou have four modes available for entering information, based on t he type of data youâÂÂre entering (phone book, or ganizer notes or text messages): Mode T he phon e shows Use for ABC - sentence cas e or title case (first letter capitalized) - all uppercase letters - all lowercase letters Enteri ng name s, numbe rs or addresses in phone book Entering notes in Calendar Writing a text message 123 - number entry . Enterin g numbers Special characters - special c haracters list Entering punctuation or special characters Predictive text - in com bination with ABC mode indicators. Writing SMS text messages or c alendar notes En3570.book Page 37 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 38 ] ⢠WRIT E USING ABC AN D 123 MODES A status in dicator in the upper left cor ner of your screen indicates what mode you âÂÂre in whenever you are entering information into your phone (phone book, calendar , or text messaging). Enter letters The following table contains a list of t he characters displayed when entering text and numbers from your keypad: Pressing a key repeatedly cycles you through all of that keyâÂÂs options. To enter a letter , press the appropriate key repeatedly until the desired letter appears. Continue this process until the word or name is completed. Note: If the next letter in the word youâÂÂre entering is on the same key , wait two to three s econds for the cu rsor to adv ance, then enter the new letter , or press to adva nce the cursor . Ke y Characters Ke y Characters . , âÂÂ?!âÂÂ1 P Q R S 7 A B C 2 T U V 8 D E F 3 W X Y Z 9 G H I 4 Space, 0, return J K L 5 Special character s menu M N O 6 Chang es lett er case or mode. En3570.book Page 38 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 39 ] Text entry Impor tant : Your phoneâÂÂs language settings may affect the characters associated with your phoneâÂÂs keypad. For example: to enter the na me âÂÂAlbertâ : Press A Press l Press b Press e Press r Press t Note: Default m ode is senten ce case whe re firs t letter of a name or sentence is automatically capitalized. Phone book default mode is title case - each word is capitalized. OTHER OPTION S ⢠Delete m istakes - If you make a mistake , press Cle ar to delete one character to the left. Press and h old the Clear key to speed up the erasing process. ⢠Enter a space - When youâ ve completed enter ing a word or name, press to en ter a space before the next w ord. ⢠Change letter c ase - Press to s witch between the various text entry modes or from u ppercase and low ercase letters. ⢠To start a new line - P ress three times. En3570.book Page 39 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 40 ] Enter numbers Y ou r phone automatically switches to 1 23 mode when entering a number into your phone book. When in ABC mode, you can insert numbers using any of the following m ethods: ⢠Press and hold the key for two seconds to switch to 123 mode, then press the desired number keys. Pr ess and hold again to return to ABC mode. ⢠Press and hold the desired n umber key until the number appears on the display . ⢠Press the desired key repeatedly until the desired number appears. Enter punctuati on/other characters Y ou can enter punctuation, specials characters, and symbols while wr iting text messages, entering notes in th e Organizer , creating phone book entries, or br owsing the In ternet. The illustration to the right shows a sample of the available ch aracters. ENTER PUNCT UATION OR SPECIAL CHA RACTERS Depending on the type of text youâÂÂre entering, you can add punctuation or special characters by doing any of the following: ⢠Press repeatedly while in ABC mode to cycle through some of the most common punctuation marks and special characters. ⢠Press to activate the special ch aracters list. A screen appears displaying the available special characters. ⢠Use the scroll keys t o highlight the desired ch aracter , then press Select . Note: For faster scrolling when viewing the special characters list, you can use the (up), (down), (left) and (right) keys. Press to Se lect your choice. En3570.book Page 40 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 4 1 ] Text entry Impor tant : Som e networks may not support all language- dependent characters. Use special characters in phone numbers Y ou can enter cer tain special characters as a part of the phone numbers you save to the phone book. Pressing repeatedly cycles through the four special characters available when saving a ph one number . * This character sends command strings to t he network. Contact your service provider for more information . This character is used to link a 1-touch dialing location to the number currently being entered. p This character creates a pause that occurs when the phone dials a number . Numbers entered to the right of this special charac ter are auto matic all y sent as touch t ones af ter a 2. 5-se cond p ause . w This character causes the phone to w ait for you to press Send . ⢠WRITE WITH PREDICTIVE TEXT Y ou r phone offers a quick way to enter text called predictive text input. Predictive text uses a highly compressed da tabase (or "dictionary") of common words a nd tries to anticipate the word you a re enterin g. Y ou can use predi ctive text inpu t when you: ⢠Write or reply to a text message ⢠Creat e a note in the calendar ⢠Enter text wh ile using the Minibrowser Wa tching predictive text guess a word can be confusing, so you should disregard the screen until all characters have bee n entered. En3570.book Page 41 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 42 ] Exam ple : To write âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ: What you press What you see Press - N O Press - o On Press - k Onl Press - i Onli Press - a No kia En3570.book Page 42 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 43 ] Text entry K EYS AND TOOLS FOR PREDI CTIVE TEXT Key Descri ptio n - Use for text entry . Press each key only on ce per letter . Press and hold the ke y to enter the num ber . If the underlined word is not the word you intended, press this key repeatedly until the word you want appears. Press and hold this key to display a list of punctuation and s pecial characters. Spell If the wor d entered isnâÂÂt r ecognized, Spell appears above the left selection key . Press Sp ell , enter the desired word, then press Save . Clear Press once to delete the character to the left of the cursor . Press and hold to delete char acters faster . Press once to accept the word and add a space. Press and hold to enter a z ero. Press and hold to enter mode. Enter the desired number , the n press and hold again to return to predictive text. Press once to add a period. Press repeatedly to view o ther punctuation marks. Press once to add a punctuation mark that predictive text converts to an apostrophe. Press and hold to enter the numeral 1. Press to switch between sentence case, lowercase, or uppercase modes or to switch to the above modes without predictive text. En3570.book Page 43 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 44 ] T urn on predictive text input Y ou can turn on predictive text input from the Options menu wh ile writing a text message. O nce enabled, predictive text is available to all features that support it. in the screenâÂÂs upper left corner indicates predictive text is active. ENABLE PRED ICTIVE TEXT (QUIC K METHOD) While creating a new tex t message or calendar note, press and hold the Options key for two seconds. The messa ge T9 pred iction on is displayed and the English language dictionary is enabled (or the most recently selected dictionary). ENABLE PREDICTI VE TEXT (AND SELECT DICTI ONARY) While c reat ing a new text mess age: 1 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Predictive tex t, and press Selec t . 2 Scroll to the dictionary you want (for example, Eng lish ), then press Select. The messa ge T9 p redi ction on is displayed. The dictionary in th e language youâÂÂve selected is enabled. T urn off predictive text input While creating a new tex t message, press and hold the Op tions key for two seconds, -OR - 1 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Predictive tex t and press Select . 2 Scroll to Pred icti on off , then press Selec t . ⢠TIPS FOR PREDICTIVE TEXT Check a word When youâÂÂve finished writing a word and the word is correct as shown: En3570.book Page 44 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 45 ] Text entry ⢠Press to confirm the word an d enter a space. Continue by writing the next word. -OR- ⢠Insert a punctuation ma rk, then press for a new sentence. If the displayed word is not correct: ⢠Press repeatedly until the word you want appears, then press to confirm your choice and continue. -OR- â¢P r e s s Optio ns , scroll to Matches , then press Select . Scroll to the correc t w ord an d pr ess Use . Press to confirm the word and enter a space. Tip: When you enter pun ctuation at the end of a sentence, the phone switches to sentence case. The first letter of the next wor d automatically appears in uppercase. ADD A WORD TO THE DICTI ONARY When the word you intended to write is not in the dictionary , the left selection key becomes Spell . 1 Select Spell and en ter the word using standard text entry . 2 Press Save to insert the correct word (an d to save it to th e dictionary). INSERT NUMBE RS AND SYMBOLS The procedure for e ntering numbers with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Please see âÂÂEn ter nu mbersâ on page 40. The procedure for entering symbols with predictive text and standard text entry is the same. Ple ase see â Enter pun ctuation/ other chara ctersâ on page 40. WRITE COMPOUND WO RDS 1 Write the first part of the compound w ord, then press to accept that part. 2 Write the last part of the compound word. Press to enter the word. En3570.book Page 45 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 46 ] 6 Phone book War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can sa ve up to 500 entries (nam es and associated numbers) in your phone book. The phoneâÂÂs memory is capable of storing multiple numbers for ea ch name (home, bu siness , mobile, etc.), as well as tex t info rm ati on ( pos tal address, e-mail address, or note). Note: The amount of detail stor ed for each entry may affect the total number of entries available. ⢠SAVING NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to save names and numbers in your phone book. Instructions for the two most common wa ys are listed below . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (USING PHONE BO OK MENU) 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Add new and press Sele ct . 3 Enter the name and press OK . 4 Enter the area code (as necessary) and phone numb er , th en press OK . SAVE A NUMBER AND NAME (QUICK SAVE) 1 Enter the phone number using the keypad. 2 Press the left s election key twice ( Option s - Save ). 3 Enter a na me and press OK . Press Done to return to the Start screen. Tip: Pressing and holdi ng the Optio ns selection ke y for two seconds af ter entering the numb er store s the nu mber only. En3570.book Page 46 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 47 ] Phone book ⢠RECALL NAMES AND NUMBERS There are several ways to r ecall phone book entries. Once you locate the desired name and number from the phone book, you can pe rform any of the following tasks: call the number , edit or add information to th e selected phone book entry , or delete the e ntry . From the Star t screen, recall a phone book en try as follows: ⢠Press or to display the list of phone book e ntries. Press repeatedly to scroll through th e list of names. Tip: When viewing the list of names, enter the first few letters of the desired entry . The phone book automatically jumps to that section of the phone book. â¢P r e s s Names , se lec t Search , e nter the first few letters of the entry , then press Se arch . ⢠USE PHONE BOOK MENUS The phone book has several m enu options from which you can choose. These options appear when you press Names . Use the sc roll keys to move to the option you want to use. Option Description of function Search Allows you to sear ch for a specific ph one book entry Add new Allows you to add a new contact to your phone book Edit name Allows you to edit the name of a ph one book entry Delete Allows you to delete phone book entries one by one or all at once Add number Allows you to add a phone number to an existing contact En3570.book Page 47 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 48 ] Displaying the phone book Y ou r phone bookâÂÂs information can be displayed in two different ways: ⢠Name l ist - Entries displayed as a list of names. ⢠Name number - Name and default number displayed When viewing th e phone book, us e or to scroll through the phone book entries. Change phone book view 1 Press Names , scroll to Options , then press Select . 2 Select Scro llin g view , then scroll to the vie w option you want. 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. ⢠EDIT A NAME OR NUMBER Y ou can edit a phone book entry at any time. 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. Options Displays a list of phone book options, i ncluding phone book memory status and scrolling view . 1-touch dial ing Allows you to assign phone book entries to any of the 8 speed dialing locations Vo i c e t ag s Allows you to create and manage voice tags for voice dialing Own number Displays your phone number(s) Caller groups Allows you to organize phone book entries into groups and categories an d assign special r inging tones and graphics to the group Option Description of function En3570.book Page 48 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 49 ] Phone book 2 Press Details , then pr ess Op tio ns . 3 Scroll to Edi t name or E dit number and press Select . 4 Edit the n ame or numbe r , then pres s OK . ⢠ADD A NUMBER TO A PHONE B OOK ENTR Y There are several ways to add addition al numbers to an ex isting phone book entry . Y ou r phoneâÂÂs memory book can s tore up to five numbers per entry . Once you choose to add a number , you can assign one of the following number types for the additional numbers: Gene ral , Mobile , Home , Work , or Fa x . From the phone book 1 Press Names , scroll to Add number , then pr ess Sele ct . 2 Scroll to the entry you wish to modify , then press Add n o. 3 Scroll to the type of number you are adding ( Ge ner al , Mo bile , Home , Work , or Fax ,) , then press Selec t . 4 Enter the number and press OK . From the Start scre en 1 Enter the phone nu mber using the keypad, then press Op tions . 2 Scroll to Add to nam e , then pre ss Selec t . 3 Scroll to the desired phone book entry , then press Add no. 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Selec t . By recalling the name 1 Locate the phone book entry you wish to edit. 2 Press Deta ils , then pre ss Opt ions again. 3 Scroll to Add number , then pre ss Sel ect . En3570.book Page 49 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 50 ] 4 Scroll to the desired number type and press Selec t . 5 Enter the number and press OK . Change the number type Every time you create a new phone book entry, your phone automatically assigns the Gene ral numbe r ty pe to the new nu mber . Y ou c an us e a ph one book entryâÂÂs Opt ions menu to change the number type for any of the phone numb ers. (For exampl e, change a number âÂÂs type fr om General to Home .) 1 Recall the name from the ph one book. 2 Press Detai ls , then scroll to highlight the number you want to modify . 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Change type , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the number type you would l ike, then pr ess Sel ect . Impor tant : I f you plan on using Nokia PC Suite to synchronize your phone book and your PCâÂÂs PIM (P ersonal Information Manager) application, make sure all phone numbers are assigned the correct numb er type. PC Syn c uses this information to synchronize contacts correctly between phone and PC. Learn about primary number If a phone book en try contains multiple n umbers, the number e ntered when the phone book entry was created is designated as the prima ry number . When you h ighlight a phone book en try and press , your phone dials the primary number . Consider designating the nu mber you dial most often (for phone book entries containing multiple numbers per name) as the primary number . CHANGE PR IMARY NUMBER Any phone number can be designated the prim ary number . 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Details , then scroll to the number you want to set as the primary En3570.book Page 50 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 5 1 ] Phone book number . 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to As p rim ar y no . , then pr ess Se lect . ⢠DELETE STORED NAMES AND NUMBERS Y ou can delete a number f rom a phone book entry , delete all details of a contact, or delete the entire contents of your phone book. Once you delete information, it cannot be re covered. DELETE A NU MBER 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Deta ils , then scroll to the number you want to delete. 3 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Delete number , then pr ess Se lect , then OK . DELETE ENTIRE P HONE BOOK ENTRY 1 Highlight the phone book entry y ou want to delete, then press Detai ls . 2 Press Opt ion s . Scroll to Delete , then press Select . 3 Press OK to delete the phone book e ntry (including all details). DELETE TH E ENTIRE PHONE BO OK 1 Press Names , scroll to Delet e, then press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to Del ete all and press Select . 3 When you s ee the m essage Are yo u sur e? , press OK . 4 Enter your secur ity code, then pr ess OK . For more information on the security code, see âÂÂSecurity codeâ on page 1 05. ⢠ADD OTHER INFORMATION TO A PHONE BOOK EN TRY Once you have created a contact, you can add an e-mail address, a mailing address, or a note to that contact. En3570.book Page 51 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 52 ] Note: Text information can only be added to existing contacts. For example, you cannot create a n ew contact with only an e -mail address. 1 Recall the phone book e ntry you want to modify . 2 Press Deta ils , then pre ss Opt ions again. 3 Scroll to Add d etails , t hen pres s Selec t . 4 Scroll to the type of information you would like to add ( E-mail , Street addr . , etc.) , then press Selec t . 5 Enter the information, then press OK . 6 Press to return to the Start screen. ⢠USE CALLER GROUPS Y ou r phone allows you to group phone book entries with similar attributes into c aller gr oups . The five default caller groups are Fami ly , VIP , Friends, Business , and Other . Each group has two attributes which can be defined by th e user : Group Name and Group T one . Assign phone number to a caller group 1 Recall the desired phon e book entry , then press Details . 2 Scroll to the desired phone number , then press Options . 3 Scroll to Caller g roups , then press Select . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Family ), then pr ess Select . Edit caller group options Y ou can edit various aspects of a caller group. SETTING A RINGI NG TONE AND GRAP HIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller g roups and press Select . En3570.book Page 52 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 53 ] Phone book 3 Scroll to one of th e c aller groups and press Selec t . 4 Scroll to one of th e following functions and press Select. ⢠Rename group - Enter the new name for the caller group and press OK. ⢠Group ringi ng tone - Scroll to the desired tone and press OK . Default is the tone sele cted for the curre ntly selected profile. ⢠Group logo - Choose to turn the grou p logo on or off f or the selected caller group. ⢠Group members - Pr ess Se lect to view group members. To add or remov e a member, pres s Optio ns , then select Add name or Remove name . Note: If you selected Send graphic , enter th e recipientâÂÂs phone number or recall it from phone book and pres s OK . Check with your service provider for availa bility of this feature. ⢠CHECK MEMORY STATUS Y ou can check the percentage of your phoneâÂÂs memory which is dedicated to the phone book, th at is in use and th e percentage that rema ins available. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Options , then press Select . 3 Scroll to Memo ry sta tus a nd press Select . En3570.book Page 53 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 54 ] 7 Call log War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou r phone keeps a log (record) of call-related information including phone numbers and c all times. The call log keep s track of: ⢠Missed calls ⢠Received calls ⢠Dialed calls ⢠Time spent on calls ⢠Time spent on digital data/fax or minibrow ser calls ⢠Amount of data transferred during data/fax or minib rowser calls REQUIREMENTS Before your phone can log missed or re ceived calls properly: 1 Y ou must have a subscription to caller ID service. 2 Y ou r phone must be tu rned on and in a digital service area. 3 The caller did not choose to block his/her caller ID. 4 Y ou r phoneâÂÂs time and date m ust be set. Note: If the incoming call has caller ID blocked, the number cannot be recorded in th e call log. I f you try to view the call log, the messag e No n ew numbers is displayed. En3570.book Page 54 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 55 ] Call log ⢠CHECK MISSED, RECEIVED, OR DIALED CALLS Y ou r phone records information abo ut the 60 most recently mi ssed, received, and dialed calls (20 entries for each type of call ). To view call log entries: 1 Press Menu 2 ( Call lo g ), then scroll to the desired call type ( Missed calls , Received calls , o r Dialed numbers ), then press Select . 2 Use and to view the list of m issed, received, or dialed calls. Scroll to the de sired call log entry , then press Optio ns. Note: If the phone number r ecorded by the call log matche s a number stored i n your phone book, the name of the ph one book entry is displayed. View call log options The table below contains a list of options available for all call log entries. Option Des criptio n Call time Shows the time when the ca ll was missed, received or placed Send message Allows you to write and sen d a text message to numbers listed in t he call log View number Displays the phone number when call log entry matches a number found in your ph one book Use number Allows you to edit the number shown on the screen Save Saves the number in your phone book Add to name Adds the number to an existing phone book entry Delete Removes the number from the call log Call Redials the displayed number En3570.book Page 55 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 56 ] Use call log shortcuts MISSED CALLS When you miss a call(s), the message Missed calls ap pears on your phoneâÂÂs screen, along with the number of calls missed. Impor tant : You are notified of missed calls only if your phone was turned on and you a re in a digital ser vice area. Note : If you cho se t he Forwar d if not answer ed option in Call Forwarding , your phone treats these fo rwarded calls a s mis sed calls. DIALED NUMBERS Y ou can view the list of dialed calls without having to access the Call log menu. From the Start screen: 1 Press . The most recently dialed c all is displayed. 2 Use or to view the other call log entrie s. 3 Press again to redial the number displayed, or press Op tions to work with the selecte d call log entry . Tip: To redial the last n umber , press twice. ⢠CLE AR CALL LI STS Y ou r phoneâÂÂs Call log us es call list s to store numbers of incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. Use the Cle ar call lis ts menu to delete the log of phone numbers dialed, received, or missed. The Al l option clears all numbers in all l ists, whereas the other opti o ns clear only the numbers assoc iated with that list. Caution! This oper ation cannot be u ndone. Clearing th e Dialed numbers call list clears the list of dialed calls accessed by pressing . 1 Press Menu 2-4 ( Call lo g > Clear call lists ). En3570.book Page 56 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 57 ] Call log 2 Use or to highlight the desired option: All , Missed, Dial ed or Received. 3 Press Sele ct to confirm your selection. ⢠USE CALL TIMERS Y ou r phone uses cal l timers to track the amount of time you spend on each call. Y ou can review phon e use by checking the phoneâÂÂs call timers. Impor tant : T he actual time invoiced for calls by your service provider may vary , de pending upon network features, rounding-off for billing, and so f orth. ACCESS T HE VARI OUS CALL TIMERS: 1 Press Menu 2-5 ( Call log > Call timer s ). 2 Use or to scroll through the options described in the following list: Option De scrip tion Durati on of last call Displays elapsed t ime of the last c all you made Durati on of received calls Displays total time for all incoming calls Durati on of dialed c alls Displays total time for all outgoing calls Durati on of all calls Displays sum total for all incoming and outgoing calls Life tim er Shows the time used for all calls for the life of your phone. This option cannot be r eset. Clea r time rs Clears (de letes) all call tim ers except Life time r En3570.book Page 57 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 58 ] ⢠T URN ON A CURRENT CA LL TIMER Y ou r phone can display a call timer showing elapsed t ime of the current call. When the call is completed, the timer displays the call l ength. 1 Press Menu 2-5-1-1 ( Ca ll log > Call ti mers > Duration of l ast ca ll > Show call time on display ). 2 Scroll to On and press OK . Tip: After a call has ended, press any key on your phone to clear the current ca ll time from th e screen. ⢠CLE AR CALL TI MER S 1 Press Menu 2-5-6 ( Call log > Call timers > C lear timers ). 2 The Security code field appears. 3 Enter your security code and press OK . Caution! This action cannot be undone. Tip: If using call timers to log the amount of time spent on calls, you may want to record th e information from the call tim ers before you clear them. ⢠DATA TIMERS (DATA/ FAX AND MINIBROWSER) The call log records and displays the length of digital data/fax calls, as well as meters the amount of data transferred during data/fa x calls. The call log also records this same information when you use the Minibrowser to access th e wireless Internet. Access data-related call timer ⢠Access data/f ax call timers: Press Menu 2-6 ( Ca ll log > Data/f ax call s ) ⢠Access minibrowser call timers: Press Me nu 2-7 ( Call log > En3570.book Page 58 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 59 ] Call log Minib row ser cal ls ) Data-related call time r options The following call timer option s are available for data/fax and browser calls: ⢠Last sent (or received) data /fax - amount of data displayed in kilobytes (KB) ⢠All sent (or received) data/f ax - amount of data displayed in KB ⢠Durat ion of last data /fax cal l - length of time spent on last data call or browser session. ⢠Duratio n of a ll da ta/fax call s - running total of a ll calls. ⢠Clea r all data /fax log s - clears a ll timers and dat a logs. Minibrowser timer options The available options for the m inibrowser call timers are similar to those listed above for data/fax calls. En3570.book Page 59 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 60 ] 8 V oice mai lbox War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . V oice mail is a feature that enable s those who call you to leave a voice message, in the event you are unable to answer your phone. Using your phone in conjunction with you r service providerâÂÂs voice mail sy stem, you can retrieve your message s at any time. Note: Dualband/triband is a networ k dependent feature. Check with your local service provider to subscribe to and use this featu re . ⢠STO RE YO UR V OICE MA ILBOX NUMB ER Before you can retrieve any voice m essages, you need to stor e your voice mailbox number in your phone: 1 Press Menu 01-2-3 ( Messa ges > V oice me ssages > V o ice mail box number ). 2 Enter your voice mailbox phone number , then press OK . Y ou r voice mailbox n umber can be u p to 32 digits long . Note: If your phone number changes, you may need to reenter your voice mailbox number . Tip: You can store your voice mailbox password and/or PIN number as a part of your voice m ailbox number . For more information, please see âÂÂSave touch tones as a phone book entryâ on page 1 00. En3570.book Page 60 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 6 1 ] V oice mailbox ⢠SET GREETINGS V oice greetings may vary in different w ireless systems. If you need information about how to record your greeting, contact your service provider . ⢠LISTEN TO YOUR VOICE MES SAGES Note: The way you retrieve your voice messages varies, depending on your service provider . Call your service provider if you have any questions. LISTEN TO MESSAGES WHEN NOTIFIED If your phone plays an alert tone an d New voi ce mess age is displayed, press List en and follow the prompts. If youâ d rather listen to your messages later , press Exit . LISTEN TO ME SSAGES LATER ⢠From the Start screen, press and hold for two seconds. -OR- â¢P r e s s Men u 0 1-2 -1 ( Messages > V oice message s > Listen to voice messages ). The messa ge Ca lling v oice m ailbox appears on the screen. Follow the audio prompts from the voice mail system to review your m essages. En3570.book Page 61 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 62 ] 9 T ext messages War ni n g! Do not switch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can u se th e Message s menu (Menu 1) and Short Message Service (SMS) to read, wr ite and send text messages to another phone in your network. Y ou may also be able to use t he MinibrowserâÂÂs e-mail feature to send text messages to pho nes in other networks. Impor tant : W hen sending SMS m essages, your phone may display the words Messa ge Sent (where ser vice is available). This is an indication that the message ha s been sent by you r phone to the SMS network. This is not an indication that th e message has been received at the intended destination. For more details about SMS services, check with you r service provider . Note: This function can be used only if it is supported by your network operator or service pr ovider . O nly devices that offer compatible e-mail features can receive and display messages. It may require a separate subscription. ⢠WRITE A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou can use the Messages menu to create and send text messa ges to another mobile phone i n your network, to another m obile phone in another network, or to an e-ma il recipient. You can also save a draft of your message in the Outbo x folder for later use. En3570.book Page 62 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 63 ] Text messages Create and send a text message Impor tant : U se this method when sending a message to recipients in the same wireless n etwork. If the recipient has a different service provider , you may need to sen d the message as an e-mail (see âÂÂCreate and send an e-mail m essageâ on page 66). 1 From the Start screen, press Menu , then press Sel ect . 2 Select Te x t m e s sa g e s , th en select Write message . 3 Select either Te x t (up to 160 characters) or Nume ric page (message consists of phone number only). Note: The ability to send a numerical page may be dependent on your wireless network. Please contact your service provider f or more information on text messaging in your area. 4 Scroll to Add number , then pre ss Sel ect . 5 Enter the phone number of the r ecipient, then pr ess OK . OR Press Searc h , highlight the de sired number stored in your phone book, then press Se lect . 6 Press Opt ion s , scroll to Enter text , then pre ss Sel ect . 7 Enter your messa ge. Tip: Since the network limits the number of characters in a message, a character counter appears in t he upper right-hand corner of your phoneâÂÂs display . This ph one supports 160 character SMS messages. 8 To se nd the message , press Optio ns , then sele ct Send . USE OT HER OPTI ONS Y ou may use the following as a shortcut for sen ding a new text m essage: 1 Enter the recipient âÂÂs phone number , then press Options. 2 Scroll to Send message, then press Select. Continue the creation process as described above. En3570.book Page 63 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 64 ] View message options The table below lists s everal options available while creating a text message. To view these options, pr ess Opt ions at the te xt entry screen. Option Descri ptio n Send Sends the cu rrent text messa ge to the recipi ent(s) List recipient s Allows to you add or remove recipients to the message Setti ngs Allows you to mark a message as urgent, to r equest a delivery receipt or to specify a c allback number Save messa ge Saves the current m essage to the desired folder Clear screen Clears the scr een of all tex t and cha racters Exit edito r Used to return to the M essages menu Insert name Used to insert a phone book entry into the text message Insert number Used to insert a phone book number into the text message Use te mpla te Adds text from a template to the current message Insert word, Edit wor d Allows you to insert a word not found in the dictionary or edit a wo rd then add it to the dictionary Inser t symbo l Used to enter p unctuation or special characters into the curren t text me ssage. Predictive text Allows you to enable or disable predictive text entry . Also used to select language of dictionary used Matches Displays a list of other options for the word currently displayed by predictive text En3570.book Page 64 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 65 ] Text messages ⢠USE MESSAGE TEMPLATES Templates a re short, prewritten messages which can be recalled and inserted into new text messages when youâ re short on time. 1 Create a new text message as described in steps 1 - 6 in the section, âÂÂCreate and send a text messageâ on page 63. 2 Instead of entering your own me ssage, press Opti ons , scroll to Use template , then pr ess Select . 3 Scroll to one of the availabl e templates: 4 Press Sele ct to enter th e text into your new message. 5 Complete the p rocess described earlier to se nd your message. Y ou can also cr eate a new mess age while browsing the Te mplates folder . 1 Press Menu 01-1-5 ( Messa ges > Text m es sa g es > Tem p la te s ). 2 Scroll to the desired t emplate, then press Sele ct . 3 Press Options , then select Edit to modify the message or Use number to select a r ecipient. 4 From the message options list, select Send to send your messa ge. âÂÂPlease callâ âÂÂI am late. I w ill be there atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at home. Please callâ âÂÂSee you inâ âÂÂIâÂÂm at work. Please callâ âÂÂSee you atâ âÂÂIâÂÂm in a meeting, call me later atâ âÂÂSorry , I canâÂÂt help you on this.â âÂÂMeeting is cancel ed.â âÂÂI will be arriving atâ En3570.book Page 65 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 66 ] ⢠LEARN ABOUT E-MAIL TEXT MESSAGES Y ou can also u se the Me ssages menu to w rite and sen d text messages to a personâÂÂs Internet or corporate e-mail account or to phones in other networks . Create and send an e-mail message Use the same pr ocedure for creating and sending e-mail messages as found in the section, âÂÂWrite a text messageâ on page 62. However , select Add e-mai l , then enter the e-m ail address (or pre ss Searc h and recall an e-mail address stored in your phone book). Messages to phones in othe r networks Most service providers now h ave the ability to route e- mail messages to your phone (appearing as t ext messages). The following are just a few examples of how your phoneâÂÂs e- mail address may appear: 2135551234@myserviceprovider.com username@serviceprovider.com 2135551234@mobile.myserviceprovider.co m It can be difficult to send messages to phones outside your service providerâÂÂs network using traditional text messaging. Howe ver , it is possible to send a text message as an e-mail to phones ou tside your service providerâÂÂs network (provided the r ecipientâÂÂs phone is capable of receiving e-mail text messages). Follow the instructions, âÂÂW rite a text messageâ on page 62 but select Add e-mail . Enter the e-mail address associated with the r ecipientâÂÂs phone number (o r press Se arch and recall the e- mail address stored in your phone book). Impor tant : T his feature may require subscription to special services. Please check with your service provider for more information and for the e -mail address assigned to your ph one. En3570.book Page 66 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 67 ] Text messages ⢠RECEIVE TEXT MESSAGES When you receive a text message, the in dicator and the text: (#) Message(s) received appears on the screen (where # is th e numbe r of ne w messages received). 1 Press Show to read the message or press Ex it to view it later . 2 While reading the message, press Options to view the list of message options, then press Select to ch oose the desired option. READ M ESSAGES LATE R 1 Press Menu , then select the Messa ges menu, then Text me ssages . 2 Scroll to In box , th en press Select . 3 Scroll to the desired message, then press Sele ct to read th e message. Note: The icon in front of the m essage header indicates the message ha s not been read. in front of the messa ge header indicates you have already viewed the message. En3570.book Page 67 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 68 ] ⢠RESPOND TO A TEXT MESSAGE Y ou have several options when reading a text message. Pressing Op tions displays the following list of choices: Note: Some of these options may not be visible. For example, Use Web link appears only when a URL is present in an SMS message. Option De scrip tion Delete Deletes the current message Reply Allows you to reply to the current message Use number Ca pture s phone n umber in the mes sage (or f rom the message sender) with the option to Save (as new phone book entry), Add to name , Send message , or Cal l Save Saves current message to Archives folder Forward Use to forward curr ent message to another user Rename Used to re name exis ting mess age titl e as seen in the message list Edi t Used to edit message before saving or forwarding Use Web link Captures the URL in the m essage and allows you to go directly to th at site (via the M inibrowser) or to save it as a bookmark Save address Captures an e-mail address in the message (or the sender of a n e-ma il text messa ge) Move Used to move message to user-defined folder En3570.book Page 68 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 69 ] Text messages ⢠REPLY TO A MESSAGE Y ou can reply to a text message either by a traditional text message or by an e-mail message. The or igin of the me ssage or the senderâÂÂs wir eless network affects how you reply to the incoming message. Replying vi a SMS 1 While viewing a message, press Op tio ns . 2 Scroll to Reply and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of the f ollowing reply types and press Select : ⢠Empty screen - gives you an empty text buffer ⢠Origina l text - includes original message in the reply message ⢠Tem pl at e - allows you to select a template from the Tem p la te s folder ⢠Stand ard ans wer tem plates (including: See you in , See you at, Sorry , I canâÂÂt hel p you on this., I will be arriving at, Please call, IâÂÂm at home, IâÂÂm at wo rk, IâÂÂm in a meeting.) 4 After you write your reply , press Op tions , then select Send . A copy of all sent messages (up to th e memory limit) rem ain in your Outbox, unless you turn this f eature off in Message settin gs . Press Back to return to the Messages men u, or press to return to the Start screen. Replying to an e-mail message Use the methods described above for replying to SMS messages sent from an e-mail address. Note: If the incoming e-mail message is improperly formatted, you may be required to r e-enter the e-mail address. Press Option s , then select Add e-mail to reenter the e-mail address. En3570.book Page 69 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 0 ] ⢠DELETE MESSAGES Y ou have several options for er asing individual messages or erasing the contents of an entire f older . You may need to dele te older or unwanted messages in order to fre e up your phoneâÂÂs memory f or new messages. Learn about delete options The Messages menu has an option that allows you to delete the entire contents of your folders as described below . ⢠All read - deletes all read messages from all folders (unread messages in Inbox remain intact) ⢠Inbox - deletes read messages in this folder (unread messa ges remain intact) ⢠Outbo x - deletes all messages in this folder ⢠Archive - deletes a ll messages in this folder Erasing messages in the message folders 1 At the Start screen, press Menu 0 1-1-7 ( Messag es > Te xt mes sages > Delete message s ). 2 Highlight the folder whose conte nts you want deleted and press OK . 3 Enter your security code (if pr ompted) and press OK . Erasing individual text messages 1 From the Inbo x , Ou tbo x , or Arch i ve folde r , highlight the message you wish to delete. 2 Press Optio ns , scroll to Delete and press Sel ec t . 3 Press OK to confirm your choice. En3570.book Page 70 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 7 1 ] Text messages Forward a message Y o u can forwar d any incoming text messages, wh ether they wer e sent as traditional text messages or as e-mail messages. You can forward a message to a s ingle user or to a list of users. Tip: When forwarding a message to multiple us ers, your recipient list can contain both phone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1 While viewing a message, press Op tions . 2 Scroll to Forward and press Select . 3 Select Add e -ma il or Add number , th en address the message. For multiple recipients, press Optio ns again, then add additional e - mail addresses or phone numbers. 4 Press Options, s croll to Send, then press OK . If you want to edit the forwarded message, select Ed it tex t fro m the options menu prior to sending the message. View a messageâÂÂs settings Y ou can assign several settings to the text messages (new me ssages, replies, or forwarded messages). The fo llowing setting s are available from the messa geâÂÂs Optio ns menu: ⢠Urgent - sends the messa ge marked urgent and appears in recipientâÂÂs Inbox with higher priority than other messages ⢠Deliv . note - lets you know when your message h as been delivered ⢠Callback no . - incl udes yo ur num ber (or a nu mber th at you ent er or recall from the phone book) in the body of the message ASSIGN M ESSAGE OPT IONS 1 After entering text, press Optio ns. Scroll to Set ting s and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired set ting, then press Mar k . 3 Press Done , then pres s Yes to save changes to your messa ge. 4 Scroll to Send , then press Sele ct (or select a different menu option). En3570.book Page 71 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 72 ] Learn about message memory Messages are stored in the following locations: ⢠In box - stores new mess ages and read mess ages ⢠Ou tbo x - saves copies of all sent messages or messages waiting to be sent (in the even t the network is tem porarily unavailable) ⢠Archive - used to file read me ssages and sen t messages for long- term storage A blinking icon indicates the text message memory is fu ll. Before you can receive, save, or send any new messages, yo u must delete older messages from yo ur Inbox , Outbo x , or the Archi ve folder . ⢠MESSAGE SETTINGS Specify several settings that affect the over all way your phone handles text messaging. Use ( Menu 0 1-1-8 ) to configure the following: ⢠Sending optio ns - used to specify normal or urgent priority , request delivery note, or specify th at a callback number be sent automatically . ⢠Other settings - used to specify the font size in which messages will be displayed. Also used t o configure how your phone automatically handles incoming messages when your Inbox or Outbox are full, an d saving copies of sent messages automatically . ⢠ORGANIZE TEXT MESSAGES USING FOLDERS Y ou have several options for storing and organizing your text messages. The following pages explain further about the various folder options. ⢠Inbox - Text messages you receive remain stored in your Inbox until you delete them or move them to the Archive folder . ⢠Outbox - Messages that canâÂÂt be sent immediately can be saved so you can come back to it later . Y our phone stores the m essage in the Outbox . En3570.book Page 72 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 73 ] Text messages If you try to send a tex t message and the network is unavailable, the outgoing message will be saved in the Out box . W ORK WITH MESSAGES SAVED IN THE OUT BOX 1 From the Text m essage s menu, scroll to Ou tbox and press Select . 2 Scroll to the desired message, then press Sel ect . 3 Press Options , then pr ess Resend (or Edit if the message was a saved draft). From this point, you have seve ral options, including: ⢠Select Edit m essa ge and continue workin g with the message. ⢠Scroll to Add e -mail , Ad d number , or Add l ist to add additional recipients. ⢠Scroll to Send , then press Sele ct to send the message. En3570.book Page 73 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 74 ] 1 0 P ersonalization War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . ⢠LEARN ABOUT PROFILES A profile refers to a group of settings you can use to cust omize the way your ph one wor ks. Y ou can use the existin g profiles or you can customize a profile to suit your own preferences . Some of the items you can customize are: ⢠Ringing options and vibrating alert ⢠Ringing tones and ringing volume ⢠Keypad a nd message alert t ones ⢠Warning ton es Y ou r phone comes w ith five profiles: Nor mal (default settin g), Sile nt , Meeting , Outdoo r , and Pa g e r . ⢠SELECT A DIFFERENT PROFILE QUICK METHOD 1 Press the power key briefly . 2 Use and to scroll to the profile you want to us e. 3 Press OK to select a profile. USE PROFILES MENU 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof iles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to use, th en press Select . 3 Press Sele ct again to choose the highlighted profile. En3570.book Page 74 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 75 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠CUSTOMIZE A PROFILE 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof iles ). 2 Scroll to the profile you want to cu stomize, then press Se lect . 3 Scroll to Customize , th en press Selec t . The following sections describe each of the options you can customize. Set ringing options Y ou can choose the way your phone rings to notify you of incoming calls. This setting does not affect text message alert tones. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Cus tomize menu , scro ll to R ingi ng opti ons, then press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to one of the ringing options desc ribed below , then press Se lect . Set a ringing tone A ringin g to ne is the m elody your phone plays when you receive a call. Y ou can set the ringing ton e to a specific sound effect, or to a melody to personalize how the phone rings. Your phone has two different types of ring tones. It can store 1 0 different MIDI tones and 2 0 different buzzer tones. Option Descri ptio n Ring The phone rings normally . Ascendin g Ringing volume begins softly , then increases in volume if the phone is n ot answered. Ring once The phone rings once to indicate an incoming call. Beep once The phone beeps once to in dicate an incoming call. Silent The phone makes no sound. En3570.book Page 75 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 76 ] Impor tant : The Silent or Bee p once ringing option disables any melody you may chose. T o hear a r inging tone while editing a profile, make su re one of the other ringing options is selected. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Cus tomize menu , scro ll to R inging tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the ringing tone you want to us e, press Select . About polyphonic sound (MIDI) Y ou r phone is equipped with a pol yphonic tone generator capable of playing up to f our different voices simultaneously . The generator can reproduce over 40 different instrument ton es, including drums, guitar , saxophone, flute, etc. The polyphonic sounds bring a new richness and quality to ringing tones, message alert tones, and background music and sound ef fects u sed in gamin g. Set ringing volume Y ou can set the default ringing volume for incoming voice calls and message alert tones . There are five differen t levels of volume. 1 From a profileâÂÂs Customize menu, scroll to Ringing volume and press Select . 2 Scroll to an option and list en. When you hear the ringing volume you wish to use, press Se lect . Set a vibrating alert Y ou r phone has the ability to vibrate, indicating an incoming call (in addition to playing a ringing tone). Enabling a vibrating alert while selecting the Silent r inging option causes your phone on ly to vibrate on incoming call. 1 From the selected profileâÂÂs Cust omize menu, scr oll to Vibrating al ert and press Se lect . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . En3570.book Page 76 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 77 ] Pe rsonalization Impor tant : T he phone does not vibrate when it is connected to or placed in any charging device. Set message alert tone Several message alert tone options are available to indicate incoming text messa ges. 1 From the selected profileâÂÂs Custo mize m enu, scroll to Message alert tone and press Select . 2 Scroll through the options and listen. When you hear the message alert t one you wa nt to use, pre ss Select . Set keypad tones Use the Ke y p a d t on e s option to set the volume of the tones heard when pressing your phoneâÂÂs keys. 1 From the selected profile âÂÂs Custo mize menu, scr oll to Key p a d t on e s and press Se lect . 2 Scroll to one of the le vels and press Select . Impor tant : If you choo se Off , no keypad tones are heard. The Silen t profile automatically turns keypad tones off. Set warning and game tones Y ou can customiz e the way your phone p lays warning t ones and the to nes used for the g ames. Wa r n in g t o n e s include the tone s played when there is an error , durin g confirmations, whe n a battery is low , and when you need to recharge the ba ttery . 1 From the selected profile âÂÂs Custo mize menu, scr oll to Warning an d game tones and press Sele ct . 2 Scroll to On and press Select . If you do not want to use warning or game tones, you can turn them off by scrolling to Off and pressing Se lect . En3570.book Page 77 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 78 ] ⢠RENAME PROFILES Y ou can rename any of the pr ofiles except No rmal . You may wa nt to use your own name f or one of th e profil es. When you se lect thi s profile , your name appears on the S tart screen. 1 Press Menu 3 ( Prof ile s) . 2 Scroll to the desired pr ofile and press Select . 3 Select Customiz e , scroll to Profile n ame and press Select . 4 Enter the new name and press OK . Note: Y ou ca nnot renam e th e Normal profile. Select and customize an accessory profile Note: You must have an accessory (such as a loopset) attached to your phone prior to selecting the Accessory settings menu. To select and customize profiles for use with th e headset, handsfree device (carkit), loopset, and TTY/TDD: 1 Press Menu 4-4 ( Setti ngs > Accessory se ttings ). 2 Scroll to one of the f ollowing Accessory profiles and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED HAND SFREE The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Sele ct to enter the optionâÂÂs submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Default p rofi le - Cho ose the profile you wish to be automatically activated when your phone is connected to a ca rkit. ⢠Automat ic answe r - Calls are answered automa tically after 1 ring when connected to a ca r kit. Scroll to On or Off and press Select . ⢠H andsf ree ⢠Hea dset ⢠Lo opset ⢠TTY En3570.book Page 78 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 79 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠Lights - Choose to keep the phone lights always on, or to shut off automatically after several seconds. Scroll to On or Automa tic and press Sele ct . IF YOU SELECTED HEADSET The Default p rofi le and Auto matic a nswer options are your ava ilable choices. Please refer to âÂÂIf you selecte d Handsfre eâ for m ore in forma tio n. IF YOU SELECTED LOOPSET The Default p rofi le and Auto matic a nswer options are available. Please refer to â If you selected Handsfreeâ for a description of these options. In addition, the following option is a vailable: ⢠Use l oopset - Enable use of the LPS-4 mobile inductive loopset. Scroll to Ye s or No and press Select . IF YOU SELECTED TTY/TDD The following options are available. Scroll to the option of your choice and press Sele ct to enter the optionâÂÂs submenu and modify its settings. ⢠Use TTY - Enable the use of a TTY/TDD device. Scroll to Yes or No an d press Sele ct . Note: If the loopset is enabled, youâÂÂll be a sked to disable the loopset before enabling TTY/TDD. Press Ye s to disable the loopset (thus enabling TTY/TDD). Pr ess No to leave the loopset enabled. ⢠DOWNLOAD A RINGIN G TONE Y ou r phone has 30 predefined ringing tones and can store up to te n new ringing tones (sent from an In ternet Web site as an SMS or created/ downloaded using Nokia PC Suite). The pre defined ringing tones include 20 buzzer ringing tones a nd 1 0 MIDI ringing tones. Note: Buzzer ton es can be sent via SMS, bu t MIDI tones cannot. En3570.book Page 79 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 80 ] Play , save, or delete a ringing tone Once your phone receives a new ringing tone , the phone displays the messa ge Ringing tone received . 1 Press Opt ion s , then choose Play back , Save , or Delet e . 2 Press OK . If you chose to save the new ringing tone, it becomes part of the ringing tone list available to you when you customize a profile (see âÂÂCustomize a profileâ on page 7 5). Use PC Composer Y ou can use Nokia PC SuiteâÂÂs PC Com poser to create new ringing tones and send them to your phone via the DKU-5 cable (available as an accessory). For more information, please refer to the N okia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Gu ide . Receive ringing tones from Minibrowser Y ou may also re ceive ringing tones from th e Internet wh ile in a Minibrowser session. To save your tone, follow the on-screen prompts. Please see âÂÂM inibrowserâ on page 127, for more information and availability of this service. ⢠SET THE DISPLAY LANGUAGE Y ou can set your phone to display in formation in different languages. Y ou r possible choices are English, French, Spanish and Russian. Note: Some l anguages may vary due to regional differences. All of these languages may not be available in your ph one. 1 Press Menu 4-2-1 ( Se ttings > Phone settin gs > Languag e ). 2 Scroll to the language you want to use and press Selec t . En3570.book Page 80 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 8 1 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠SET THE CLOCK Y ou r phone contains a real-time clock that can be set tw o different ways: the clock can use the time and date information provided by the wireless system, or i t can be set m anually . The clock will display the current time and date on the Start screen. You can also choose to hide the clock if you prefer. Please see âÂÂDisplaying or hiding the clockâ on page 82.â Note: Yo ur phone also has an alarm clock. See âÂÂUse the alarm clockâ on page 1 12. for more information. By default, th e clock gets its in formatio n from the wirele ss ne tw or k. If yo u wish to override the n etwork clock, do the f ollowing: Manually setting the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Set the ti me , then press Se lect . 3 Enter the current time, then press Select . For example , to enter 7:30, enter 0 73 0. 4 Scroll to am or pm , t hen pr ess Select . Selecting time format 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time settings > Clock ). 2 Scroll to Time format , then pr ess Sel ect . 3 Scroll to either 24-hour or am/pm , the n press Sele ct . Allowing the network t o set the clock 1 Press Menu 4-3-3 ( Settin gs > Tim e sett ings > Auto- upda te of date and ti me ). 2 Scroll to On (or Confirm first ), then press Sel ect . En3570.book Page 81 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 82 ] Impor tant : I f you u se the Auto update of da te and t ime option while outside your digital network, you may be prompted to enter your own time manual ly ( see above ). Network time w ill replace t he time and date you set once you re-enter your digital network. Note: If your battery has been removed or has drained outside the digital network, you may be prompted to enter you r own time (once the battery is replaced/recharged, and youâÂÂre still outside of the digital network). Displaying or hiding the cloc k 1 Press Menu 4-3-1 ( Setting s > Time setti ngs > Clock ). 2 Depending on the current settings, either Hide clock or Show cl ock is highlighted. 3 Press Sele ct . ⢠CUSTOMIZE THE W ELCOME SCREEN Y ou can set your phone to display a brief message each time you switch on your phone. The message can include your name or a reminder and can be u p to 44 characters long. Create a startup message 1 Press Menu 4-2-3 ( Setting s > Pho ne se ttin gs > Welc o me n ot e ). 2 Enter the text of the startup message (using traditional text entry). 3 Press Opt ion s , then select Save . En3570.book Page 82 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 83 ] Pe rsonalization ⢠LEARN ABOUT VOICE COMMANDS The voice command feature provides h andsfree operation of certain menu options and commands. Just like voice dialing, you must create a voice âÂÂtagâ for th e commands you w ant to use (please r ead â Assign a vo ice tag to a phone number â on page 9 4 for detailed inf ormation on voice tags). The following is a list of menu options for use with voice commands: Create a voice tag for a menu option Impor tant : Ple ase see âÂÂImportant notes about voice tagsâ on page 94 for more information on creating voice tags. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then press Selec t . 3 Press Opt ion s , then select Add co mman d . 4 Press Start . After the tone sounds, speak the voice tag clearly in to the microphone. The phone replays then saves the recorded tag.The icon appears next to commands which have voice tags assigned. Option Descript ion Profiles Used to switch betwee n the available profiles ( Normal , Silent, M eeting , Outdoor , and Pa g e r ) V oice mailbox Used to access your voice messages Recorder Used to start recording a memo Call log Used to access the Call log m enu En3570.book Page 83 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 84 ] Use a voice command Wa r n in g ! Do not use voice command in an e mergency situation. In emergen cies, st ress causes changes i n your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. 1 At the S tart screen, press and hold Names fo r one to two seconds. A to n e is heard and Pl ease s peak now is displayed. 2 After the tone, cle arly speak th e voice tag that you reco rded previ ously into the microphone. The only other option for in itiating a voice command is to press the headset button momentarily at the Start screen. The alert tones plays through the headset. Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag w ill playback thr ough the headset to confirm your choice. Wo rk with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), re-record a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 Press Menu 7-2 ( Vo i c e > V oice commands ). 2 Scroll to the menu option you wish to tag, then press Select . 3 Press Options , scroll to either Playbac k , Change , or De lete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Star t to record again . The new tag that is recorded replaces the old infor mation. En3570.book Page 84 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 85 ] Advanced features 1 1 Advanc ed featu res War ni n g! Do not s witch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Note: Some i n-call options are network services features. Please contact your s ervice provider for information and availability . This chapter describes advanced calling features such as conference calling, call waiting, and the use of calling cards for calls. Not all the features described here ar e available in all wireless network systems. ⢠VIEW IN-CALL OPTIONS Y ou r phone allows you to use a number of features during a call. These feat ure s are kno wn as in-cal l options . Y ou cannot use all these options at all tim es. This section tells you when you can use a certain option. 1 To access an option during a call, press Optio ns . 2 Scroll to one of th e following options, th en press Select : Option Descri ptio n Mute/E nd mute Used to disable or enable the m icrophone. If mute has already been selected, End mute is displayed. These options affect any accessories c onnected to the phone (headset, car kit). New ca ll Used to initiate a n ew call while in a call (call- waiting and three-way calling) End al l call s Used to end all active calls (call-waiting or three- way calling) En3570.book Page 85 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 86 ] ⢠USE CALL FORWARDING When you us e c all forward ing , your network redirects incoming calls to another phone number . Using this featu re helps to prevent missing important phone calls. Impor tant : Call forwarding is a network-dependent feature a nd may not work the same in all networks. Contact your service provider for availability and for your ne tworkâÂÂs feature codes. Learn about call forwarding feature codes Y ou r network requires separate codes for activating and cancelling the various types of call forwarding. Your service provider can provide you wit h the n ecess ary featur e cod es for th ese n etwo rk ser vic es. Once you store these f eature codes in your phon e, they are sen t automatically to the network when you select one of the call forwarding options from your ph oneâÂÂs menu. Touch t ones U sed to manually en ter a touch tone str ing (series of tones) or search for a string in your phone Names Used to view phone book. Press Ba ck to close phone book and return to call. Menu Used to display main men u Option Descri ptio n En3570.book Page 86 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 87 ] Advanced features Y ou r phone can store the following types of feature codes: Store a feature code 1 Press M enu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Netw ork servi ces > Netwo rk feature setti ng ). The Feature cod e field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (ex ample *90 for a cti va ting Forward if busy ), then press OK . 3 Press Sele ct wh en Ca ll for ward ing is displayed. 4 Scroll to the type of forwarding that m atches the feature code you entered ( exampl e: For war d if bu sy ), then press Selec t . 5 Select Act iva te . The Activate feature code is now store d in your phone, and you are returned to the Feature cod e field. Feature code ty pe Descri ptio n Forward all calls Forw ards all incoming calls to the number you specify Forward if busy Forward incoming calls when youâÂÂre in a call Forward if not answered Forwards incoming ca lls to another n umber when you a re unable to answer Forward if out of reac h Forwards incoming ca lls to another n umber when youâÂÂre out of the network or when th e phone is switched off Forward all data calls Forwards all incoming data calls to the number you specify Can ce l a ll c all forwarding Cancels any and all call forwarding options you may have set En3570.book Page 87 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 88 ] Continue entering other fe ature codes (example *900 to cancel Forward if busy ), or press to return to the Start screen. Impor tant : O nce you enter a network feature code successfully the feature become s visible in the Network se rvices menu. Activate/cancel call forwarding After you store th e correct feature codes, you can activate (or cancel) call forwarding as follows: 1 Press Menu 4-6-2 ( Settings > Network s ervic es > Ca ll forwa rding ). 2 Scroll to the desired c all forwarding option, then press Select . 3 Highlight Activate and press Select . 4 Enter the number to wh ich you want your calls forwarded (or press Search to recall a number from the ph one book), and press OK . 5 Press Y our ph one calls the network to activate (or cancel) the feature youâÂÂve requested. The network sends a confirmation note when the feature has been activated (or cancelled) successfully . ⢠USE CALL WAITING This network service lets you receive an incoming call when youâÂÂre already in a call. When you receive an incoming call , your phone displays the callerâÂÂs phone number (or the callerâÂÂs entry in your phone book). The phone also beeps, notifying you of the incoming call. Answering a waiting call Press the key (or press Answer ) to place the current active call on hold automatically and answer the new call. Switch between the two calls Accepting the waiting call puts the your first caller on hold. To put the second caller on hold and reconnect with the first caller , press . En3570.book Page 88 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 89 ] Advanced features End the active call To end th e active call, simply allow the othe r party to hang up; the call on hold then becomes the active call. OR: 1 Press to terminate the active call. 2 The network redials your phone with the call on hold. Answer this as you would a ny normal incoming ca ll. ⢠MAKE A CONF ER ENCE CALL This feature allows you to talk to two people at the same time. Conference calling is a ne twork-dependent feature. Note: Check w ith your service provider to m ake sure this service is available in your network. 1 Make a call to th e first participant as usual. Wh en youâÂÂre ready to place a call to the next party , 2 Press Options, then press New call. 3 Enter the number and press (or pr ess Se arch to recall the number from the phone book). 4 Press again to connect both pa rties. 5 To end the call, press . This action disconnects both parties. End calls To end a conference call ( disconnect with all callers), press . Or you can also press Options , then select End a ll call s . Disconnect second par ty While all three parties are conn ected, pressing the key disconnects the second caller , keeping the first partyâÂÂs call active. En3570.book Page 89 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 90 ] Disconnect first party If you wish to disconnect with the first par ty and remain connected to the second party , have the first par ty terminate the call on his/her end. ⢠SEND OW N CALLER ID WHEN CALLING This feature allows you to block caller ID when you call someone (your number will not be displayed on their caller ID). This feature may only be effective when calli ng a number equipped with caller ID. Note: This feature i s available only when supported by the wireless network and may not function if you are roaming. Impor tant : T his feature works on a call-by-call basis. Y ou must enable this feature each time you want to block the sen ding of your own numbe r to the recipientâÂÂs caller ID. Store the feature codes Before you can use the Send o wn call er ID wh en call ing feat ure, you must store the feature codes for activating this feature. Once the code is stored in your phone, it is sent automatically to the network when you select this option from you r phoneâÂÂs menu. 1 Press M enu 4-6-5 ( Settings > Netw ork servi ces > Netwo rk feature setti ng ). The Feature cod e field appears after a few seconds. 2 Enter the feature code your ser vice provider gave you (ex ample *67 for a cti va ting Sen d own ca ller I D when calling ), then press OK . 3 Select No to assi gn the activation code. En3570.book Page 90 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 9 1 ] Advanced features Place a call without sending your number 1 Press Menu 4-6-4 ( Set ting s > Netwo rk serv ices > Send ow n ca ller ID when c alling ). 2 Scroll to No , then press Select . 3 Enter the desired phone n umber , then pr ess OK (or press Search to recall a phone num ber from the ph one book). The phone automatically inserts the feature code into the dialing string and dials the phone numbe r . The pe rson youâÂÂre calling cannot see your phone number on their caller ID. ⢠USE AUTOMATIC REDIAL There are times when you may not be able to place a call (example: due to the high volume of traffic on the wireless network). When the wireless network is busy or unavailable, Automat ic redial instructs your phone to retry the call. ACTIVATE A UTOMATIC RE DIAL 1 Press Menu 4-1-2 ( Se ttings > Call s ettings > Aut oma tic re dial ). 2 Scroll to On and press Sele ct . If the system is bu sy , your phone makes three additional call at tempts. If you want to stop the automatic redial process bef ore the last attempt, press . Impor tant : T his feature does not automatically retry a number when the n umber you are calling is busy . ⢠CALLI NG CA RD If you wish to use a calling car d for long distance calls, you must first s ave your calling card informa tion into your phone. Y ou r phone is equipped to handle up to four calling cards. En3570.book Page 91 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 92 ] Saving calling card information 1 Press Menu 4-1- 6 ( Settin gs > Ca ll sett ings > C alling card ). 2 Enter your secu rity code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to one of th e four memory locations, then press Options . 4 Scroll to Edit , then press OK . 5 Select Dia ling sequen ce . Scr oll to one of th e three sequence types as described in the followin g table, then press Selec t . 6 Enter the required information ( access number or pr efix and card number) . Press OK to confirm your entries. 7 Press OK to save your changes. 8 Scroll to Card name , then pre ss Sel ect . Enter the card name, then press OK . Note: This procedure might not work with all calling cards. Please look at the back of your calling card or contact your long distance compa ny for m ore info rmat ion. Dialing se quence Use for cards th at requir e you to: Access n umber phone num ber car d num ber Dial 1-8 00 access nu mber , then phone number, then card number ( PIN if required) Access n umber car d num ber phone num ber Dial 1-8 00 access nu mber , then card number ( PIN if required), then phone n umber Prefix phone num ber car d num ber Dial the pref ix (any numbers tha t must pr ecede th e pho ne number) and phone nu mber you want to dia l, t hen card nu mber ( PIN if required) En3570.book Page 92 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 93 ] Advanced features Choosing a calling card to use Use Menu 4- 1-6 ( Setting s > Call setti ngs > Call ing ca rd ) to select a calling card to use. You will be require d to enter your security code. Making calling card calls After you have saved your calling car d information in your phone, you can make a call using you r calling card. 1 Enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1 ) that your calling card may require when you make a calling card call. See your calling card for instructions. 2 Press and hold for a few seconds until your phone displays Card call . 3 Y our phone displays Wait for t one, then pres s OK . When you hea r the tone or sy stem message, pre ss OK . 4 Y ou r phone displays Wai t for tone, pr ess OK again . When you hear the tone or system message, pr ess OK . â¢V O I C E D I A L I N G Y ou can dial up to 25 of y our phone bookâÂÂs stored numbers using t he voice dialing feature. Before you can place a call using voice dialing, you must first assign a voice tag to the n umber . Bef ore using voice dialing, note that: ⢠V oice tags are not language depe ndent. They are dependent on the spe ake r's vo ice . ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Recor d them and make calls in a quiet environment. ⢠When recording a voice tag or makin g a call by saying a vo ice tag, hold the phone in th e normal position near to your ear . ⢠V ery short names are not accepted. Use long names and avoid similar name s for dif fere nt num bers . En3570.book Page 93 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 94 ] Impor tant : You must say the name exactly as you said it when you recorded it. T his may be difficult in, for example, a n oisy environment or during an emergency , so you should not rely solely upon voice dialing in all circumstances. Assign a voice tag to a phone number Y ou must record a voice tag (up to two seconds) for a phone number before you can use the voice dialing feature to dial it. ADD A VOICE TAG TO A PHONE BOOK ENT RY 1 At the Start screen, pr ess or . Scroll to the d esired phone book entry , and press Det ails . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to tag and pr ess Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Add voice tag and press Selec t . (The phone displays Press Star t, then speak af ter the tone ). 4 Press Start and after the ton e, speak the voice tag clearly into the phoneâÂÂs microphone. Note: Your phone informs you if recording is not successful. Pr es s OK to try again or Bac k to return to phone book. The mes sage Voice tag saved is displayed upon compl etion of the record ing process. The icon next to a phone number den otes that a voice ta g exists f or this n umber . IMPORTANT NO TES ABOUT VOI CE TAGS ⢠The recording process stops automatically; pressing Quit aborts the recording attempt. ⢠V oice tags are sensitive to background noise. Record tags or use voice dialing in a quiet environmen t. ⢠Unique tags are recognized more a ccurately . Consider using first and last name or f irst name, last name, and n umber type (for example, mobile, home, w ork, etc.) whe n tagging a number . For example, "John Smith, work." ⢠Avoid pauses or silence as you record the voice tag. En3570.book Page 94 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 95 ] Advanced features ⢠If the voice tag memory is f ull, the phone displays Delet e an ex isting voice ta g? Press OK , scroll to locate a tag to delete, th en press Del ete . ⢠Deleting a phone number deletes an y associated voice tags. Wa r n in g ! Do not use a voice tag for dialing em ergency numbers. In emergen cies, st ress causes changes i n your voice, which may keep the phone from recognizing your voice command. Dialing a number using voice dialing Note: You must say the name exactly as you s aid it when you record ed it . 1 At the St art screen, p ress and ho ld Names for two seconds. A t o n e i s heard and Plea se spe ak no w is displayed. 2 After t he tone , clearly speak t he voic e tag tha t you recor ded pre viously into the microphone. Note: If the voice tag is not recognized by the phone (or if you fail to speak a tag within three seconds after the tone), the message Name not recognized is displa yed, and yo u ar e retur ned to th e St art screen . 3 When the voice tag is recognized: ⢠the phone book en try will be displayed on the screen for three seco nds A ND ⢠the voice tag is replayed (via th e ear piece). After three seconds, the number is dialed. The only other option for in itiating voice dialing is to press the he adset button momentarily at th e Start screen. The alert tones plays t hrough the headset . Speak the voice tag into the headset microphone. The voice tag w ill playback thr ough the headset to confirm your choice. En3570.book Page 95 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 96 ] Wo rk with voice tags Y ou can listen to an existing voice tag (in case you forgot what you recorded), rerecord a voice tag, or delete an existing tag. 1 At the Start screen, press Nam es . Scroll to Vo i c e ta g s , then p ress Select . Note: This option displays a list of only those names/numbers that have been assigned a voice tag. 2 Scroll to the phone number whose voice tag you want to edit, the n press Opt ion s . 3 Scroll to either Playb ack , Change , or Delete , and press Select . Note: If you chose Change , press Star t to begin rerecording. The new tag that is recorded replaces the old information. ⢠1-TO UCH DI ALING When a phone number is assigned to one of the 1-touch dialing locations (2 - 9), you can call the ph one number in either of the following ways: ⢠Pre ss the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location and press . ⢠Press and hold the number key that corresponds to a 1-touch dialing location until the call is initiated. is preassigned to dial your voice mailbox nu mber and cannot be reassigned. Set up 1-touch dialing If you want t o assign a number to one of the n umber k eys (2 -9), do th e following: 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing a nd press Sel ect . 3 Scroll to the desired number key (keys 2 th rough 9 ), and press A ssign . En3570.book Page 96 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 97 ] Advanced features Note: If a phone number is already assigned to a key , the phone book entry name is displayed and the lef t selection key is Options . 4 Enter the phone number manually , or press Search to locate a phone book entry . 5 Select the desired nam e or entry from the phone book. I f more than one number is stored for that entry , scroll to the desired number and press Sele ct . 1-touch dialing options Y ou can change or delete (clear) numbers assigned to 1-touch dialing or view the number assigned to a key from th e 1-touch dialing menu. 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to 1-touch dialing a nd press Select . 3 Scroll to a key that is assigned a number , then press Options . 4 Scroll to either View number , Change , or Delet e , then press Se lect . ⢠LEARN ABOUT CALLER GROUPS Y ou can group phone book e ntries using one of th e existing categories ( Family, VIP , Fr iends, B usi ness , and Other ). Each group has its own unique ringing tone and logo. When you receive a call from a n umber assigned to a caller group, the ringing tone for that caller group is used, and th e caller groupâÂÂs logo is displayed on the screen. This feature can help you identify incoming calls more quickly . En3570.book Page 97 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 98 ] ADD A N UMB ER T O A CAL LER G ROU P 1 At the Start screen, pr ess or . Scroll to the d esired phone book entry , and press Det ails . 2 Scroll to the phone number you want to u se and press Opt ions . 3 Scroll to Caller g roups , and press Se lect . 4 Scroll to the desired caller group (for example Friends ), a nd press Assign . SELECT A RIN GING TONE AND GR APHIC FOR A CALLER GROUP 1 Press Names . 2 Scroll to Caller g roups and press Select . 3 Scroll to one of th e c aller groups and press Options . 4 Scroll to one of the f ollowing options and press Se lect : Option Descript ion Rename group U sed to rename the sele cted caller group Group ringing tone Used to select a ringing tone for this group. Scroll through list of ringing ton es, then press OK Group logo Used to vie w , activate or deactivate gr oup logo Group members Used to assign other phon e book entries to the selected caller group En3570.book Page 98 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 99 ] Advanced features ⢠USE TOUCH TONES Warn in g : If you sen d touch tones while in analog mode, be careful not to send con fidential information. Check your phoneâÂÂs display for the icon, indicating th e presence of a digital network. Touch tones (sometimes known as D TMF tones) are those tones produced when you pres s the key s on yo ur phone âÂÂs key pad. Y ou can use t ouch to nes for many automated dial-up services such a s banking and airlines, or for entering your voice m ailbox number and password. Touch tone s are sent duri ng an act ive cal l. You can send them manua lly from your phoneâÂÂs keypad, or send them automatically by saving them in your phone. Set manual touch tone options Y ou may need t o custom ize how your ph one sends t he tou ch tone s for optimum performance with the syste m youâÂÂre calling. SET TOUCH TONE TYPE 1 Press M enu 4-2-2-1 ( Sett ings > Ph one set tings > To uch tones > Manual touch tones ). 2 Select one of the following options, then press Se lect : Option Descriptio n Continuous Tone sounds for as long as you press and hold a key Fixed Used to send tones of the duration you specify in the Touch tone length option. Off Used to turn off tones. No tones are sent when you press a key . En3570.book Page 99 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 00 ] SET FIXED TO UCH TONE LENGTH Y ou ca n als o spe cify touc h to ne leng th w hen u sing t he Fixed option. 1 Press Menu 4-2-2-2 ( Settings > Phone sett ings > Touch tones > Touch t one length ). 2 Scroll to Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0.5 seconds), then pres s Select . Send touch tone string manually Before you begin, m a ke s ur e th a t Manual touch tones is n ot set to Of f . 1 During a call to the automated service, press Optio ns , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sele ct . 2 Enter the touch tone string from your phoneâÂÂs keypad as required by the service youâÂÂre calling, then press To ne s . Send touch tone string from phone book Y ou can save a touch tone string as a separate phone book entry , then recall and send the string usi ng the in-call menu option Touch to nes . SAVE TOUCH TONE S AS A PHONE BOOK ENTR Y Save the touch tone string (including any pause or wait characters that may be required) to a new entry in the phone book. For more information on saving names a nd number to your phone book see âÂÂSaving names an d numbersâ on page 46. RECALL TO UCH TONE STRING FRO M THE PHONE BO OK 1 During a call to the automated service, press Optio ns , scroll to T ouch tones and press Sele ct . 2 Press Searc h , scroll to the touch tone string entry in your phone book, then press OK . 3 Press Ton es to send the touch tones. En3570.book Page 100 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 101 ] Advanced features Store touch tone string with phone number Y ou can store touch tone strings (for example: voice mailbox number an d PIN code) as a part of a phone book entry . Once the string is stored, i t is sent automatically (instead of entering the touch tones fr om the keypad). 1 Enter the phone number of the automated service. 2 Use the key to e nter a w or p after the number . ⢠w (wait) - The phone w aits for you to press Send . When you pr ess Send , the phone sends the touch tone string youâÂÂve saved. ⢠p (pause) - The phone pauses for 2.5 seconds, then automatically sends the touc h tone str ing yo uâÂÂve save d. 3 Enter the touch tone s tring after the w or p characters as requir ed by the service. Exam ple : 214-555-1234w1234#p5678# 4 Save this phone book entry as you normally would. Once the touch tone string is stored w ith the phone number , you can now call the number a nd have the touch ton e strings sent a utomatically . ⢠LINK PHONE BOOK ENTRIES This feature allows you to store a ph one number in one phone book location and link it to another ph one book entry . For example, linking the phone number of an automated service (exa mple: automated banking service) with a touch tone string entry in your phone book (example: account and PI N numbers) automatically recalls and sends the touc h tone str ing when y ou call th e serv ice. En3570.book Page 101 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 02 ] USE LINK ING OPTIONS 1 Store the touch tone string i nto your phone book. 2 Assign the phone book entry with the t ouch tones to a 1-touch dialing location (example: location 3 ). For more information on 1- touch dialing, see â 1-touch dialingâ on page 9 6. 3 Edit the automated serviceâÂÂs phone number by adding n to the end of the phone number (where n is the 1-touch dialin g location). Exam ple : 214-555-1234 3 4 Press OK to save your changes. 5 Dial the automated serviceâÂÂs number from your phone book. Your phone automatically sends the touch tones when the call con nects. Impor tant : You may need to enter a pause (p) before the in order to account for delays in the automated system answering your call (example: 214-555-1234p 3 ). ⢠LEARN ABOUT V OICE RECORD ER Recorder allows you record audio m emos and store them in your phone. Use this feature to record things like phone numbers and personal memos. Tota l time available for all memos is three minutes (up to 180 seconds). Maximum length of a sin gle message is one minute, u p to 60 seconds. The maximum nu mber and length of rem aining memos depends o n how much memory is still available. A countdown tim er is displayed while recording and shows remaining record time. Record a me mo 1 Press Menu 7-3-1 ( Vo ic e > V oice recorder > Record ). 2 After the tone, begin recording your m emo. 3 When you finish recording, press Stop . 4 Enter the subject of the voice m emo, then pr ess OK . En3570.book Page 102 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 03 ] Advanced features NOTES ⢠Pressing Back instead of entering a subject discards the m emo without saving. ⢠Pressing OK w ithout entering a subject assigns the default name ( Recording ) to th e memo. Wo rk wi th recorded memos To view a list of recorded memos: 1 Press Menu 7-3-2 ( Vo ic e > Voice recorder > Recordings list ). 2 Scroll through the list of memos, then press Op tions . The following options are available: Notes about voice re corder ⢠An incoming call interrupts voice memo playback. When ca ll is complete, the phone returns to the Optio ns menu for the selected voice me mo. ⢠An incoming call stops voice memo r ecording. The recorded memo is automatically saved with the default name. ⢠Y ou can enter numbers from the keypad during memo playback (example: when voice memo contains a phone number). Pressing interrupts voice memo playback and pla ces the call. Option Desc riptio n Playback Plays back the selected me ssage through the earpiece (ph one or he adset ). Edit title Used to edit th e memoâÂÂs subject, or to rena me memo. Delete Deletes selected voice memo. Add alarm/ Alar m Used to add (edit, or remove) a r eminder alarm for the memo. En3570.book Page 103 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 04 ] 12 Security and S ystem settings Warn in g! Do not switch on the ph one when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it ma y cause inter ference or danger . Y ou r phone has a variety of s ecurity features that help prevent some of the following: ⢠Placing accidental or unintentional calls. ⢠Unauthorized use of your phone. ⢠Placing and accepting calls from certain phone numbers ⢠Accidental erasing of information or restoring factory settings. ⢠LOCK K EYPAD (KEYGUA RD) With keypad lock (Keyguard ) you can te mporarily loc k your phoneâÂÂs ke ypad and prevent the acciden tal placing of calls or pressing of the keypad (for example, when th e phone is in your pocke t or in your pu rse). Activate/deactivate Keyguard Press Menu followed by (within three seconds) to a ctivate Keyguard. It is possible to answer a call, even though Keyguard is activated. Press to answer the call. W hen the call ha s ended, the ke ypad remains locked. Impor tant : appears at the top of the display . The lef t softkey is also labeled Unlock . UNLOC K KEYPAD Press Unlock followed by (within three seconds) to deactivate Ke yguard and unlock you r phoneâÂÂs keypad. En3570.book Page 104 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 05 ] Security and System settings Impor tant : W hen the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official e mergency number). ⢠SECURITY CODE Y ou r phone prompts you for a five-digit security code for certain featur es an d co mm an ds. A ccess is granted only after the correct security code has been entered successf ully . Y ou r phoneâÂÂs defau lt security code is 12345 . ItâÂÂs r ecommended that you change this code at once, write it down, an d store it in a safe place away from your phone. Impor tant : W hen entering your secu rity code, ***** is displayed on the screen to keep others from viewing your code . Correct entry errors Y ou can delete the last entered digit by pre ss ing Cl ear (or by pres sing an d holding Clear to delete all the dig its more quickly). Ent er t he c or re ct c od e or press Ba ck to exit. If you enter an incorrect security code ( Code err or w ill appear) five times in a row , your phone wonâÂÂt accept any entries for the next f ive m inutes . Change your security code 1 Press Menu 4-5-2-4 ( Settings > Sec urity setti ngs > Access codes > Cha nge sec urity c ode ) and press Sel ect . 2 Enter existing (or defa ult) security code and press OK . 3 Enter new five-digit secu rity code and press OK . 4 Reenter your new five-digit security code for verifi cation, then pr ess OK . Y ou r phone displays the confirmation message Security code changed . En3570.book Page 105 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 06 ] Impor tant : I f you change your security code and donâÂÂt remember the new code, contact your service provider . Once you change your security code, the default code is no lon ger valid. ⢠PHONE LOCK This feature protects your phone f rom unauthorized outgoing calls or unauthorized access to information stored in th e phone. When phone lock is activa ted, Phone l ocked is displayed each time you turn your phone on or off. Afte r pr essi ng eit her Name s or Me nu , you m ust enter your lock code. Once your lock code has been accepted, your phone will function normally . Impor tant : Ca ll not allowed is displayed if you attempt to place a call while phone is locked. Impor tant : W hen the phone is locked, calls may be possible to the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official emergen cy number). Learn about the lock code In addition to a security code, your phone also has a loc k code . YouâÂÂll need the lock code to activate and de activate the phone lock feature, or to change your lock code. The default lock code is 1234 . If you enter an incorrect lock code five times in a r ow , your phone will prom pt you for the security code (see page 1 05). En3570.book Page 106 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 0 7 ] Security and System settings CHANGE YOUR LOCK CODE 1 Ente r Menu 4-5-2-3 ( Set tings > Sec urity settin gs > Access codes > Change lock code ) and press Sel ect . 2 Enter current (or default) lock code and press OK . 3 Enter new lock code and press OK . 4 Reenter new lock code for verifi cation, then pre ss OK . Impor tant : W hen you change your lock code , make sure you store it in a safe pl ace, away from your phone. Avoid e ntering access codes similar to emer gency numbers to prevent acciden tal emergency calls. Activating and deactivating phone lock 1 Press Menu 4-5-2- 1 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity s ettings > Access codes > Phone lock ). 2 Enter the lock code, then press OK . 3 Scroll to On or Off , then press Select . 4 Turn your phone off and back on to compl ete the phone lock activation (or deact ivation). Answer a call with phone lock on Press or Answer . Allowed number when phone locked When phone loc k is on, the only ou tgoing calls t hat can be m ade are to t he followi ng n umbers : ⢠The emergency number programmed in to your phone (for example: 9 1 1 or other official emergency number). ⢠The n umber store d in th e Allowed number when phone locked location. En3570.book Page 107 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 08 ] Store the unlocked phone number 1 Press Menu 4-5-2- 2 ( Setti ngs > Secu rity s ettings > Access codes > Allowed number when phone locked ). 2 Enter lock code and press OK . 3 Enter phone number (or press Se arch and recall the number from the phone book), then press Selec t . Calling the allowed phone number At the Start screen , press or . The number is di splayed. Press to place the call. Impor tant : Ph one lock must be a ctivated to use this feature. ⢠CALL RESTRICTIONS This feature allows you to restrict incoming and outgoing calls. Yo u can restrict all calls or create a custom list of n umbers to restrict. Learn about restriction options When you select eith er Restric t outg oing ca lls or Restrict incoming calls from t he Se curity set ting s options, your options are: ⢠Select - Used to display a list of all available restricted numbers. Select those numbers you want to restrict from this screen. ⢠Add restri ction - Us ed to create your own list of restricted n umbers Once you have added at least on e restriction to either th e outgoing or incoming calls list, th e following options become visible: ⢠Edit - Us ed to edit an existin g outgoing call restriction ⢠Delete - Used to dele te call restrictions from th e list Impor tant : W hen calls are restricted, c alls may be possible t o the emergency number programmed into your phone (for example, 9 1 1 or other official e mergency number). En3570.book Page 108 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 09 ] Security and System settings Adding a call restriction Y ou can add up to 10 r estrictions for outgoing calls and 1 5 restrictions for incoming calls. The maximum number of characters you can enter for each re stri ction i s 15. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Settings > Secur ity se ttings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter the security code and press OK . 3 Select either Restrict outgoi ng call s or Restrict incoming calls . 4 Scroll to Add restriction and press Select . 5 Enter the number string you wish to restrict and press OK . For example: ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1, enter 1 . ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 1972, enter 1972. ⢠If you wish to restrict all calls that begin with 21 4, enter 2 1 4. 6 Enter a name to identify this r estriction, or just press OK . Note: When creatin g a new rest riction, tha t restrictio n is automatically selected (en abled) at the time it is saved. Select call restrictions 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Settings > Secu rity settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to Res trict outgoi ng ca lls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select. Then, scroll to Se lect and press Select . 4 Scroll to each r estriction you wish to u se and press Mark ; press Unmark to deactivate existing restrict ions. 5 Press Done , then pres s Ye s to save th e changes youâÂÂve made. En3570.book Page 109 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 10 ] Edit call restrictions Y ou can edit the na me or number of an en try in the call restrictions list. 1 Press Menu 4-5-2 ( Settings > Secu rity settings > Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to R estrict outg oing cal ls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Edi t and press Selec t . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to edit, then press Select . Note: If no name ha s been ente red for a r estriction, th e restricte d number will be displayed. 6 Ed it th e num ber ( as nee ded ), th en pr ess OK . 7 Edit name (as needed), then press OK . Erasing call restrictions Y ou may want to dele te a restriction that is no longer needed. 1 Press Menu 4-5-1 ( Setting s - Se curi ty setti ngs - Call restrictions ). 2 Enter your security code and press OK . 3 Scroll to R estrict outg oing cal ls or Restrict incoming calls and press Select . 4 Scroll to Del ete and press Select . 5 Scroll to the restriction you wish to delete, then press OK . 6 Press OK again to delete restriction. ⢠AUTOMATIC UPDATE OF SERVICE Y ou r phone is capable of receiving updates to wireless services sent to your phone by your ser vice provider . Use Menu 4-1- 4 ( Setti ngs > Ca ll setti ngs > Aut o-upd ate of ser vice ) to turn this feature on or off. En3570.book Page 110 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 111 ] Security and System settings ⢠LEARN ABOUT SYSTEM SELECTION The System menu (Menu 5 ) allows you to customize the way your phone chooses a syst em in which to operate while you are within or outside of your primary or home system. Y ou r phone is set to search for the most cost-effective system. If your phone canâÂÂt find a preferred system, it sele cts a system automatically based on the option you choose in the Syste m menu. Impor tant : Be fore selecting an item in the System menu, contac t your service provider to find out how your selection will affect your service charges. View Roaming options The menu options you see in your phone are based on your service providerâÂÂs network. Their network determines which options actually appear in the phoneâÂÂs menu. The following is a description of the options that may appear in your phone: Option Descript ion Home only Y ou can make and receive calls in your home area only . While roaming, No Servi ce appears and you cannot make or receive calls. Automatic Y our phone automatically selects the best available system. En3570.book Page 111 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 12 ] 13 Organizer Y ou r phone has a calendar , alarm clock, stopwatch , and contac t databaseâÂÂeverything you need i n an organizer or personal digital assistant. ⢠USE THE ALARM CLOCK Y ou r phoneâÂÂs alarm clock can be set to sound an alarm at a time you specify . The alarm clock uses the clockâÂÂs time format (12-hour or 24-hour format). The icon, displayed on the Start screen, indicates that an alarm is set. The alarm clock will work , regardless if the phone is on or off. Impor tant : T he alarm clock works in conjunction with your phoneâÂÂs clock. Make sure you r phoneâÂÂs time and date are correct before using this feature. Set the alarm 1 Press Menu 9-1 ( Organ ize r > Alarm cl ock ), then press Select . 2 Enter the alarm time, then press OK . 3 Select am or pm , then press OK. Respond to an alarm At the time of the alarm, the phone sounds an alert tone, displays an animated message, and flashes itâÂÂs lights. Pressing St op or the key stops the alarm from sounding, and returns you to the Start screen. SNOOZING There are several ways you can enable the Snooze feature: 1 Press the Snoo ze selection key . 2 Press any key (except ). En3570.book Page 112 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 13 ] Organizer 3 Allow the alarm to sound for one minute. Once snooze is enabled, th e alarm will sound again in ten minutes. Alarm when phone power i s off If the alarm time is reache d while the phone is switched off, th e phone switches itself on and starts sounding the alarm tone. If you pr ess Sto p , the phone asks whether you wan t to activate the ph one for calls. Press No to switch off the phone or Ye s to make and receive calls. War ni n g! Do not press Ye s when wireless phone use is pr ohibited or when it m ay cause interfer ence or danger . Alarm clock notes ⢠The alarm clockâÂÂs volume is determined by the phoneâÂÂs current volume and tone settings. ⢠If you have selected the Silen t or Beep once ringing tone, the alarm clock beeps once. â¢C A L E N D A R War ni n g! Your phone must be switched on to use the Calendar feature. Do not swi tch on the phone when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs calendar to record " notes" to remind you of appointments such as meetings, phone calls, b irthdays, or general reminders. Alarms can also be set to notify you of your appointments or notes. Y ou can also use the DKU-5 cable in conjunction with Nokia PC Suite to synchronize your PIM application âÂÂs calendar with your phoneâÂÂs ca lendar , keeping you up-to-date when youâÂÂre away from you office or PC. En3570.book Page 113 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 14 ] Calendar Options menu The calendarâÂÂs Options m enu displays a list of c alendar options: View da y , Make a not e , Go to da te , and the calendarâÂÂs Setti ngs menu. Learn about Calendar views W EEK LIST From the Organizer menu, scroll to Calendar , and press Sel ect . Use the week list to view you r calendar four weeks a t a glance. When you view the calendar , notice that todayâÂÂs date is highlighted. Use the four-way scroll keys to mov e to a different date. Tip: You phone supports four-way scrolling in the calendar week list: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll right â¢U s e t o Selec t your choice Day vie w From the week list, scroll to the desired day . Press Opt ion s , then select View d ay . The day view allows you to scroll through th e notes made for the sele cted day . The Option s list for day view includes: ⢠View the highlighted note. ⢠Delete , Edit, Mo ve , or Repeat the highlighted note (every da y , every week, biweekly or every year) . En3570.book Page 114 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 15 ] Organizer ⢠Make a not e - used to create a n ew note for the selected day ⢠Go to date - used to jump to a specific date ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the n ote to another day ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the cu rrent note (via SMS. Please check for available in your network) ⢠Setting s - allows you to set the date, time, date fo rmat, time format and week form at for th e calendar. The Auto delete setting allows you to delete old notes after a specified period o f ti me. How ever , repe at not es ( for e xam ple, b irt hday or a nni vers ary notes) will not be deleted. NOTE VIEW From the day view , scroll to the desired note. Press Opt ions , scr oll to View and press Se lect . The details of the selected note are displaye d. The Option s list for note view include: ⢠Delete , Edit, Move, or Repe at the current note (every da y , every w eek, biwee kly or every year). ⢠Make a not e - used to create a n ew note for the sele cted day ⢠Go to date is used to jump to a specific date. ⢠Copy - allows you to copy the n ote to another day . ⢠Send note - provides various options for sending the cu rrent note (via SMS, or as an SMS text message. Please check for available in your network) . ⢠Setting s - allows you to set the date, time, date fo rmat, time format and week form at for th e calendar. The Auto delete setting allows you to delete old notes after a specified period o f ti me. How ever , repe at not es ( for e xam ple, b irt hday or a nni vers ary notes) will not be deleted. En3570.book Page 115 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 16 ] Add a calendar note Note: Predictive text input is available for Calendar notes. 1 From the day list view , scr oll to the desired day and press Opti ons . 2 Select Make a no te . 3 Scroll to one of th e following note type s and press the roller : ⢠Meeting - Enter the note (or press Sea rc h to recall a name from the phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press Optio ns . ⢠Call - Enter the desired phone number (or press Opti ons then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Enter the time and press OK . ⢠Birthday - Enter the personâÂÂs name (or press Options then Search to recall it from phone book) and press OK . Press Optio ns then Save and enter date of birth and year (optional). Press OK . ⢠Memo - Enter the note. Press Option s th en Save . Enter a date for the memo, then press OK . ⢠Reminder - Enter the note. Press Opti ons then Save . Select an alarm option ( Alarm on , Alarm off ). 4 Scroll to the desired alarm option, then press Se lect . The presence of an alarm is indicated by when you view the notes. WHEN THE ALARM SOUNDS FOR A NOTE The phone flashes its lights, beeps, and displays the note. W hen a Call note is display ed, you can call the n umber by pressing . To stop the alarm, press Exit or . ⢠CALCUL ATOR Y ou can use your phoneâÂÂs calculator to add, subtract, multiply or divide numbers a nd convert cu rrencies. En3570.book Page 116 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 17 ] Organizer Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . Use the calculator 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Calculator , and press Selec t . 2 Enter the first number in the calculation (press for decimal point). 3 To add, press o nce ( a ppears); to subtract, press t wice ( - ); to multiply , press three times ( * ); to divide, press four t ime s ( / ). 4 Yo u c a n a l s o p r e s s Options , scroll to Add , Subt ract , Mu ltip ly , Divid e , Square , or Square root , and press Se lec t . 5 Enter the s econd numbe r . Repeat steps three and four a s many time s as ne cessary . Note: A subtotal is shown a fter you enter th e next o perant ( , - , *, or /). 6 For a tota l, press Options twice. 7 To start a ne w calculation, press a nd hold Clear for two seconds . Note: This calculator has limited accuracy and rounding er rors may occur , especially in lon g divisions. ⢠STOP WATCH Y ou can use yo ur phoneâÂÂs Stopwat ch feature to time an event in hours, minutes and seconds. T he eventâÂÂs time can be saved, viewed, or deleted. Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . En3570.book Page 117 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 18 ] Impor tant : U sing the stopwatch consumes the battery and the phone's operating time will be reduced. Be careful not to let it run in the background wh en performing oth er operations with you r phone. Time an event using spli t timing The split time f unction allows you to me asure the total time for a n event, yet allows you to capture th e elapsed time at various intervals. To measure split time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwa tch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Split timing , then pres s Selec t. 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the split timer has started, you can: ⢠Press Split. The split time is displayed an d the timer continues to display elapsed time. â¢P r e s s Stop to stop the timer and view the total elapsed time. If you continue pressing Split , the most recent split time appears at the top of the list of split times. Y ou can scroll to review previous times. View timing options Once you have stopped timing an event (using lap or split), you have the option to save the information, reset the stopwatch, or continue timing (split timing only). While stopwatch is running, press Stop , then pre ss Options. Sel ect one of the f ollow ing: ⢠Save - used to save the cu rrent timing data. Enter a name, then press OK . ⢠Reset - clears the cu rrent timing data and resets the timer . ⢠Start -restarts the split timer from th e point the timer was stopped. En3570.book Page 118 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 1 19 ] Organizer Time an event using lap timing The lap time function allows you to measure the amount of time it takes to complete a cycle or lap. To measu re lap time: 1 From the Organizer menu, scroll to Stopwa tch and press Select. 2 Scroll to Lap timing, then press Sel ect. 3 Press Start . The running time appears on the display . Once the lap timer has started, your can: â¢P r e s s Stop to stop the timer and view the elapsed time. ⢠Press Lap. The lap time is displayed and the timer restarts from ze ro. If you conti nue pr essing Lap , the most recent la p time appears a t the top of the list of lap times. You can scroll to review previous times. Press Stop to stop the timer . The final lapâÂÂs time is displayed. Choose other stopwatch options Y ou can choose t he following options from the Stop watc h menu. Opti on De script ion Contin ue Used to re-display active timer (example: if you receive a call while the timer is still runn ing). Show last time Allows you to view the last measured time. View times All ows you to view the list of saved times. Delete times Allows you to delete th e saved times. You can delete the saved times one by one or all at once. En3570.book Page 119 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 120 ] Note: If you receive a call while using the Stopwatch, the timer continues running in the background. After e nding the call, you can redisplay the timer by doing the f ollowing: 1 Press Menu 9-5-1 ( Orga nizer > Stopwa tch > Continue ). 2 Press Sele ct . En3570.book Page 120 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 12 1 ] Applications 14) Applications Note: Your phone mu st be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wi reless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger . This menu allows the m anagement of Java TM applications installed on your phone or downloaded from your PC using Nokia PC Su ite. Y our phone soft ware includes Java applications designed for your Nokia phone. Some service providers offer other applications via mobile In ternet services. Note: This f eature shares m emory sp ace with other f eatures. For mor information, see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 22. ⢠LAUNCHING AN APPLICATION 1 Press Menu 1 0-1 (Appl ica tions - Sel ect a pp. ) and s croll to an application (name depends on the application) and press Opt ions . 2 Scroll to Open and press Selec t . If the selection is a single application it will launch. Oth erwise, a list of application s is displayed corresponding to the selected application set. Scroll to the desir ed application and press Select . The application launches. Tip: If an application uses the whole di splay area, no soft key names are displayed. Press one of the selection keys or to show the options list. Then select on e of the options or press Back to continue with the application. ⢠OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABLE FO R APPLICATIONS ⢠Delete - to dele te the application or application set from the phone. ⢠Chec k vers ion - to check if a new version of t he application is En3570.book Page 121 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 122 ] available for download from the m obile Internet ser vices. ⢠Details - to give additional in formation about the applicat ion. Note: Check version and Internet link may not be available f or all applications. ⢠DOWNLOAD A NEW APPLICAT ION Note: The ability to download applications over the air is dependent on your ser vice provider . To learn more about this function, contact your ser vice provider . Y ou can use the Internet to download Java applications to your PC, then use the Java installer from PC Suite to download the application s in your phone. Note: Nokia does not pr ovide any warranty for non-Nokia applications. If you choose to download and install an application, you should take the same precautions, for security or content, as you would with any Internet site. Check memory status Allows you to view m emory available for Applications 1 Press Menu 1 0-2 (Applications - Memory) . 2 Y ou will see the amount of Free memory and the Tota l me m or y . T his will vary according to the number of applications you have installed. Note: This feature utilizes shared memory . For a detailed explanation on m emory , see âÂÂMemory useâ on page 22. En3570.book Page 122 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 123 ] Games 15. Games Wa r n in g ! Y our phone must be switched on to use this function. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. Y ou ca n use your phone not on ly f or communication but also for some serious fun. Y ou r phone offers you four games from which to choose. â¢I n Snake II , you feed the snake with as many goodies as possible. The longer the snakeâÂÂs tail grows, th e higher your score is. â¢I n Space Impa ct II , you try to destroy the falling asteroids before they destroy you. â¢I n Bumpe r , you can play an excitin g game of pinball. I ncrease your score by keeping th e ball on the table using the f lippers. â¢I n Ka r t R ac i n g , you must outmaneuver your opponents and be the first to cross the f inish line. Game control Y ou phone supports four-way scrolling while playing the games: ⢠Use to scroll up ⢠Use to scroll down ⢠Use to scroll left ⢠Use to scroll right En3570.book Page 123 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 124 ] Start a new game 1 Press Menu 6-1 ( Games > Select gam e ), scroll to the desired game and press Se lect . 2 Choose an option and press Select . LEARN ABOUT GAME OPTIONS Use the option Instr uctio ns to learn how to play the game. W ith the option Level you can choose the difficulty level of the g ame. In Snake II you can pause the game by pressing either sele ction key and resume a paused game with Continue option. Use Top sc or e (available in some games) to check the h igh score in your phone. Game settings The following settings are available for all games: Option Des criptio n Game s ound s U sed to turn ga me sound effects On or Off . Game lights U sed to turn screen lights On or Of f during game play only . Shakes Used to turn game vibratin g effects On or Off . En3570.book Page 124 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 125 ] Y our phone and other devices 16 Y o ur phon e and othe r device s Y ou r phone is capable if interacting with, or connecting to a computer using the DKU-5 s erial cable. Y ou r phone can exchange information with other desktop and laptop PCs. Y ou r phone can also function as a wireless modem wh en connected to PCs. Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . ⢠PC CON NEC TIV ITY Y ou can make a serial connection betw een your Nokia phone and compatible PC using th e DKU-5 serial cable. T his cable is available for purchase as an accessory , or may be in cluded in your sales pa ckage. Once your phone and PC are connected , you can access your phoneâÂÂs information from your PC, or use your phone as a wireless modem for digital data/fax calls. Impor tant : Digital data/fax services (including IS95, IS2000 2G and 3G packet data) are network-dependent features and may require a subscription to these service s. Please check with your service provider for the ava ilability of digital data/fax services. Nokia PC Suite Once your phone is connecte d to your PC, you can use the various components of Nokia PC Su ite to: ⢠make a backup copy of the data in your phone (Content C opier). ⢠edit phone book names and numbers, profiles, and settings via your PC's keyboard (Phone Editor). ⢠synchro nize your phon e book and remind ers with Personal Informatio n En3570.book Page 125 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 126 ] Man age r (P IM) appl ic atio ns such as Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, and Lotus Organizer (PC Sync). Please refer to the docum ent Nokia PC Suite U ser Guide an d PC/PDA Connectivity Guide fo r installatio n and setup instruction s. Modem setup Y ou can use you r Nokia ph one as a modem with your laptop computer o r han dh eld de vic e, giving you access to t he Internet (for e-m ail and W eb br owsi ng ) o r c orpo rat e networks wherever you are. For more information on m odem setup for PCs and handheld devices, pleas e refer to the Nokia PC Suite User Guide and PC/PDA Connectivity Guide . Download software PC Suite, the PC Suite/PC connectivity user gui de, and all related software is provided to you free of charge. These items can be downloaded from the US mobile phone products s ection of: http://www .nokia.c om En3570.book Page 126 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 127 ] Minibrowser 17 Minibrowser Wa r n in g ! Y our ph one must be switched on to use this f unction. Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone use is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger . Impor tant : T his feature is available only if your service providerâÂÂs network supports mobile internet ac cess. Y our service provider may also require that you subscribe to this additional service. For more information, contact you r service provider . The Minibrowse r feature allows you to ac cess spe ci al I nte rn et c on tent designed specifically for viewing from your mobile phone. You can use your phoneâÂÂs minibrowser to view news, get w eather reports, check fligh t times, access financial information, down load new ringing tones or graphics, etc. The browser âÂÂs menu allows you to save addresses of Web sites as bookmar ks, so you can return to your favorite sites quickly and easily . ⢠UNDERSTAND BR OWSING SESSION S AND INDI CATORS When you launch the minibrowser , two icons appear on the scr een : - Minibrowser icon (you are in a minibrowser session) - Active call icon (you are being billed accordingly) The minibrowser disconnects you f rom the net wor k after a period of inactivity . This is normal a nd is designed to minimize y our bill. Y ou may find, howeve r , that you are billed for s everal networ k co nn e cti o ns wi th in a sing le se ssio n. When the minibrowser disconnects f rom the network, only the browser icon remains. While browsing, you can still access pages stored in memory without being con nected to the Internet. En3570.book Page 127 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 128 ] However , if you navigate to a page that is not stored in memory , a ne w connection is established and youâÂÂll be billed accordingly . ⢠LAUNCHING THE MINIBROWSER The first tim e you launch the m inibrowser , you go through a s ecurity setup process that takes three to f ive minutes (follow the on-screen prompts). 1 Press Menu , scroll to Minibrowser , then press Connect . A message appears, reminding you that you may be billed for th e connection time. (You can disable this message. See âÂÂDisable minibrowser confirmationsâ on page 133.) 2 Press Yes . Afte r a few s econ ds, the Home Pa g e appears. (Your men u may vary according to your service provider .) Y ou can also launch the minibrowser by pressing and holding the key from the Start screen. END A BROWSING SESSI ON To end a minibrowser session, press and hold the key . Home P age 1 News 2 Y ahoo 3 Weather 4 Finance En3570.book Page 128 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 129 ] Minibrowser ⢠MINIBRO WSER MENU While browsing, press and release th e key to display the minibrowser menu: ABOUT WEB P AGE CONTENT The following items may appear on web pages: ⢠Menu choices (may appear as a numbered list). ⢠Hyperlinks (appear as underlin ed text ). ⢠Input fi elds (for text or numbers) - appear as [...]. ⢠Stand ard tex t (for reading only-no action required). Opti on Descript ion Reload Reloads information for current page Home Returns you to the Home page. Bookmarks Displays a list of bookmarks y ouâÂÂve saved. Bookmark site Used to save a bookmark for the current page. Ve r s i o n Displays infor mation about the minibrowserâÂÂs software version and developers Advanc ed Displays a several advanced br owser options. Downloads Used to view or access downl oaded7 ringing tones Exit browser Exits the minibrowser and ends your browsing session. Switch off! T urns the phone off. En3570.book Page 129 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 130 ] ⢠NAVIGATE IN THE MINIBROWSE R SCROLL THR OUGH THE MENUS AND CONTENTS OF A PAGE Press or to scroll through menus or the contents of a page (contents may not fit on one scr een). To scroll quickly , press and hold the scroll key . Impor tant : T here is no â circular scrollingâ in minibrowser menus or pages. In other words, wh en you get to the end of a list or a body of text, the minibrowser does not automatically return you to the top of th e list to begin scrolling again. GO BA CK (P REV IOU S PAG E) To go back to a previous page, press . GO TO THE HOME P AGE ⢠Press repeatedly to move back through previously viewed pages until the Home P age appears. OR, ⢠Press to display the minibrowser menu, scroll to Home , then press OK . SELECT OR OPEN AN ITEM (FOR EXAM PLE, A LINK) ⢠Press the appropriate number key on you r phoneâÂÂs keypad (if the item on the page is n umbered), OR ⢠Scroll to the item, then press the appropriate selection key (for example, to select or open a link). SELECTION KEYS To navigate to different screens or select spec ial functio ns, use the selection keys. The function of each selection key can change with each page and depends on each highlighted item. (Left selection key) - Usually selects the highlighted item, bu t its function may change depending on wh at you are doing. (Right selection key) - Usually selects a secondary option or displays a menu of secondary options. En3570.book Page 130 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 13 1 ] Minibrowser â¢L I N K S Links usually appear as items in a numbered list. Depe nding on its type, when activated, a link will: ⢠Tak e you to another page or site ⢠Make a phone call (Some sites support this feature). When you make the call, the browser connection terminates and the page you were viewing is stored in memory . When you end the call, the page you were viewing is displayed again and you can continue browsing. ACTIVATE/ SELECT A LINK 1 Scroll to highlight the desired li nk. 2 Press the appropriate selection key . (If the link is a phone number , in some cases, you can also press to make the call.) ⢠BOOKMARKS Y ou can create a bookmark for a pa ge so that you can quickly return to that page later . (Y ou may also be able to create bookmarks via your personal account at your service pr oviderâÂÂs web site.) BOOKMARK A PAGE 1 Go to the page for which you want to set a bookmark. 2 Press the key to access the minibrowser me nu. 3 Scroll to Boo kmar k page , then press Se lect . (A message may appear asking you to confirm this action.) GO TO A BOO KMARKED P AGE 1 From the Home Page , scroll to Bookmarks , then pre ss OK . A list of your bookmarks appears. 2 Scroll to the bookmark you want to use, then press Selec t . En3570.book Page 131 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 132 ] Tip: The first ten bookmarks are as signed to keys - . Press and hold the number associated with the desired bookmark to go to the bookmarked site at any time during a browser session. ⢠RECEIVE MESSAGES VIA THE MINIBROWSER Depending on your service provider , you may be able to receive text me ssa ges via the minibro wser . Unlike SMS text m essages, minibrow ser messa ges a re not sto red in the phon e and mus t be acces sed via the minibrowser âÂÂs homep age. Notification of new minibrowser messages When a new minibrowser mess age is received, the icon appears in the status bar . Depending on the message priority , you may also hear an alert tone and/or see New me ssage f rom: displayed on your screen . ⢠If you receive the me ssage while browsing, press View to r ead the messa ge or Skip , allowing you to view the m essage later . ⢠If you receive the message while phone is idl e, press Connect to launch the browser and view the message, or press Back to return to the Start screen. Y ou can use t he Minibrowser messages men u ( Menu 01 - 4 ) to read your messages at a late time . Web links in minib rowser messages Y ou can receive minibrowser messages co ntaining We b links. If you receive a message containing a link, select Use Web link from the messa geâÂÂs Op tions menu to open the link a nd go to the W eb site. Y ou can also receive Web links in standard SMS messages. Selecting Use Web li nk from the me ssag eâÂÂs Opt ions menu launches the min ibrowser and takes you to the linkâÂÂs Web site. En3570.book Page 132 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 133 ] Minibrowser ⢠END THE MINIBROWSER SESSION ⢠Press and hold . OR, ⢠Press , scr oll to Exit Min ibr owser , then press OK . ⢠DISABLE MINIBROWSER CON FIRMATIONS Y ou c an specify w hether or not you w ant your phone to display messages when you begi n or end a bro wser ses sion. To modify minibrowser confirmations settin gs 1 Press Menu 4-1-5 ( Se ttings > Call s ettings > Mini browse r confirmation ). The following options appear: 2 Scroll to the appropriate option , then press OK . Tip: To prevent unintentional exiting of the minibr owser session, select either the Both or On exit options. This ensures that a confirmation messa ge appears before exiting. If you press and h old , the minibrowser session e nds without confirmation (regardless of the minibrowser confirmation setting). Opti on Desc ript ion Both Confirmation required before conne cting to the Internet, and be fore you terminate a browser session. None No confirmation notes are displayed. On connection Phone asks you to con firm your awareness to possible charges incurred for Internet access. On exi t Phone asks you t o confirm your wish to end browsing. En3570.book Page 133 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 134 ] 18 Reference information ⢠USE ACCESSORIES SAFELY This section provides information about the phoneâÂÂs batteries, accessories, and chargers. Be aware that the information in thi s section is subject to change as th e batteries, chargers, and accessories change. This phone is intended for use when supplied with pow er from an ACP-7U, ACP-8U, ACP-12U, or LCH-9 charger . Other usage could invalidate any approval given to this apparatus and may be dangerous. War ni n g: When you purcha se batteries, charge rs, and acce ssor ies for your phone, use only bat ter ies, c harg ers, a nd accessories that have received approval from Nokia. The use of any other type may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone, and could also be dangerous. For availability of approved batteries, chargers, and accessories, check with your service provider . Note: For information on how to charge and recharge your bat tery , please see âÂÂCharge the ba tteryâ on page 15. When the battery is f ully charged, the indicator will tell you that the battery is fully charged. When you are not using a ch arger , disconnect i t from the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for more than 72 hours, since prolonged maintenance charging could shorten its lif etime. If left unused, a fully-charged battery will discharge over time. Temperature extremes can affect the abi lity of your battery to charge. Therefore, allow i t to cool down or warm up befor e trying to charge it. When the battery is running ou t of power and your phone only has a few minutes of talk time remaining, a w arning tone sounds and the Ba tte ry low message appears br iefly . When no more talk time is left, a warning tone is sounded and the phone switches itself off. En3570.book Page 134 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 135 ] Reference infor mation Leaving the battery in hot or cold places, su ch as in a closed car in summ er or winter conditions, will reduce the capacity and lifetime of the battery . Always try to keep the battery between 59ðF and 7 7ðF (15ðC and 25ðC). A phone with a hot or cold battery may temporarily n ot work, even when the battery is fully charged. B attery performance is particularly l imited in temperatures below freez ing. Do not dispose of batteries in a f ire! Wa r n in g ! Use only your hands to remove th e battery . Do not puncture, burn or use any objects that may dam age the phone or the battery . Please recycle the battery , or dispose of properly . ⢠IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORM ATION This section provides additional safety information. A brief overview of safety can be found in th e section. T raffic Safety Do not use a h andheld telephone while driving a vehicle. Always secure the phone in its holder; do not place the phone on the passenger se at or where it can break loose in a collision or sudden stop. Rememb er road sa fety always c omes fir st! Operating environment Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interfer ence or danger . Use the phone on ly in its normal oper ating positions. Electronic devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radio frequency (RF) signals. However , certain electronic equipment m ay not be shielded against the RF signals from your wir eless phone. En3570.book Page 135 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 136 ] P ACEMAKERS P acema ker man ufa ctu rers rec ommen d th at a mi nimu m se par ati on o f at least 6 inches (approximately 20 cm) be m aintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker . These recommendations are consistent with the indepen dent research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology Research. P ersons with pacemakers: ⢠Should always keep the phone more than 6 inches (20 cm) from their pacemaker when the phone is switched on ⢠Should not carry the phone in a breast pocket ⢠Should use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for inte rference . ⢠Switch off the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. HEA RING AI DS Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such in terferen ce, you may want to consult your ser vice provider . Other medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, including cellular phones, may interfere with the functionality of in adequately protected medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine if they are adequately shielded f rom external RF en ergy or if you have any qu estions. Switch off your phone in health care facilities when any regulations posted in the se areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equ ipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy . Ve h i c l e s RF signals may affect improperly installed or in adequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles (for exa mple, electronic fuel injection systems, electronic antiskid/antilock braking systems, ele ctronic En3570.book Page 136 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 137 ] Reference infor mation speed cont rol systems, air bag sy stems). C heck with the manufa cturer or its representative regar ding your vehicle. Y ou should also consult the manufactur er of any equipmen t that has been added to your vehicle. P OSTED FACILITIES Switch your phone off in any facility where posted n otices so require. P otentially explosive atmospheres Switch off your phone w hen in any area w ith a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and in structions. Sparks in such areas cou ld cause an explosion or f ire resulting in property and/or bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch off the phone w hen at a refuelling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel stora ge and distribution areas), chemical plants, or wher e blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often but n ot always clearly marked. They inclu de below deck on boats; chemical transfer or storage facilities; vehicles using liqu efied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane); ar eas where the air c ontains chemicals or par ticles, such as grain, dust, or metal powde rs; and any other ar ea where you wou ld normally be advised to turn of f your vehicle engine. Ve h i c l e s Only qualified personnel should service the phone or insta ll the phone in a vehicle. F aulty installation or service may be dan gerous and may invalidate any warranty which may apply to the unit. Check regularly that all wireless phone e quipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly . Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases or explosive materials in the same compartment as the phone, its parts or accessories. En3570.book Page 137 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 138 ] For vehicles equipped with an air bag, re member that an air bag inflates with great force. Do n ot place objects, including both in stalled or portable wireless equipment in the ar ea over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If in-vehicle wir eless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. FCC regulations prohibit using your phone while in the air . Switch off your phone before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teleph ones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operation of the aircraft, dis rupt the wireless telephone network, and may be illeg al. Failure to observe these instructions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender , legal action or both . Emergency calls Import ant: This phone, like any wireless phone, operates using radio signals, wireless, and landline n etworks as well as user- programmed functions. Because of this, con nections in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. Therefore you should never r ely solely upon any wireless phone for essential com munications (for example, m edical emergen cies). Emergency calls may n ot be possible on all wireless phone networks or when certain network services and/or phone featu res are in use. Check with local service providers. Make an Emergency Call 1 If the phone is not on, switch it on . 2 Press as many times as needed (for ex ample, to exit a call, to exit a menu, etc.) to clear the display and ready the ph one for calls. 3 Enter the emergency number for your present location (for e xample, 9 1 1 or any other official emerg ency numberâÂÂem ergency number s vary by location). 4 Press . ⢠If certain fe atures are in use, you ma y first need to turn those feat ures En3570.book Page 138 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 139 ] Reference infor mation off before you can make an emergency call. Consult this user guide and your local cellular ser vice provider . ⢠When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember th at your wireless phone may be the only means of communication at the scene of a n accident - do not end the call until given permission to do so. ⢠CERTIFICATION INFORMATION (SAR) THIS MOD EL PHON E MEETS TH E GOVER NMENT'S REQUIRE MENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WA VES. Y ou r wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver . It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emiss ion limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Governme nt. These limits are part o f comprehensive guidelin es and establish permitted levels of RF en ergy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were develope d by independent scientific organizations through per iodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all per sons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specif ic Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1 .6W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is de termined at the highest certified pow er level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well be low the maximum value. T his is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower th e power ou tput. En3570.book Page 139 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 140 ] Before a phone model is available for sale to the pu blic, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the lim it established by the government-adopted r equirement for safe ex posure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (for example, at th e ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The highest SAR v alue for this model phone a s reported to the FCC when tested for use a t the ear is 1.14 W/kg and when wo rn on the body , as described in this user guide, is 0.96 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet th e government requiremen t. The FCC has granted an Equipmen t Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR l evels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be f ound under the Display Grant secti on of http:/ /www .fcc .gov/o et/fcc id after searching on FCC ID GML NPD-1FW . For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines for use with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a m inimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) f rom the body . Use of other accessories may not en sure compliance with FCC R F exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body worn accessory , and are n ot holding the phone at the ear , position the handset a minimum of 5/8 inch (1.5 cm) from your body when the phone is switched on. *In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for m obile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kil ogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account f or any variations in measurements. SAR values may vary de pending on national reporting requirements and the network band. For SAR information in other regions please look under pr oduct information at : http://www .nokia.c om. En3570.book Page 140 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 14 1 ] Reference infor mation ⢠CARE AND MAINTENANCE Y ou r phone is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below w ill help you to fulfill any warranty obligations and to enjoy this product for m any years: ⢠Keep the phone and all its pa rts and accessor ies out of the re ach of small children. ⢠Keep the phone dry . Precipitation, h umidity and all t ypes of liquids or moisture can contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. ⢠Do not use or st ore the phone in dusty , dirty areas. Its moving parts can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the phone in hot ar eas. High temperatures can shorten the life of ele ctronic devices, damage batteries, an d warp or melt certain plast ics. ⢠Do not store the phone in cold areas. When it warms up (to its normal temperature), moisture can form inside and may damage electronic circu it b oard s. ⢠Do not attempt to open the phone except to remove or change front and back covers. Nonexp ert handling may damage it. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the phone. Rough handling can break internal circuit boar ds. ⢠Do not use harsh chemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergents to clean the phone. ⢠Do not paint the phone. P aint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modification s, or attachments could dam age the phone and may violate regulations governing radio devices. En3570.book Page 141 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 142 ] All of the above suggestions apply equally to you r phone, battery , charger or any accessory . If any of them are not working proper ly , take them to your nearest qualified service facility . The personnel there will assist you, and if nec ess ary , arra nge for serv ice. ⢠ACCESSORIES If you want to en hance your pho neâÂÂs funct ional ity , a range of accessories is available for you. Y ou can select any of these items to help accommodate your specific communication needs. For availability of the se and other accessories, contact your service provider . A FEW PRACTICAL RULES FOR ACCESSO RY OPERATION ⢠Keep all accessories out of the reach of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cor d of any accessory , grasp and pull the plug, not the cor d. ⢠Check regularly that any vehicle-installed accessories are mounted and are operating properly . ⢠Installation of any complex car accessories must be made by qualif ied personnel only . ⢠Use only batteries, chargers, an d accessories that have been approved by Nokia. The use of any other types could invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone an d could be dangerous. Refer to â Use accessories safelyâ on page 134 f or important battery usage information. ⢠BATTERY INFORMATION Note: The ph one has a lithium ion (Li-Ion) battery . Dispose of batteries according to local regulations (for ex ample, recycling). Do not dispos e as household waste. En3570.book Page 142 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 143 ] Reference infor mation This section provides in formation about the phoneâÂÂs battery . Be awar e that the information in this section is subject to ch ange. The tables shown in this section pr ovide information about the battery that is available for your phone, charging times with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U), the talk and standby times. Consult your ser vice provider for more information. Charging Times Charging times for the BLC- 2 Li-ion Battery (950 mA) are appro ximate: Standby and T alk Times Note: Battery talk and standby times are estimates o nly and depend on signal strength, networ k conditions, features used, battery age and condition (including the effect of ch arging habits), temperatures to which battery is e xposed, use i n digital mode, and many other factors. Ple ase note that the amount of time a phone is us ed for calls will affect its standby time. Li kewise, the amount of time th at the phone is turned on and in standby mode will affect its talk time. Charging and Discharging Y ou r phone is powered by a rechargeable battery . Note that a new battery's full performance is achieved only after tw o or three complete charge and discharge cycles! Batter y option: ACP-7U BLC-2 Li-ion 3 hrs 50 mi n Mode Ta l k t i me Stan d by t ime Digita l Up to 3 hrs and 45 min Up to 15 days En3570.book Page 143 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 144 ] The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times but it will eventually wear out. Whe n the operating time (talk-time and standby time) is noticeably s horter than normal, it is time to buy a new battery . Use only batteries approved by the phone manufacturer and recharge your battery only with the chargers approved by th e manufacturer . Unplug the charger wh en not in use. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer tha n 72 hours, since overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Temperature extremes can affect the abi lity of your battery to charge. Battery will not charge a t temperatures above 140ðF (60ðC). ⢠CHARGER S AND OTHER ACCESS ORIES Check the model number of any charger before us e with this device. This device is intended for use when supplied with power from the devices listed on the following pages. Warn in g: Use only batteries, chargers, and accessories approved by Nokia for use with this pa rticular phone model. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty applying to the phone and may be dangerous. For availability of approved accessories, please check with your de aler . When you disconnect the power cord of any accessory , gr asp and pull the plug, not the cord. En3570.book Page 144 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 145 ] Reference infor mation Learn about chargers and other accessories This section pr ovides infor mation about the ph oneâÂÂs ch arge rs and acc essorie s. Be aware that the information in this section is subject to change as the chargers and accessories change. The chargers an d accessories th at are describe d in thi s section are av ailable for your phone. Co ntact your dealer for details. Also , refer to the accessories bro chur e tha t wa s in cluded in your sales package for the entire line of Nokia Original Accessories. Note: When a charger is not in use, disconnect it f rom the power source. Do not leave the battery connected to a charger for longer than a week, sin ce prolonged maintenance charging of the battery could shorten its lifetim e. If left u nused, a fully charged battery will discharge over time. Standard Charger (ACP-7U) This is a lightweight (187 g) and durable AC c harger . To use the Standard Travel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall outlet and con nect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Note: If the battery is completely e mpty , you cannot use the phone un til it has enough charge to ope rate. Rapid T ravel Charger (ACP-8U) This is a lightweight (10 0 g) and durable AC charger . Calls can be made during ch arging, even with a fully discharged batt ery . To use the Multi-voltage Charger (ACP-8U), plug it into a standard 120 V or 220 V AC wall outlet, and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. The charger can also be used together with the optional Desktop Charging Stand. Approximate charging times for discharged batteries are shown in âÂÂCharging Timesâ on page 143 . En3570.book Page 145 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 146 ] T ravel Charger (ACP-12U) This is a lightweight and durable AC charger . To use the Standard T ravel Charger , plug it into a standard 120 V AC wall ou tlet and connect the lead from the charger to the base of your phone. Rapid Mobile Charger (LCH-9) Y ou can charge your phoneâÂÂs battery from your vehicle battery by us ing the Rapid Mobile Charger . Calls are possible during charging. A green light indicates that the charger is ready for charging (when not charging). The battery charging times are the same as those for the Multi-voltage Charger (ACP- 8U). The input voltage range is from 1 1 V to 32 V DC, negative grounding. Avoid prolonged chargin g with the R apid Mob ile Charg er (LCH- 9) when t he c ar engine is not running; this could cause your car battery to drain. Note also, that in some cars, the cigarette lighter plug is not provided with electricity if the ignition is not switched on. Headset (HDB-4) Small and lig htweight, the Boom Headset fits over the ea r . This headset has excellen t audio quality with the microphone an d speaker integrated into the unit The Boom Headset pr ovides basic ha ndsf ree fu nction ality wi th an answe r/end button. See âÂÂLearn about your headsetâ on page 35, for more information. En3570.book Page 146 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 147 ] Reference infor mation Data Cable (DKU-5) Easy and convenient connection to you r PC or laptop computer for wireless modem functionality . DKU-5 is a US B cable that can be used with Nokia PC Suite and the DCV-15 Desktop charger with PC Sync. DCV-15 Desktop charger Used together with th e standard tra vel charger or the r apid travel charger , the DCV- 15 desktop charger allows you to charge your phone in an u pright position, so that you have a clea r view of t he pho neâÂÂs s cre en. Spare battery charger (DDC-1) Used together with the Standard Travel Charger (ACP-7U) or the Multi- voltage Charg er (ACP- 8U) , this lightweight and stylish charger provides a convenient way to charge your spare battery . Loopset (LPS-4) With the Nokia Loopset, people wh o use a T-coil equipped hearing aid have the freedom to talk on a digital mobile phone. The loopset goes around your neck - so it can be worn com fortably and discreetly . En3570.book Page 147 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 148 ] Car Kit (Cark-142) The Ca r Kit (CARK-1 42) offer s a convenient handsfree option, automatic charging facility , and transmission capacity with external antenn a connection. Professional installation of this product is recommended. BHF-1 Basi c Car Kit The BHF-1 Basic Ca r Kit offers a h eadre st handsfre e option with an ergonomic design and easy installation. Mobile Holder (MBC -17) Holds phone securely in plac e while driving or during charging. Can be used with Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger (LC H-9). This holder is used in the Car Kit (CARK- 142) and can be used wit h BHF -1 Basi c Hands free Carkit. ⢠NOKIA XP RESS-ON⢠COLOR COVERS Your phoneâÂÂs Xpress-on cover is available in several fashion colors. Xpress-on covers may be purchased from your authorized Nokia dealer. Warn i ng: Before changing the cover , always switch off the power and disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. Always store and use the phone with the covers attached. po n e s o ld separa te l y En3570.book Page 148 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 149 ] Reference infor mation REMO VE TH E BAC K COVE R Switch off the power. Disconnect the phone from the charger or any other device. 1 Push the release button on the back cover . 2 Slide the cover downward and lift off. REMO VE TH E FRO NT CO VER 1 With the phone face down or up, grab the top of the phon eâÂÂs front cover . 2 Gently pry the front cover away from the phone and lift the cover off the phone. Warn i ng! When the front cover is off the phone, be careful not to damage the phoneâÂÂs screen face or the rub ber gasket around it. REMO VE AND REP LAC E T HE K EYP AD 1 Lift the keypad from the inside of the front cover . 2 Place the keypad into the new front cover and press into place. En3570.book Page 149 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 150 ] REPLACE THE FRONT C OVER 1 Align the keypad with the proper openings in the front cover . 2 Gently push the front cov er into the phone until it clicks into place. REPLACE THE BACK CO VER 1 Insert the two catches of the back cover in the cor responding slots in the phone. 2 Slide the cover towards the bottom of the phone until it locks into place. ⢠FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) This section lists and an swers the questions that you most frequently ask. Where necessary , the answers refer you to the appropriate text within this guide. Note: Som e of the answers te ll you to use menu shor tcuts. For a com ple te listin g of these shortcuts, refer to. Q. How do I lock my phon e? A. Pre ss Me nu 4-5-2-1 , then press Select. Enter your lock code, scroll to On , and press OK . Refer to see âÂÂPhone lockâ on page 106 for more information. Q. How do I unl ock my ph one ? En3570.book Page 150 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 15 1 ] Reference infor mation A. Pre ss Menu 4-5-2-1 , press Select , en ter your lock code, scroll to Off , and press OK . Q. What is my lock code? A. The lock code enables yo u to lock you r phone, th us preve nting some one else from u sing it. The default lock code is 1234. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediate ly . Q. What is my sec urity code? A. The default security code is 12345. However , it is suggested that you change this code immediat ely . Certa in fe ature s can be used only after the correct security code has been successfully entered. Q. How do I lock t he keypad? A. Pre ss Menu followed by . Refer to âÂÂLock keypad (Keyguard)â on page 1 04, for more information. Q. How do I unlock the ke ypad? A. Pre ss Unlock , followed by . Q. How do I make t he phon e r ing loud er? A. Pre ss Menu 3-1-2 -3 , press Select , then choose a volume level. Q. How do I change the r inging t one? A. Pre ss Menu 3 and scroll through the list of profiles until you find the one for which you want to change the ringing tone, then press Select . Highlight Customize and press Select . Scroll to Ringin g tone , then press Select . Scroll through the options. After you hear th e tone you want to use, press Select . Q. How do I stor e my vo ice ma ilbox n umber? En3570.book Page 151 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 152 ] A. Pre ss Menu 0 1-2- 3 , enter your voice mailbox phone number , and press OK . The scre en tells you that th e number is saved. This voice mailbox n umber is valid unless you r phone number changes. If your phone number c hanges, you will have to save a new voice mailbox num ber . Refer to see âÂÂVoice mailboxâ on page 60, for more inf ormation. Q. How do I call my voice mailbox n umber (retrieve voice messages)? A. Wh en your phone alerts you to new voice messages , press Li ste n and follow the prompts. If youâÂÂd rather listen to your me ssages later , press Exit . To listen to your voice messages at a late r time, perform on e of the following actions: ⢠Press and hold the key . ⢠Press Menu 0 1-2-1 . The me ssage Calling v oice mailb ox appears on the screen. Follow the promp ts to access your messages . Q. How do I find my phoneâÂÂs model number? A. Turn your phone off, then remove the battery from the back of the phone. Y ou r phoneâÂÂs model number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, " Model." You may also have recorded this information on the title page of this user guide. Q. How do I redial th e las t-diale d num ber . A. Press twice. Q. How do I assign a key to 1-touch dialin g? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to 1-touch dialing . Press Select . Scroll to the first nu mber that includes the message (empty) and press Assign . En3570.book Page 152 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 153 ] Reference infor mation Scroll to the name/number to which you want to assign to this key and press Select . Repeat thes e steps as many tim es as ne cessary . Refer to see âÂÂ1-touch dialingâ on page 96, for more in formation. Q. How do I find out how many memory locations the phone has? A. Pre ss Names and scroll to Settings . Press Select . Scroll to M emory status and press Sele ct agai n. A mess age appear s that says Phone: xx free, xx used where xx indicates the percen t of memor y used. For more information, refer to and âÂÂTechnical informationâ on page 160. Q. How do I find my phoneâÂÂs ESN (electronic serial number)? A. Turn your phone off, then remove the battery from the back of the phone. Y our phoneâÂÂs ESN number is printed on the sticker that is on the rear cover , and is labeled, " ESN." Q. How can I chan ge the brigh tness of my phone âÂÂs di splay? A. Pre ss Menu 4-2-5 and press Sele ct . Scroll up or down to adjust the brightness, then press OK . En3570.book Page 153 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 154 ] Q. How do I clear my call timers? A. Pre ss Me nu 2-5-6 and press OK . Enter your security code and press OK . Please see âÂÂClear call timersâ on page 58, for more information. Warn in g: The clearing of ca ll timers cannot be undone. En3570.book Page 154 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 155 ] Reference infor mation ⢠GLOSSARY Ter m : Defi nitio n: analog network A network wher e t he sig nal i s conv eyed by var yin g the fre quency , amplitu de or phas e of t he transmissi on. antenna The por tion of your p hone design ed to t ransmit and receive the wireless si gnal. batte ry The s ourc e of power f or you r mobi le phone when the pho ne is n ot co nnec ted to a ch arg er . bookma rk A way to save a web s ite address (or URL) t o your phoneâÂÂs mem ory . Use bookmarks to st ore th e addresses of yo ur fa vor ite w eb sites, th en r eca ll them so you can retu rn to the lo ca tion quic kly an d ea sily . browse r A software program used to vi ew and navigat e a porti on of the I nter net call ed t he W orl d Wide Web , or Int ernet l ocati ons de veloped f or t he minibr owser . data cal l A call in which your Nokia phone functi ons as a data/ fax modem, con nected t o your PC vi a the DKU-5 cabl e. digita l net work Network where the sign al is conver ted to a digital or binary code bef ore transmissi on. earp iec e The po rtion of yo ur pho ne th at co ntain s the spea ker . Used to play the audio porti on of a voice call . earp iece volu me The so un d leve l of th e ear pieceâÂÂs speak er du ring a call. e-mail Electro nic M ail. A writ ten fo rm of com mun icatio n in which text (and other types of inform ati on) is transm itted bet ween recipi ents elect roni call y via spe cial e lectro nic m ail sys tem s m anage d by corporat ions and/or I nternet serv ice prov ider s. En3570.book Page 155 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 156 ] END key Used to t erm inate an a ctive call o r rejec t an inco min g call. Al so used to return to the Start screen from the phone book or fro m within the phon eâÂÂs menu.Fu ncti ons as âÂÂbac kâ key wh ile usin g the Min ibrow ser . ESN Electro nic Serial N umber . U sed to ident i fy you r phone on th e wire less net wo rk. fax c all A call in which your Nokia phone functi ons as a data/ fax modem, con nected t o your PC vi a the DKU-5 cabl e. home system Refers to the wireless system to wh ich you are sub scrib ed . home type system Refers to the s ame type of sys tem to which y ou are subscri bed, but a syst em that is not your pr imary home sys tem . Inter net An elaborate syst em of inter connected publi c and pri vate computer network s around th e world, us ed to prov ide acc ess to inform ation an d en able communication between us ers wor ldwide. keypad tones The s ound heard when a key on your phoneâ s keypad is pr essed. message alert tone The so unds that are hear d upon rece ipt of a text or system message (e. g. cal l waiti ng notif icati on) by your pho ne. microphone The e lect roni c ele ment i n the base of your pho ne that picks up yo ur voi ce and other sounds. navigate A term that r efers to th e act o f m ovin g fro m o ne Int ernet s ite or pag e to another, or to the act of moving from one are a of your phoneâ s memory or menu to another . Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 156 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 157 ] Reference infor mation network services A te rm refe rring to th ose fea tur es an d fu nc tion s offe red by wi rel ess serv ice pr ovider s ( in addi tion t o voice call ser vice s). non-home t ype syst em Any system that does not use the same wireless "f or mat" as your home sy st em. number keys The n umbered k eys on your phoneâ s k eypad. power ke y A key on the t op of t he phone t hat all ows you to turn the phone on or of f. Thi s key can also be used t o recal l and change your phoneâ s profi le s. pred ictiv e text input A system devel oped f or ra pid te xt en try us ing your pho neâÂÂs ke ypad . prefer red system Refe rs to a sy stem that is the sam e "fo rma t" as yo ur home system, but is not the system to which you ha ve sub scr ibed . ringin g op tion Refers to the way your phone plays (or if it plays) a ringin g ton e wh en y ou ha ve an inco m ing c all. profil e Refer s to t he var ious set tin gs rel ating to your phoneâ s audib le, visible an d vibratin g alerts, and the a bility to ha ve multip le con f igura tions to m atch yo ur lo catio n o r environm ent. ringin g to ne The ton e or melody that i s heard when you have an incoming call . ringing volume Refer s to the v olume of you r phoneâ s ri ngi ng tone. roaming The sta te of yo ur p hone wh en yo u are no lon ger in your home system. Additi onal ch arges may res ult. scre en Y our phoneâ s di splay . Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 157 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 158 ] scro ll To mo ve thr ough a list of nam es, m enu ite m s, etc. by using the pho neâÂÂs s croll ke ys. Ea ch new selec tion or optio n is hig hligh ted as you s croll to it. sele ctio n key s Refers to the key s und er the lo wer le ft and lo wer righ t corners of your phoneâ s screen. SMS Short Message Service. A ser vice whereby you can send and receive sh ort text messages (typi call y around 160 characters) with your phone. syst em Another wa y to refer to your servic e providerâÂÂs wireless netw ork. TAL K ke y The key used to ma ke or answe r a call. text me ssag e See SMS. URL Univ ersal R esou r ce Loc ato r . A URL is a W eb siteâÂÂs speci fi c address or l ocation on the I nterne t (f or exam ple: http://www .nokia.co m ). voic e dial ing The abili ty to di al numbers in your phone using the pho neâÂÂs vo ice rec ogn ition f eature. (se e voic e tags ) voice mail A syst em main tain ed by your se rvice pr ovide r , used to recor d voi ce mes sag es when you ar e unabl e to answer a ca ll. voice mail box The l ocati on on your ser vice pr ovide râÂÂs network us ed to stor e v oic e mail mes sages. voice t ag A rec ord ing of a use râÂÂs voic e th at is ass igne d to a pho ne book ent ry . V oice tag is use d in co nju nctio n w ith vo ice dialing feat ure (se e vo ice dia ling). volume See earpiec e vo lum e or rin ging vo lum e. Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 158 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 159 ] Reference infor mation warning t ones, game tones The t one playe d when your phone di splays a warning, or t hose t ones that ar e heard when you are playin g one of the p hon eâÂÂs g ame s. wirele ss netwo rk Y our s ervi ce pr ovider âÂÂs operati ng envi ronment, incl uding vari ous types of har dware, sof tware, and landlin e co nnect ions, w hich m akes w ireles s calls possibl e. W orld Wi de W eb (WWW) The par t of th e Inte rnet t hat i s vi ewed usi ng a soft ware app licatio n called a web browser . T he browser i n your Nokia phone can access many sit es on the W or ld Wide W eb , pl us si tes designed specif ical ly to be br owsed from a mobil e phone. Ter m : Defi nitio n: En3570.book Page 159 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 160 ] ⢠TECHN ICAL INFORMATION Wireless syst em Single-ba nd CDMA 1900 m Hz Weig ht 4.0 oz / 1 15 grams Dimensions Length: 1 17 mm Widt h: 49 mm Thickness: 24 mm Frequency range Highband: 1850.00 - 1909.95 MHz (TX) - 1989.95 MHz (RX) Battery voltage 3.6v nominal Charging current 900mA max with ACP-8 and AC - 12 Operating temp. -22ðF to 140ðF (-30ðC to 60ð C) Channels 1 150 highband No. of NAM s 2 Memory capacity Phone book:up to 500 entries with up to 5 numbers and 4 text field s per name Calendar:up to 500 entries Text m essa ges:up to 1 00 messages Digit al dat a P acket-switc hed data ( IS-2000) u p to 153. 6 kbps Circuit-switched data/fax 14. 4 KBps Group 3 fax En3570.book Page 160 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 16 1 ] Reference infor mation ⢠T ROUBLESHOOTING Proble m P ossibl e cause P ossib le solution My phone isnâÂÂt charging. Charger and phone are not proper l y connected. Check connecti on between charger and phone/charge r stand and phone. Charger is not properly plugged i n. Make sure charger is properl y pl ugged int o wall outlet . My phone isnâÂÂt making/answeri ng calls. Batter y is not char ged. Charge the batt ery . P oor sign al str ength Extend w hip antenna. Ou tside of s ervic e ar ea. Chan ge lo catio ns until t he phone displ ays servi ce availabl e. I canâÂÂt li sten to my voice mes sages. You donâÂÂt hav e vo ice m ail se rvice . Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . You have no t s et up your voic e mailbox wi th your ser vice pr ovider. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . Y ou have not saved your voic e ma il num ber in your phone. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . The voice m ail nu mb er you have saved i s incorrect. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . You have f org ot ten your passwor d or are ent eri ng it in correc tly . Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . En3570.book Page 161 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 162 ] My SMS messages are not being delive red. Y ou donâÂÂt have SMS service. Call y our w ireless serv ice provi der . I canâÂÂt succ essfully tag a p hon e book entry or menu command. Excessive background nois e duri ng t he recording process. Find a qui et locat ion and try agai n. Voi c e t ag me mo r y i s full. Follo w scr een pr om pt to de lete an existin g tag , ma king room for new voice tag. V oice dial ing or voice command does n ot recog nize my voice. V oice tag was reco rded by some one other than yourself. Re -reco rd vo ice tag u s ing your voi ce. Proble m P ossibl e cause P ossib le solution En3570.book Page 162 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 163 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 19 Noki a One Y ear Limite d W arrant y Nokia Inc. (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) warrants that this cellular phone (â ProductâÂÂ) is free from defects in material and workmanship that result in Product failure during normal usage, according to the following ter ms and conditions: 1 The limited w arranty for the Product exten ds for ONE (1) year be ginning on the date of the purchase of the Product. This one ye ar period is extended by each whole day that the Prod uct is out of your possession for repair under this warranty . 2 The lim ited warranty extends o nly to the origina l purchase r (âÂÂConsum erâÂÂ) of the Product and is not assign able or transferable to any s ubsequent purchaser/end- use r . 3 The limited warranty ex tends only to Consu mers who purchase the Product in the United States of America. 4 During the limited warranty peri od, Nokia will repair , or replace, at NokiaâÂÂs sole option, any defective parts, or any parts that will not properly operate for th eir intended use with ne w or refurbished replacement items if such repair o r replacement is needed because of product malfunction or failure during normal usage. No charge will be made to the Consumer f or any such parts. Nokia will also pay for the labor charges incurred by Nokia in repairing or replacing the defective parts. The limited war ranty does not cover defects in appearance, cosmetic, decorative or structural items, including framing, and any non-oper ative parts. NokiaâÂÂs lim it of liability under the limited warranty shall be the actual cash value of the Product at the time the C onsumer returns the Product for repair , determined by the price paid by the Consumer for the Pro duct less a reasonable amount for usage. Nokia shall not be liable for any other losses or damages. These re medies are the ConsumerâÂÂs exclus ive remedies for breach of warranty . En3570.book Page 163 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 164 ] 5 Upon request from Nokia, th e Consumer mu st prove the date of the original purchase of the Product by a dated bill of sale or dated itemized receipt. 6 The Consumer shall bear the cost of shipping the Pr oduct to Nokia in Melbourne, Florida. Nokia shall bear the cost of sh ipping the Product back to the Consumer after the completion of service under this limited warranty . 7 The Consumer shall have no coverage or ben efits under this limited warranty if any of the following conditions ar e applicable: a) The Product has been subjected to abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to moisture or dampness, unauthorized modifications, unauthorized connections, unauthorized repair , misuse, neglect, abuse, accident, alteration, improper installation, or oth er acts which ar e not the fault of Nokia, including damage caused by sh ipping. b) The Product has been damaged from external causes such as collision with an object, or from fire, floodin g, sand, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake or damage from exposure to weather conditions, an Act of God, or battery leakage, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electri cal source, damage caused by computer or internet viruses, bugs, w orms, Trojan Horses, cancelbots or damage caused by the connection to other products not recommended f or interconnection by Nokia. c) Nokia was not advised in wr iting by the Consumer of the alleged defect or malfunction of th e Product within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the applicable limited warr anty period. d) The Product serial number plate or the accessory data code has been removed, de faced or alter ed. e) Th e defect or damage was caused by the defective function of the cellular system or by inadequate signal reception by th e external antenna, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product. En3570.book Page 164 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 165 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 8 Nokia does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of th e Product. If a problem develo ps during the limited warranty period, the Consumer shall take the following step-by-step pr ocedure: a) The Consumer shall return the Pr oduct to the place of pu rchase for repair or replacement processing. b) If â aâ is not convenient because of distance (more than 50 miles) or for other good cause, th e Consumer shall ship the Pr oduct prepaid and insured to: Nokia Inc., Attn: Repair Department 795 West Nasa Blvd. Melbourne, FL 32901 c) The Consumer shall include a return address, daytime phone number and/or fax number , complete description of the problem, proof of purchase and service agreement (if applicable). Expenses related to removing the Product f rom an installation are not covered under this limited war ranty . d) The Consumer w ill be billed for an y parts o r labor ch arges not covered by this limit ed warra nty . T he Consum er will b e respon sible for any expense s related to reinstall ation of the Pr oduct. e) Nokia will repair the Product under the limited w arranty within 30 days a fter receipt of the Product. If Nokia cannot perform repairs covered under this limited w arranty within 30 days, or after a reasonable number of attempts to r epair the same defect, Nokia at its option , will provide a replacement Product or r efund the purchase price of the Product less a reasonable amount for usage. In some states th e Consum er may h ave the right to a loaner if the repair of the Product takes more th an ten (1 0) days. Please contact the Customer Service Center at No kia at the telephone number listed at the end of th is warranty if you need a loaner an d the repair of t he Product has taken or is estimated to take more than ten (10 ) days. En3570.book Page 165 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 166 ] f) If the Product is returned during the limited warranty period, but the problem with the Product is not covered under the terms and conditions of this limited warranty , the Consumer will be notified and given an estimate of the charges the Consumer must pay to have the Product repaired, with all shipping charges billed to the Consumer . If the estimate is refused, the Product will be retu rned freight collect. If the Product is re turned after the e xpiration of the limited warranty period, NokiaâÂÂs normal service policies shall apply and the Consumer will be resp onsible for all shipping char ges. 9 Y OU (THE CONS UMER) U NDERSTAND THAT THE PRODU CT MA Y CONSI ST OF REFUR BISHED EQUIPM ENT THA T CONT AINS USED COMPONENTS, SOME OF WHICH H AVE BEEN REPROCESSED. The used components comply with Product performance and r eliability specifications. 10 ANY IMPLIE D WARRANTY OF M ERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, SHAL L BE LIMIT ED TO THE DURATION OF THE FOREGO ING LI MITE D WRIT TEN WARRANT Y . OTH ERWISE, THE FOREGO ING LIMIT ED WARRANTY IS TH E CONSUME RâÂÂS SOLE AND EXCL USIV E REME D Y AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL O THER WA RRA NTIES , EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. NO KIA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITI VE OR CONSEQUENT IAL DAMAGE S, INCLUDIN G BUT N O T LIMITE D TO LOSS O F ANTI CIP A TED BE NEFITS OR PROFI TS, LOSS OF SAVINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DA TA, PUNITIVE DAMA GES, LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATE D EQUIPMENT , COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR FACILI TIES, DOW NTIM E, THE CLAIM S OF ANY T HIRD PARTIES, INCLUDI NG CUSTOMER S, AND INJU RY TO PROPERTY , RESULTING FROM TH E PURCHA SE OR USE OF THE P RODUCT OR AR ISI NG FROM BREACH OF THE WARRANTY, BREACH OF CO NTRACT , NEGLI GENCE, STRICT T ORT , OR ANY O T HER LEGAL O R EQUIT ABLE THEORY , EVEN IF NOKIA KNEW OF TH E LIK ELIH OOD OF SU CH DAMA GES. NOKI A SHA LL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DELAY IN RENDERI NG SERVICE UNDER TH E LIMI TED WARRAN TY , OR LOSS OF USE D URING THE PERIO D THAT THE PRODUCT IS BEING RE PAIRED. En3570.book Page 166 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 167 ] Nokia One Y ear Limited Warranty 11 Some states do not allow limitation of how long an implied warranty lasts, so the on e year warranty limitation may not apply to you (the Consumer). Some states do n ot allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental and consequential damages, so cer tain of the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you (the Consumer). This limited warranty gives the Consumer speci fic legal rights and the Consumer may also have oth er rights which vary f rom state to state. 12 Nokia neithe r assumes nor authorizes any authorized service center or any other person or entity to assume for it any other obligation or liability beyond that which is expressly provided for in this limited warranty including the provider or seller of any extended warranty or servi ce agree ment . 13 This is the entire warranty between the Nokia and the Consumer , and supersed es all prior an d conte mporaneou s agreem ents or u nderstandi ngs, oral or written, relating to the Product, and no r epresentation, promise or condition not contained herein shall modif y these terms. 14 This limited war ranty allocates the risk of failure of the Product between the Consu mer and Nokia. The allocation is r ecognized by the Consumer and is r eflected in the pu rchase price. 15 A ny action or lawsuit for breach of warran ty must be commenced within eighteen (18) m onths following pur chase of the Produ ct. 16 Question s concerning this limited war ranty may be directed to: Nokia Inc. Attn: Customer Service 7725 Woodland Center Blvd., Ste. 150 Tam pa , F L 33 614 Te lep hone: 1- 888- NOKIA- 2U (1- 888-6 65-4 228) Fax: 1-813-249- 9619 TTY/TD D Use rs Onl y: 1- 800- 24-NO KIA ( 1-800- 246-6 542) 17 The limited warranty period for Nokia supplied attachments and accessories is specifically defined within their own warranty cards and packaging. En3570.book Page 167 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 168 ] En3570.book Page 168 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 169 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA Appendix A Message from the CTIA (Cellular Telecommunica tions & Internet Association) to all users of m obile ph one s. é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Internet Assoc iation. All Rights R eserved. 1250 Connecticut A v enue, NW S uite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 En3570.book Page 169 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 0 ] Safety is the m ost impo rtant ca ll you wil l ever make. A Gu ide to Sa fe an d R es pon sibl e Wir ele ss P hon e U se T en s of millions of people in t he U .S. toda y t ake ad v antage o f the uni que combinatio n of conv enience, safety and v alue deliv ered by the wireless telephone. Quite simpl y , the wireless phon e giv es pe ople the p o werful ability to communicate by v oice--alm ost anyw here, anytime--with the boss, with a client, with the k ids, with em ergency person nel or even with the poli ce. Each year , Americ ans make billions of calls from the ir wireless phones, and the numb ers are ra pidly gro wing. But an impor tant responsibility accompan ies those benef its, one that ev er y wireless phone use r must uphold. When driving a car , driving is y o ur first responsibility . A wireless phone c an be an inv aluable tool, but good judgm ent must be exercised at all times w hile d riving a motor vehicle--w he ther on th e phon e or not . The basic lessons ar e ones w e all learned as teenagers. Dri vin g requ ires alertness, caution a nd cour tesy . It requires a hea vy dose of basic co mmon sense- --keep y our head up, k e ep y our eyes on the road, check y our m irrors frequently and watc h out f or other driv ers. It re quires obeying all traffic signs and signals and sta ying within the speed limit. It me ans using seatbe lts and requiring other passenge rs to do the same. But with wireless phone use , driving safely means a little more. This br ochur e is a call to wireless phone users ev erywher e to make saf ety their first priority when behind th e w heel of a car . W ireless telecommun ication s is keeping us in touch, simplifyin g our liv es, protecting us in em ergencies and pro viding oppo rtunit ies to help othe rs in need. When it come s to the use of wireless phon es, saf ety is your most impo rtant call . Wireless Phone "Safety Tips" Belo w ar e safety tips to follo w while dri v ing and using a w ireless phone w hich shou ld be easy to reme mbe r . 1 Get to kno w y o ur wireless phon e and its features such as speed dia l and redial. Carefully r ead y our instruction manual and learn to take ad vantage of v aluable features most phone s offer , including automat ic redial and me mor y . Also, w ork to memoriz e the pho ne keypad so y ou can use the spe ed dial f unctio n withou t taking y o ur atten tion off th e road. 2 W hen a v ailab le, use a hand s free device. A number of hands free wireless phon e accessories a re r eadily a v ailable toda y . Whethe r y ou choose an installed m ounte d device for y our wireless pho ne or a spea ke r phon e accessor y , t ake ad vantage of these devices i f a vailab le to y ou. 3 P ositio n y ou r wireless phon e within ea sy reach. Mak e sure y ou pla ce y ou r wireless phone wi thin easy reach and w here y ou can g rab it without remo ving y ou r ey es from the road. If y o u get an inc oming call at an in conv enie nt time, if possible, let y o ur v o ice mail answ er it f or y ou. 4 Suspend conv ersa tions during hazardous driving co nditions or sit uations. Let the person y ou are speaking with know y ou are dri ving; if necessar y , suspe nd the En3570.book Page 170 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 17 1 ] Appendix A Message from the CTIA call in hea vy traffic or hazardous w eather conditio ns. Rain, sleet, sno w and i ce can be hazardous, but so is hea vy traf fic. As a driv er , y our f irst responsibility is to pa y attention to the ro ad. 5 Do not take notes or look up phone numbers w h ile driving. If y o u are reading an address book or business card, or writing a "t o do" list while dri ving a car , y ou are not w atching where y ou are going. I tâ s common se nse. D onâÂÂt get caugh t in a dange rous situation because y ou are reading or writing and not pa ying attent ion to th e road or nearby vehicles. 6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls w hen you ar e not mo ving or before pulling into traffic. T r y to plan y our ca lls before y ou begin your trip or attem pt to coinci de y our calls with times you ma y b e stopp ed at a sto p sign, red light or otherwise stationar y . But if y ou need to di al w hile driving, f ollo w this simple tip --dial only a few n umbers, check the road and y our m irrors, the n conti n ue. 7 Do not eng age in stressful or em otion al conv ersa tions that m a y be distract ing. Stressful or emotio nal conv ersa tions and d riving do not m ix--the y are dis tra ctin g an d ev en dan ger ous w he n y ou ar e behind t he w hee l of a car . Mak e people y ou are talking with a war e y ou are drivin g and if necessary , suspend conv ersat ions wh ich ha ve the potentia l to div ert your attention from the road. 8 Use y our w ireless phone to call for help . Y our wireless phon e is one o f the greatest tools you can o w n to protect y ou rself and your family in dang erous situations-- with y our phone at y o ur side, h elp is only three numbers a w a y . Dial 9-1-1 or other local emer gency number in the case of fir e, traffic accident, road hazard or medical e mergenc y . R e member , it is a free call on your wireless phone! 9 Use y our wireless phone to he lp others in eme rgencies. Y our wireless phone pro vides you a perfect oppo r tunity to be a "G ood Sam aritan" in your community . If you see an auto a ccident, cr ime in progress or other seriou s emergency wh ere liv es are in danger , call 9-1-1 or other local emergency number , as y ou would w ant others to d o f or y ou. 10 Call roadside assistance or a special wir eless non-eme rgency assistance number w he n necessar y . Cer tain situ ations y ou en counter while dri ving may r equ ire attention, but are not ur gent en ough to merit a call for emergency services. But y ou still can use your wir eless phon e to lend a h and. If you see a brok en-do wn v ehicle posing no serious h azard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accid ent w he re no one appears inju red or a v ehicle y ou kno w to be sto len, call roadside assistance or other special no n-emergency wireless number . Careless, distracted individuals and pe ople driving irresponsibly re present a hazard to ev er y o ne on the road. Since 1984, the Cellular T elecommunications Industry Association a nd the w ireless industr y ha v e condu cted edu cation al outreach to inf orm w ireless phone users of t heir responsibilities as safe driv ers an d good citizens. As we approac h a new centur y , more and more of us will take ad vantage of the bene fits of wireless telephone s. And, as we tak e to th e roads, we all hav e a responsibility to driv e safely . T he wireless industry reminds you to use your phon e saf ely when driving . En3570.book Page 171 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 172 ] F or more inf o rmation, please call 1-888-901-SAFE. F or upda tes: http://www .w o w -com.c om/consume r/issues/driving/ article s.c fm?ID=85 é 2001 Cellular T elecommunications & Interne t Association. A ll Rights R eserved.1250 Connecticut A ven ue, NW Suite 800, W ashington, DC 20036. Phone: (202) 785-0081 En3570.book Page 172 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 173 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA Appendix B Message from the FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration) to al l users of mobile ph ones. July 18, 2001 ..... . F or updates: http:// www.fd a.gov/cdrh /phones En3570.book Page 173 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 174 ] Consum er Update on W irel ess Phones U.S. Foo d and D rug Admi nistrat ion 1. Do wireless phones pose a health hazard? The availa ble scien tific evidence d oes not show t hat any he alth proble ms are associated with using w ireless phones. There is no proof, h owever, that w ireless phones are ab solutely sa fe. Wireless p hones emit low levels of radiofrequen cy energy (RF) in the mi crowave ra nge while bein g used. The y also emit very low levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas hig h levels of RF can pr oduce health effects (by heating tissue), e xposure to low level RF that does not prod uce heating eff ects causes no known adverse h ealth effects. Man y studies of l ow level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studie s have suggested that some biological effects may occur, but such findings ha ve not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or i n determining the reasons for inconsisten t results. 2. What is FDA's role concerning the safety of wireless phone s? Under the la w, FDA does not review the saf ety of radi ation-emitt ing consumer products such as wireless p hones before t hey can be sol d, as it doe s with new drugs or medical devi ces. However, the agency ha s authority to take action if wirele ss phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level tha t is hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of wireless phones to notify users of the h ealth hazard and to repai r, replace or recall th e phones so th at the hazard no lo nger exists. Altho ugh the exi sti ng sc ient ifi c da ta do n ot ju st ify FD A r egul ato ry ac tion s, F DA h as urged the wireless phone indu stry to take a number of steps, including th e following: ⢠Support needed research i nto possible bi ological effects of RF of the type em itted by wireless phones; ⢠Design wireless ph ones in a w ay that min imizes any RF exp osure to the u ser that is not necessary for devi ce function; and ⢠Cooperate in prov iding users o f wireless phones w ith the be st possible information on possible effects of w ireless phone use o n human heal th. FDA belongs to an interage ncy working grou p of the fede ral agencies t hat have responsibility for differen t aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at t he federal level . The follow ing agencies bel ong to this working grou p: ⢠Nation al Ins titute fo r Oc cupat ional Safet y and Healt h ⢠Environmental Protection Agency ⢠Federal Communications Commission ⢠Occupationa l Safety an d Health A dministra tion ⢠Nation al Tele comm unica tions a nd Inf orma tion A dminis trat ion The Nation al Inst itutes o f Healt h par ticipates in some inte ragency work ing g roup activiti es, as well . FDA shares regula tory responsibili ties for wireless ph ones with the F ederal Communication s Commissio n (FCC). All p hones that are sol d in the U nited States must comply with FCC safety guideli nes that limit RF exposure. FCC relies on FDA and other healt h agencies for safety questions ab out wireless ph ones. FCC also regulates th e base stations that the wireless phone n etworks rely upon. Whil e these base station s operate at high er power than d o the wirele ss phones themselv es, the En3570.book Page 174 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 175 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA RF exposures that people get from these base st ations are typ ically thousa nds of times lower than those they can get from wireless phon es. Base stations a re thus not the subject of the safety questions discussed in this document. 3. What kinds of phones are the subject of this update? The term wireless p hone refers here to hand-held wirel ess phones wi th built-in antennas, o ften called cel l mobile or PCS phone s. These types of wireless phones can expose the user to m easurable ra diofrequency en ergy (RF) beca use of the short distance between the phone a nd the userâÂÂs head. These RF exposures are l imited by Federal Co mmunication s Commission safety guidelines that were develope d with the advice of FD A and other f ederal health and safety a gencies. When t he phone is located a t greater distances from the user, the exposure to RF i s drasticall y lower because a person's RF exposure decreases rapidly wit h increasing distance fr om the source. The so-called cordless phones; which have a base unit connected to the telephon e wiring in a hous e, typical ly operat e at far l ower power level s, and th us produce R F exposures far be low the FCC safety limits . 4. What are the results of the research done already? The re searc h done th us fa r has p roduce d confl icting resu lts, and many stud ies hav e suffered from flaws in their research methods. An imal experiment s investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures chara cteristic of wireless pho nes have yielded conflictin g results that of ten cannot be rep eated in other labo ratories. A few anima l studies, how ever, have s uggested t hat low level s of RF could acc elerate the developmen t of cancer in la boratory ani mals. However, man y of the studies t hat showed increased tu mor developmen t used anim als that had been gene tically engineered or trea ted with cancer-cau sing chemical s so as to be p re-disposed to develop canc er in the abse nce of RF exposu re. Other studies e xposed the an imals to RF for up to 22 hours per day. These conditions a re not similar to the conditions under whic h people us e wireless phon es, so we donâÂÂt know wi th certainty what the results of such studies mean for human health. Three large epidem iology studi es have been publishe d since Decemb er 2000. Between th em, the stu dies invest igated any possi ble associat ion between the us e of wireless phones an d primary brain cancer, g lioma, men ingioma, or acou stic neuroma, tum ors of the brain or salivary gl and, leukemia , or other cancers. None of the studies demon strated the exist ence of any ha rmful health eff ects from wireless phone RF exposures. However, n one of the studies can answ er questions about long- term exposures, since t he average p eriod of phone use in these studies was around three years. 5.What research is needed to decide whether RF exposure from wireless phones poses a health risk? A combin atio n of labor atory studie s and e pidemiolo gical studies of pe ople act ually using wireless phon es would prov ide some of th e data that are n eeded. Lifetim e animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However, very large numbers of animals w ould be need ed to provide relia ble proof of a can cer promoting effect if o ne exis ts. Ep idemiolog ical studies c an prov ide data that i s direct ly applica ble to huma n popula tions, but 10 o r more years fo llow-up may be needed t o provide answers ab out some heal th effects, such a s cancer. This is b ecause the interval between th e time of exposure t o a cancer- causing a gent and t he time tu mors develop - if the y do - may be ma ny, man y year s. The in terpre tation of epidem iological studies is hampered b y difficulties i n measuring a ctual RF exp osure during da y-to- day use of wireless phones. Many factors affect this measurement, such as the a ngle at which t he phone is h eld, or which model of ph one is used. En3570.book Page 175 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 176 ] 6. What is FDA doi ng to fi nd out more ab out the pos sible h ealth ef fects of wireless phone RF? FDA is working with the U.S. Nation al Toxicology P rogram and with g roups of investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are conducted to add ress important questions ab out the effects of exp osure to radiofrequency energy (RF). FDA h as b een a lead ing part icip ant in the Worl d Hea lth O rga nizat ion In tern atio nal Electromagnet ic Fields (EMF) P roject since it s inception in 1996. An i nfluential result of this work h as been the de velopment of a d etailed agen da of research need s that has dri ven the estab lishment of new research p rograms around the worl d. The Project has al so helped develop a series of public informat ion documen ts on EMF issues. FDA an d the Ce llula r Teleco mmunic ations & Internet Association (CTIA) have a formal Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do research on wireless p hone safety. FDA provi des the scientif ic oversight , obtainin g input f rom experts in government, industry , and academic organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through contracts to ind ependent investigators. The initial research will include both laboratory studies and studies of wirel ess phone users. The CRADA will also include a broad assessment of ad ditional research n eeds in the con text of the latest research developments arou nd the world. 7. How can I fi nd out how much radi ofrequenc y energy e xposure I can get by using my wire less pho ne? All p hon es sol d in th e Unit ed States m ust c omply wit h Feder al Commun icati ons Commission (FCC) guid elines that limit radiofrequ ency energy (RF) exposures. FCC established t hese guid elines in consul tation with FDA and the ot her federal health and safety agencies. T he FCC limit for R F exposure from wireless telephones is set at a Spec ific Absorp tion Rat e (SAR) of 1.6 wat ts per k ilogram (1.6 W/kg ). The F CC limit is consis tent w ith th e safety stand ards deve loped b y th e Institu te of E lectrical and Electronic Engineering (IEEE) and the Natio nal Council on Radiation Protection and Measurem ent. The exposu re limit takes into con sideration the bod yâÂÂs ability to remove heat from the tissue s that absorb e nergy from the wireless phon e and is set well below levels kn own to h ave eff ects. Manufacturers of wireless p hones must report the RF exposure level for each model of phone to th e FCC. The FCC w ebsite (htt p://www.fcc.gov /oet/rfsafety) gives directions for lo cating the FCC identification number on y our phone so yo u can find your phoneâÂÂs RF exposure level in the online listing. 8. What has FDA done to measure the radiofrequency energy coming from wi reless phones? The Institute of Electr ical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) is de veloping a technical standard for measurin g the radiofrequency en ergy (RF) expo sure from wireless phones and oth er wire less hands ets with the part icipat ion and leadersh ip of FDA scientists and engin eers. The stan dard, Recommended Practice for Determinin g the Spatia l-Peak S pecifi c Absor ption Ra te (S AR) in the Human Body D ue to Wireless Communications Devices: Experim ental Techniques, sets forth the first consisten t test meth odology fo r measuring the rate at w hich RF is de posited in the heads of wireless phone u sers. The test meth od uses a ti ssue-simul ating mod el of the human head. Standa rdized SAR test m ethodology is ex pected to great ly improve the consistency of mea surements made at diff erent laboratories on the same p hone. SAR is the measurement of the amount of ene rgy absorbed in tissue, either by the whole En3570.book Page 176 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 177 ] Appendix B Message from the FDA body or a sm all pa rt of the body. It is m easured in watts/k g (or mi lliwatt s/g) of matter. This measur ement is used to determ ine whether a wireless p hone complies with saf ety guide lines. 9. What ste ps can I take to reduce m y exposure to radiofrequency energy from my wireless phone? If there is a risk from these product s--and at this point we do not know that there is- -it is prob ably very small. But if you are con cerned about avoiding ev en potentia l risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to radiofrequency energy (RF). S ince time is a key factor in how much ex posure a person receives, reducing the am ount of time spent using a wireless phone w ill reduce RF ex posure. If you must co nduct extended con versations by wi reless phone e very day, you could place more distance between your body and the source of the RF, since the exposure level drop s off dram atical ly with dis tance. F or examp le, you coul d use a hea dset an d carry the wireless phon e away from your bod y or use a wi reless phone connected to a remote an tenna. Again , the scien tific d ata do not demo nstrate t hat wi reless ph ones are ha rmful. But if you are conc erned about the RF exposure from t hese products, you can use measures lik e those described ab ove to reduce your RF ex posure from wi reless phone use. 10. What about children using wir eless phones? The scientific evidence doe s not show a danger to u sers of wireless phones, inclu ding children and teenag ers. If you want to take step s to lower exposure to radiofrequ ency energy (RF), the measures describ ed above would ap ply to children a nd teenagers using wireless phon es. Reducing the t ime of wire less phone use an d increasin g the distance between the u ser and the RF source w ill reduce RF exposure. Some groups sponsored by other national governments have a dvised that children be discouraged from using wi reless phones a t all. For exa mple, the govern ment in the United Kingdom distri buted leaflets containing su ch a recommendation in December 2000. They noted th at no eviden ce exists t hat using a w ireless pho ne causes brain t umors or other ill effects. Their recommen dation to limi t wireless phone use by children was strictly precautiona ry; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists. 1 1. W hat about wireless phone in terference with medi cal equipment? Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wireless phones can interact with some electronic devices. Fo r this reaso n, FDA helped deve lop a detail ed test meth od to measure electromagnetic interf erence (EMI) of implanted cardiac pacemakers and defibrilla tors fr om wireless t elephones. Th is test m ethod is now part of a standa rd sponsored by the Associa tion for the Advancem ent of Medical in strumentation (AAMI ). The f inal draf t, a j oint effort by FD A, me dica l devic e manu fact urer s, and many other groups, wa s comple ted in la te 2000. This standard will allow manufacturers to ensure that card iac pacemakers and defibrillators are safe from wireless phone EMI. FDA has tested hear ing aids for int erference from handheld wireless phones a nd helped develop a volun tary standard sp onsored b y the Institu te of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies test methods and performance requ irements for hearing aids and w ireless phones so that no interference occurs when a person uses a com patible phone and a accompanied hearing aid at the sa me time. This standard was approved by the IEEE i n 2000. En3570.book Page 177 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 178 ] FDA continues to mon itor the use of wi reless phones for possible interaction s with other medical devices. Should harmf ul interference be found to occur, FDA will conduct testing to assess t he interference and work to resolve t he problem. 12. Where can I find add itional information ? For additional information, please refer to the following resources: ⢠FDA web p age on wirele ss phone s http://www .fda.go v/cdrh/ph ones/index .html ⢠Federal Communications Commission (FCC) RF S afety Program http://www .fcc.gov/oet /rfsafety ⢠International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radia tion Protection http://www .icnir p.de ⢠World Health Organization (WHO) International EMF Project http://www .who.int /emf ⢠National Radio logical Prot ection Board (U K) http://www .nrpb.org. uk/ July 18, 2001 For updates: http ://www.f da.gov/cd rh/phones En3570.book Page 178 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 179 ] Inde x Numerics 1-touc h dial ing 96 set up 96 3-way conference calls 89 A ABC and 123 m odes 38 access codes lock code 106 security code 105 accessibility alte rnat e f orm ats 8 featu re s 8 mobile inductive loopset 9 solutions 8 TTY cont act 8 website 8 accessories 142 battery 143 complete car kit 148 data cable 147 data cable dku-5 147 loopset lps-4 147 mobile holder 148 spar e ba tte ry c har ger 147 accessory cigarette lighter charger 146 headset kit 146 standard tra vel charger 145 activate automatic redial 91 call forwarding 86, 88 loopset 78 TTY/TD D 78 adjust the volume 35 advanced calling features 85 alte rn ate form ats audiocassette 8 e-text 8 large print 8 reques ting 8 ante nna contact with 13 location 13 Applications 121 launch 121 memor y 122 automatic redial 91 Automatic update of service 110 B battery charging 15 important information 16 indicator 15 installing 14 prolonged charging 134 prolonging life 17 remov al 16 battery low indication 134 braille user guides 8 C cable connec ting to a PC 125 calculator 116 using 117 calendar 4-way scrolling 114 En3570.book Page 179 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 180 ] alar ms 116 day view 114 make a no te 116 note types 116 note view 115 set the date 115 week list view 114 call forwarding 86, 88 activate 88 cancel 88 feature codes 87 call lists, clear ing 56 call restrictions 108 adding 109 editing 110 erasing 11 0 selecting 109 call timers clearing 58 turning on 58 call waiting 88 answe r a n ew c all 88 switch between calls 88 caller groups 52 assign a number 52 edit options 52 phone book menu 48 calls 1-touc h dial ing 96 3-way calls 89 answ er a cal l 20 call waiting 88 end a call 20 ignoring 3 make a call 20 phone lock 107 redial last 3 reject a call 20 car kit 148 certification informat ion 139 change letter case 39 characters, entering 40 charge the battery 15 clock automatic settings 81 displaying the clock 82 hiding the clock 82 set the time 81 time format 81 color covers 148 connec ting to a PC 125 contac ting Nok ia 9 contacting your s ervice provider 11 Content Copier (PC Suite) 125 D data cable 147 Data call timers 58 Data Synchronization (PC Sync) 125 dialed calls, checking 55 dictionary , add words 45 Digital Data 126 display language 80 download applications 122 download a ringing tone 79 Download software 126 dynami c memor y 22 E edit a name or number 48 e-mail 66 emergency calls 138 enter En3570.book Page 180 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 181 ] characters 40 number s 40 punctuation 40 enter a space 39 enter letters 38 entering letters and numbers 38 Entering text change letter case 39 enter a space 39 erase mista kes 39 erase mista kes 39 erase name s or numbers 49 ESN n umbe r 10 F FAQ 150 Fax c all timers 58 G games 123 star ting 124 glossary of terms 155 H headset connect 35 set up 35 use 35 Headset Kit 146 hearing impaired solu tions 9 help 23 I icons 6 in-call options 85 J Java applications 121 K keyguard 104 keypad abo ut 18 lock 104 keypad tones, setting 77 keys, selection 23 L label 10 langua ge set ting 80 letters, entering 38 lock code 106 changing 107 lock keypad 104 loopset 9 description 147 M memory status , checking 53 menu shortcuts 26 menu number a nd scroll bar 24 menu sho rtcu ts 26 menu ti ps 25 menus, phone 24 message al ert tone, setting 77 messa ges e-mail mes sages 66 options 64 receiving via minibrowser 132 text 62 using templates 65 writing 62 MIDI 76 MIDI t ones 76 Minibrowser receiving messages via 132 En3570.book Page 181 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 182 ] Minibrowser timer options 59 missed calls, checking 55 mistakes , erasing 39 mobile holder 148 model number 10 Modem Setup 126 N name or numbe r edit 48 names o r number s, era sing 51 navigate phone menus 25 network services 7 subscribing 7 Nokia PC Suite 125 number type, changing 50 number type s 49 number s, ad d to mess age 45 number s, ent ering 40 O one-touch dialing 96 options in-call menu 85 P PC Connectivity 125 PC Suite Content Copier 125 Instructions 126 PC Sync 126 PC Suite (application) 125 PC Sync (PC Suite) 126 phone certification information 139 radio frequency signals 139 phone book add entries 46 add number to entry 49 add other info 51 caller groups 52 change number type 50 change views 48 edit entry 48 erase name s 51 erase number s 51 erasing 51 menus 47 opening 47 primary number 50 recall name or numbe r 47 phone book menu 34 phone book menu options 34 phone help 23 phone lock 106 activating/deactivatin g 107 allowed number 107 lock code 106 making a call 107 phone menus 24 phone symbols 21 polyphonic sound 76 power on your phone 17 predictive text 41 tips for 44 turning off 44 turning on 44 primary number , specifying 50 profile customizing 75 defined 74 rena ming 78 selecting 74 profiles heads et 78 loopset 78 tty/tdd 78 En3570.book Page 182 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 183 ] punctuation, entering 40 Q quick save 46 R Rapid Cigarette Lighter Charger 146 received calls, checking 55 remove the battery 16 restrict calls 108 ring options, setting 75 ring volume 76 ring volume, setting 76 ringing tone, setting 75 ringing tones, download 79 ringing tons polyphonic sound 76 ring s an d to nes 74 S SAR 139 save e-mail address 52 phone book entry 46 street addresse 51 scroll keys 19, 25 scroll through menus 25 sec uri ty 104 lock keypad 104 phone lock 106 security code 105 security code changing 105 security settings call restrictions 108 phone lock 106 selecting call restrictions 109 selection keys 23 seria l numb er 10 service provider diffe rences 7 signing up 7 service provider , contacting 11 set the date 115 set the ring volume and tone 76 set up your headset 35 your phone 14 Setting time (manual) 81 Setting time (network) 81 shortcuts 25 shortcuts, list of 26 Snake II 123 Software download 126 spaces, enterin g 41 special characters 41 specify a primary number 50 Standard T ravel Charger 145 start screen abo ut 17 indicators 18 menu nu mber 24 starting a game 124 string s, tou ch tone 101 switch on your ph one 17 symbols displayed on your phone 21 symbols, inserting 45 T TDD 9 technical information 160 templates 65 terms 5 text conventions 6 En3570.book Page 183 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM
[ 184 ] text messages e-mail mes sages 66 touch tones length 100 manua l 99 sending 100 storing 101 troubleshooting 161 TTY 9, 78 turn on your ph one 17 U underlined words 44 understanding wireless network serv ices 7 unlock keypad 104 updates to this guide 7 use the heads et 35 V vibrating alert, settin g 76 view calend ar note 115 dialed calls 55 missed calls 55 new tex t me ssag es 67 received calls 55 voice command sho rtc ut 4 V oice commands 83 voice commands create a voice tag 83 using 84 voice dialing 93 dialing a number 95 important notes 94 voice tags 94 working with tags 84, 96 voice mail greetings 61 voice mail, setting u p 60 voice messages, listening to 61 voice tags add 94 change or erase 96 volume, adjusting 35 W warning and game tones, setting 77 web address for updates 7 welcome note, adding 82 wireless ne twork serv ices 7 X Xpress-on color covers 148 En3570.book Page 184 Wednesday, September 11, 2002 3:08 PM